[gtkmm] Gdk, Gtk: Regenerate docs.xml and .defs files
- From: Kjell Ahlstedt <kjellahl src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gtkmm] Gdk, Gtk: Regenerate docs.xml and .defs files
- Date: Wed, 7 Feb 2018 08:45:49 +0000 (UTC)
commit b17f48ea3ca48e28bf82ec4a91bf60f02ff84887
Author: Kjell Ahlstedt <kjellahlstedt gmail com>
Date: Wed Feb 7 09:38:50 2018 +0100
Gdk, Gtk: Regenerate docs.xml and .defs files
* gdk/src/gdk_extra_objects.defs: Add ContentFormatsBuilder.
* tools/extra_defs_gen/generate_defs_gtk.cc: Remove code pertaining to
removed classes.
gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml | 1219 +-----
gdk/src/gdk_enums.defs | 22 -
gdk/src/gdk_extra_objects.defs | 6 +
gdk/src/gdk_methods.defs | 185 +-
gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml | 7446 +----------------------------
gtk/src/gtk_enums.defs | 160 +-
gtk/src/gtk_methods.defs | 1030 +----
gtk/src/gtk_signals.defs | 261 -
tools/extra_defs_gen/generate_defs_gtk.cc | 8 -
9 files changed, 283 insertions(+), 10054 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml b/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml
index 139abd9..452d023 100644
--- a/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml
+++ b/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml
@@ -208,8 +208,6 @@ The ::changed signal is emitted when the clipboard changes ownership.
The #GdkContentProvider or %NULL if the clipboard is empty or contents are
provided otherwise.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -217,8 +215,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The #GdkDisplay that the clipboard belongs to.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -226,8 +222,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The possible formats that the clipboard can provide its data in.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -235,8 +229,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
%TRUE if the contents of the clipboard are owned by this process.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -258,8 +250,6 @@ the gdk-pixbuf library. Currently only RGB is supported.
<description>
Emitted whenever the content provided by this provider has changed.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -267,8 +257,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The possible formats that the provider can provide its data in.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -276,8 +264,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The subset of formats that clipboard managers should store this provider's data in.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -356,8 +342,6 @@ axes and keys.
The ::tool-changed signal is emitted on pen/eraser
#GdkDevices whenever tools enter or leave proximity.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="device">
@@ -377,8 +361,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Associated pointer or keyboard with this device, if any. Devices of type #GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER
always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL associated device.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -386,8 +368,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The axes currently available for this device.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -395,8 +375,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
The #GdkDisplay the #GdkDevice pertains to.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -405,8 +383,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen. Devices of type
%GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER will have %TRUE here.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -414,8 +390,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Source type for the device.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -423,8 +397,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Number of axes in the device.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -432,8 +404,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The device name.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -443,8 +413,6 @@ The maximal number of concurrent touches on a touch device.
Will be 0 if the device is not a touch device or if the number
of touches is unknown.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -452,8 +420,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Product ID of this device, see gdk_device_get_product_id().
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -461,8 +427,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
#GdkSeat of this device.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -470,8 +434,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Device role in the device manager.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -479,8 +441,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Vendor ID of this device, see gdk_device_get_vendor_id().
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -577,8 +537,6 @@ any seat.
The ::closed signal is emitted when the connection to the windowing
system for @display is closed.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -598,8 +556,6 @@ Since: 2.2
The ::monitor-added signal is emitted whenever a monitor is
added.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -619,8 +575,6 @@ Since: 3.22
The ::monitor-removed signal is emitted whenever a monitor is
removed.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -655,8 +609,6 @@ system for @display is opened.
The ::seat-added signal is emitted whenever a new seat is made
known to the windowing system.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -676,8 +628,6 @@ Since: 3.20
The ::seat-removed signal is emitted whenever a seat is removed
by the windowing system.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -697,8 +647,6 @@ Since: 3.20
The ::setting-changed signal is emitted whenever a setting
changes its value.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -718,8 +666,6 @@ Since: 3.94
%TRUE if the display properly composits the alpha channel.
See gdk_display_is_composited() for details.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -728,8 +674,6 @@ Since: 3.90
%TRUE if the display supports an alpha channel. See gdk_display_is_rgba()
for details.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -737,8 +681,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
The ::display-opened signal is emitted when a display is opened.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="manager">
@@ -817,8 +759,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
A new action is being chosen for the drag and drop operation.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -837,8 +777,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
The drag and drop operation was cancelled.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -859,8 +797,6 @@ The drag and drop operation was finished, the drag destination
finished reading all data. The drag source can now free all
miscellaneous data.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -875,8 +811,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
The drag and drop operation was performed on an accepting client.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -896,8 +830,6 @@ Since: 3.20
The #GdkContentProvider or %NULL if the context is not a source-side
context.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -905,8 +837,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The #GdkDisplay that the drag context belongs to.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -914,8 +844,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The possible formats that the context can provide its data in.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -923,8 +851,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The #GdkDisplay used to create the #GdkDrawContext.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -932,8 +858,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
The #GdkWindow the gl context is bound to.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -941,8 +865,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
The clip region applied to the drawing context.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -950,8 +872,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
The #GdkDrawContext used to draw or %NULL if Cairo is used.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -959,8 +879,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
The #GdkWindow that created the drawing context.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1463,8 +1381,6 @@ Since: 3.8
<description>
The #GdkGLContext that this context is sharing data with, or %NULL
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1740,8 +1656,6 @@ image (the filter is designed to be idempotent for 1:1 pixel mapping).
The ::direction-changed signal gets emitted when the direction of
the keymap changes.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="keymap">
@@ -1757,8 +1671,6 @@ Since: 2.0
The ::keys-changed signal is emitted when the mapping represented by
@keymap changes.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="keymap">
@@ -1775,8 +1687,6 @@ The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the state of the
keyboard changes, e.g when Caps Lock is turned on or off.
See gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="keymap">
@@ -2463,8 +2373,6 @@ in scroll events. See gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas(). Since: 3.4
The ::device-added signal is emitted when a new input
device is related to this seat.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="seat">
@@ -2484,8 +2392,6 @@ Since: 3.20
The ::device-removed signal is emitted when an
input device is removed (e.g. unplugged).
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="seat">
@@ -2509,8 +2415,6 @@ will emit the #GdkDevice::tool-changed signal accordingly.
A same tool may be used by several devices.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="seat">
@@ -2530,8 +2434,6 @@ Since: 3.22
This signal is emitted whenever a tool is no longer known
to this @seat.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="seat">
@@ -2550,8 +2452,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
#GdkDisplay of this seat.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2638,8 +2538,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
The height of the texture.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2647,8 +2545,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The width of the texture.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2817,8 +2713,6 @@ accordingly.
flipping, but before any possible sliding. @final_rect is @flipped_rect,
but possibly translated in the case that flipping is still ineffective in
keeping @window on-screen.
-
-Since: 3.22
Stability: Private
</description>
@@ -2854,8 +2748,6 @@ backend can't obtain it
The mouse pointer for a #GdkWindow. See gdk_window_set_cursor() and
gdk_window_get_cursor() for details.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2864,8 +2756,6 @@ Since: 2.18
The #GdkDisplay connection of the window. See gdk_window_get_display()
for details.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3167,8 +3057,6 @@ When the workspace is not specified or @desktop is set to -1,
it is up to the window manager to pick one, typically it will
be the current workspace.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -3193,8 +3081,6 @@ notification.
See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name().
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -3220,8 +3106,6 @@ If neither @icon or @icon_name is set, the icon is taken from either
the file that is passed to launched application or from the #GAppInfo
for the launched application itself.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -3246,8 +3130,6 @@ focus to the newly launched application when the user is busy
typing in another window. This is also known as 'focus stealing
prevention'.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -3281,8 +3163,6 @@ with alpha components, so make sure you use #GL_TEXTURE if using alpha.
Calling this may change the current GL context.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cr">
@@ -3353,7 +3233,6 @@ clipped and all drawing can be skipped
Retrieves the #GdkDrawingContext that created the Cairo
context @cr.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3363,7 +3242,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDrawingContext, if any is set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -3371,8 +3249,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Adds the given rectangle to the current path of @cr.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cr">
@@ -3391,8 +3267,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Adds the given region to the current path of @cr.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cr">
@@ -3434,8 +3308,6 @@ Sets the given pixbuf as the source pattern for @cr.
The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned
so that the origin of @pixbuf is @pixbuf_x, @pixbuf_y.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cr">
@@ -3462,8 +3334,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Sets the specified #GdkRGBA as the source color of @cr.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cr">
@@ -3483,7 +3353,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Creates an image surface with the same contents as
the pixbuf.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -3501,7 +3370,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new cairo surface, must be freed with cairo_surface_destroy()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -3509,8 +3377,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Uploads the contents of a Cairo @surface to a GL texture @target.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="surface">
@@ -4359,9 +4225,10 @@ Appends @mime_type to @builder if it has not already been added.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_content_formats_builder_free">
+<function name="gdk_content_formats_builder_free_to_formats">
<description>
-Frees @builder and creates a new #GdkContentFormats from it.
+Creates a new #GdkContentFormats from the current state of the
+given @builder, and frees the @builder instance.
</description>
@@ -4371,7 +4238,8 @@ Frees @builder and creates a new #GdkContentFormats from it.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkContentFormats with all the formats added to @builder
+<return> the newly created #GdkContentFormats
+with all the formats added to @builder
</return>
</function>
@@ -4389,6 +4257,63 @@ types to it.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_content_formats_builder_ref">
+<description>
+Acquires a reference on the given @builder.
+
+This function is intended primarily for bindings. #GdkContentFormatsBuilder objects
+should not be kept around.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkContentFormatsBuilder
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the given #GdkContentFormatsBuilder with
+its reference count increased
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_content_formats_builder_to_formats">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GdkContentFormats from the given @builder.
+
+The given #GdkContentFormatsBuilder is reset once this function returns;
+you cannot call this function multiple times on the same @builder instance.
+
+This function is intended primarily for bindings. C code should use
+gdk_content_formats_builder_free_to_formats().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkContentFormatsBuilder
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the newly created #GdkContentFormats
+with all the formats added to @builder
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_content_formats_builder_unref">
+<description>
+Releases a reference on the given @builder.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkContentFormatsBuilder
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_content_formats_contain_gtype">
<description>
Checks if a given #GType is part of the given @formats.
@@ -5253,7 +5178,6 @@ using an incomplete cursor theme.
For textured cursors, this can happen when the texture is too large or
when the #GdkDisplay it is used on does not support textured cursors.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5264,7 +5188,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> the fallback of the cursor or %NULL to use
the default cursor as fallback.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5273,7 +5196,6 @@ the default cursor as fallback.
Returns the horizontal offset of the hotspot. The hotspot indicates the
pixel that will be directly above the cursor.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5283,7 +5205,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the horizontal offset of the hotspot or 0 for named cursors
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5292,7 +5213,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Returns the vertical offset of the hotspot. The hotspot indicates the
pixel that will be directly above the cursor.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5302,7 +5222,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the vertical offset of the hotspot or 0 for named cursors
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5311,7 +5230,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Returns the name of the cursor. If the cursor is not a named cursor, %NULL
will be returned and the GdkCursor::texture property will be set.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5322,7 +5240,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> the name of the cursor or %NULL if it is not
a named cursor
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5331,7 +5248,6 @@ a named cursor
Returns the texture for the cursor. If the cursor is a named cursor, %NULL
will be returned and the GdkCursor::name property will be set.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5342,7 +5258,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> the texture for cursor or %NULL if it is a
named cursor
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5390,7 +5305,6 @@ platforms can be found in the CSS specification:
-  "zoom-out"
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5406,7 +5320,6 @@ this one cannot be supported
</parameters>
<return> a new #GdkCursor, or %NULL if there is no
cursor with the given name
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5426,7 +5339,6 @@ cursor sizes.
On the X backend, support for RGBA cursors requires a
sufficently new version of the X Render extension.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5449,7 +5361,6 @@ this one cannot be supported
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GdkCursor.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5483,7 +5394,6 @@ the master device to which @device is attached to.
If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_FLOATING, %NULL will be
returned, as there is no associated device.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5494,7 +5404,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> The associated device, or
%NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5502,8 +5411,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the axes currently available on the device.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="device">
@@ -5547,7 +5454,6 @@ and locates the value in the array for a given axis use.
<description>
Returns the axis use for @index_.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5561,7 +5467,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkAxisUse specifying how the axis is used.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5571,7 +5476,6 @@ Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
and locates the value in the array for a given axis label, as returned
by gdk_device_list_axes()
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5593,7 +5497,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5601,7 +5504,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the device type for @device.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5611,7 +5513,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkDeviceType for @device.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5619,7 +5520,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @device pertains.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5630,7 +5530,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay. This memory is owned
by GTK+, and must not be freed or unreffed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5639,7 +5538,6 @@ by GTK+, and must not be freed or unreffed.
Determines whether the pointer follows device motion.
This is not meaningful for keyboard devices, which don't have a pointer.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5649,7 +5547,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5707,7 +5604,6 @@ at least one event was found.
If @index_ has a valid keyval, this function will return %TRUE
and fill in @keyval and @modifiers with the keyval settings.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5729,7 +5625,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if keyval is set for @index.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5741,7 +5636,6 @@ has a pointer grab, or this application has a grab with owner_events = %FALSE,
%NULL may be returned even if the pointer is physically over one of this
application's windows.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5751,7 +5645,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the last window the device
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5759,7 +5652,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Determines the mode of the device.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5769,7 +5661,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkInputSource
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5777,7 +5668,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Returns the number of axes the device currently has.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5787,7 +5677,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of axes.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5795,7 +5684,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the number of keys the device currently has.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5805,7 +5693,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of keys.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5813,7 +5700,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Determines the name of the device.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5823,7 +5709,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a name
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5834,8 +5719,6 @@ coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function
may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="device">
@@ -5861,8 +5744,6 @@ coordinates are those of its master pointer, this function
may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
unless there is an ongoing grab on them. See gdk_device_grab().
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="device">
@@ -5887,7 +5768,6 @@ Returns the product ID of this device, or %NULL if this information couldn't
be obtained. This ID is retrieved from the device, and is thus constant for
it. See gdk_device_get_vendor_id() for more information.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5897,7 +5777,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the product ID, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5905,7 +5784,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Returns the #GdkSeat the device belongs to.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5916,7 +5794,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> A #GdkSeat. This memory is owned by GTK+ and
must not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5924,7 +5801,6 @@ must not be freed.
<description>
Determines the type of the device.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5934,7 +5810,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkInputSource
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -5997,7 +5872,6 @@ return settings;
}
]|
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6007,7 +5881,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the vendor ID, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6020,7 +5893,6 @@ As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This
function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6041,7 +5913,6 @@ relative to the window origin, or %NULL.
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkWindow under the
device position, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6055,7 +5926,6 @@ As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This
function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6076,7 +5946,6 @@ relative to the window origin, or %NULL.
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkWindow under the
device position, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6104,9 +5973,7 @@ If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be
cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken
events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
-Since: 3.0
-
-Deprecated: 3.20. Use gdk_seat_grab() instead.
+Deprecated: Use gdk_seat_grab() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6163,7 +6030,6 @@ can be used if the time isn’t known.
Returns a #GList of #GdkAtoms, containing the labels for
the axes that @device currently has.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6174,7 +6040,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return>
A #GList of strings, free with g_list_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6204,7 +6069,6 @@ owned by GTK+ and should not be freed.
Returns the group the given @feature and @idx belong to,
or -1 if feature/index do not exist in @pad.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6222,7 +6086,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The group number of the queried pad feature.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6230,7 +6093,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Returns the number of modes that @group may have.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6244,7 +6106,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of modes available in @group.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6252,7 +6113,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Returns the number of features a tablet pad has.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6266,7 +6126,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The amount of elements of type @feature that this pad has.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6277,7 +6136,6 @@ at least one group. A pad group is a subcollection of
buttons/strip/rings that is affected collectively by a same
current mode.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6287,7 +6145,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of button/ring/strip groups in the pad.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6378,7 +6235,6 @@ a #GdkDeviceTool than gdk_device_tool_get_tool_type(), as a tablet
may support multiple devices with the same #GdkDeviceToolType,
but having different hardware identificators.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6388,7 +6244,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The hardware identificator of this tool.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6397,7 +6252,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Gets the serial of this tool, this value can be used to identify a
physical tool (eg. a tablet pen) across program executions.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6407,7 +6261,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The serial ID for this tool
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6415,7 +6268,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Gets the #GdkDeviceToolType of the tool.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6426,7 +6278,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameters>
<return> The physical type for this tool. This can be used to figure out what
sort of pen is being used, such as an airbrush or a pencil.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6434,8 +6285,6 @@ sort of pen is being used, such as an airbrush or a pencil.
<description>
Release any grab on @device.
-Since: 3.0
-
Deprecated: 3.20. Use gdk_seat_ungrab() instead.
</description>
@@ -6466,8 +6315,6 @@ control of the user. This function was added to cover
some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support
for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="device">
@@ -6490,8 +6337,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Emits a short beep on @display
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -6507,8 +6352,6 @@ Since: 2.2
Closes the connection to the windowing system for the given display,
and cleans up associated resources.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -6551,8 +6394,6 @@ from a thread other than the thread where the main loop is running.
This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -6568,7 +6409,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns a #GdkAppLaunchContext suitable for launching
applications on the given display.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6579,7 +6419,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> a new #GdkAppLaunchContext for @display.
Free with g_object_unref() when done
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6605,32 +6444,12 @@ Gets the default #GdkDisplay. This is a convenience
function for:
`gdk_display_manager_get_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get ())`.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if
there is no default display.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size">
-<description>
-Returns the default size to use for cursors on @display.
-
-Since: 2.4
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the default cursor size.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6640,7 +6459,6 @@ Returns the default group leader window for all toplevel windows
on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK.
See gdk_window_set_group().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6651,7 +6469,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The default group leader window
for @display
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6659,7 +6476,6 @@ for @display
<description>
Returns the default #GdkSeat for this display.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6669,7 +6485,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default seat.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6678,7 +6493,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the
windowing system if necessary.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6689,7 +6503,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameters>
<return> the next #GdkEvent to be processed,
or %NULL if no events are pending
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6697,7 +6510,6 @@ or %NULL if no events are pending
<description>
Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6707,39 +6519,13 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
-
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size">
-<description>
-Gets the maximal size to use for cursors on @display.
-
-Since: 2.4
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="width">
-<parameter_description> the return location for the maximal cursor width
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="height">
-<parameter_description> the return location for the maximal cursor height
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gdk_display_get_monitor">
<description>
Gets a monitor associated with this display.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6762,7 +6548,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Gets the monitor in which the point (@x, @y) is located,
or a nearby monitor if the point is not in any monitor.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6789,7 +6574,6 @@ Gets the monitor in which the largest area of @window
resides, or a monitor close to @window if it is outside
of all monitors.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6813,7 +6597,6 @@ Gets the number of monitors that belong to @display.
The returned number is valid until the next emission of the
#GdkDisplay::monitor-added or #GdkDisplay::monitor-removed signal.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6830,7 +6613,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Gets the name of the display.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6841,7 +6623,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameters>
<return> a string representing the display name. This string is owned
by GDK and should not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6876,7 +6657,6 @@ If no monitor is the designated primary monitor, any monitor
(usually the first) may be returned. To make sure there is a dedicated
primary monitor, use gdk_monitor_is_primary() on the returned monitor.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6887,7 +6667,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameters>
<return> the primary monitor, or any monitor if no
primary monitor is configured by the user
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6896,7 +6675,6 @@ primary monitor is configured by the user
Retrieves a desktop-wide setting such as double-click time
for the @display.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6915,7 +6693,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the setting existed and a value was stored
in @value, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6924,7 +6701,6 @@ in @value, %FALSE otherwise
Returns whether the display has events that are waiting
to be processed.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6934,7 +6710,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if there are events ready to be processed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6942,7 +6717,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Finds out if the display has been closed.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6952,7 +6726,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the display is closed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -6968,7 +6741,6 @@ compositing on @display.
On modern displays, this value is always %TRUE.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -6979,7 +6751,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameters>
<return> Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be
expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the screen.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7000,7 +6771,6 @@ gdk_window_set_opacity().
On modern displays, this value is always %TRUE.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7011,7 +6781,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if windows are created with an alpha channel or
%FALSE if the display does not support this functionality.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7019,7 +6788,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Returns the list of seats known to @display.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7030,7 +6798,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> the
list of seats known to the #GdkDisplay
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7044,7 +6811,6 @@ of the supported GDK backends to use (in case GDK has been compiled
with multiple backends). Applications can use gdk_set_allowed_backends()
to limit what backends can be used.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7052,7 +6818,6 @@ Since: 2.2
<return> The global #GdkDisplayManager singleton;
gdk_parse_args(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check() must have
been called first.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7060,7 +6825,6 @@ been called first.
<description>
Gets the default #GdkDisplay.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7071,7 +6835,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if
there is no default display.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7079,7 +6842,6 @@ there is no default display.
<description>
List all currently open displays.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7091,7 +6853,6 @@ Since: 2.2
<return> a newly
allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
when you are done with it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7099,7 +6860,6 @@ when you are done with it.
<description>
Opens a display.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7114,7 +6874,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if the
display could not be opened
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7122,8 +6881,6 @@ display could not be opened
<description>
Sets @display as the default display.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="manager">
@@ -7148,8 +6905,6 @@ with custom startup-notification identifier unless
gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to
disable that feature.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -7169,7 +6924,6 @@ notification process should be completed
<description>
Opens a display.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7180,7 +6934,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if the
display could not be opened
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7191,7 +6944,6 @@ removing the event from the queue. (Note that this function will
not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events
that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7202,7 +6954,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameters>
<return> the first #GdkEvent on the
event queue
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7211,8 +6962,6 @@ event queue
Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event
queue for @display.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -7227,52 +6976,11 @@ Since: 2.2
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha">
-<description>
-Returns %TRUE if cursors can use an 8bit alpha channel
-on @display. Otherwise, cursors are restricted to bilevel
-alpha (i.e. a mask).
-
-Since: 2.4
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> whether cursors can have alpha channels.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_cursor_color">
-<description>
-Returns %TRUE if multicolored cursors are supported
-on @display. Otherwise, cursors have only a forground
-and a background color.
-
-Since: 2.4
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> whether cursors can have multiple colors.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gdk_display_supports_input_shapes">
<description>
Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() can
be used to modify the input shape of windows on @display.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7282,7 +6990,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if windows with modified input shape are supported
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7291,7 +6998,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_shape_combine_mask() can
be used to create shaped windows on @display.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7301,7 +7007,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if shaped windows are supported
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7317,8 +7022,6 @@ removed.
This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -7373,7 +7076,6 @@ This function is called by the drag source.
Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if
gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns %GDK_ACTION_ASK.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7383,7 +7085,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkDragAction flags
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7391,7 +7092,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Returns the destination window for the DND operation.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7401,7 +7101,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7446,7 +7145,6 @@ the window in accordance with the ongoing drag operation.
The window is owned by @context and will be destroyed when
the drag operation is over.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7456,7 +7154,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the drag window, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7464,7 +7161,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Retrieves the formats supported by this context.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7474,7 +7170,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkContentFormats
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7482,7 +7177,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7492,7 +7186,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDragAction value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7500,7 +7193,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7510,7 +7202,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7518,7 +7209,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7528,7 +7218,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDragAction value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7557,8 +7246,6 @@ Sets the position of the drag window that will be kept
under the cursor hotspot. Initially, the hotspot is at the
top left corner of the drag window.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -7590,8 +7277,6 @@ The #GdkDragContext will only take the first gdk_drag_drop_done()
call as effective, if this function is called multiple times,
all subsequent calls will be ignored.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -7613,7 +7298,6 @@ transferred. This function is intended to be used while
handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is
meaningless at other times.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7623,7 +7307,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the drop was successful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7657,7 +7340,6 @@ or 0 to indicate that a drop will not be accepted
<description>
Retrieves the #GdkDisplay the @context is created for
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7667,7 +7349,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7675,7 +7356,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Retrieves the #GdkWindow used by the @context.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7685,7 +7365,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkWindow or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7701,7 +7380,6 @@ The returned context is guaranteed to be valid as long as the
#GdkDrawingContext is valid, that is between a call to
gdk_window_begin_draw_frame() and gdk_window_end_draw_frame().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7714,7 +7392,6 @@ Since: 3.22
the contents of the #GdkWindow. The context is owned by the
#GdkDrawingContext and should not be destroyed. %NULL is
returned when a paint context is in used.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7722,7 +7399,6 @@ returned when a paint context is in used.
<description>
Retrieves a copy of the clip region used when creating the @context.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7732,7 +7408,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a Cairo region
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7740,7 +7415,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Retrieves the paint context used to draw with.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7750,7 +7424,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDrawContext or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7758,7 +7431,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Retrieves the window that created the drawing @context.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7768,7 +7440,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7776,7 +7447,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Checks whether the given #GdkDrawingContext is valid.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7786,7 +7456,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the context is valid
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7816,7 +7485,6 @@ This function is called by the drag destination.
<function name="gdk_drop_read_async">
<description>
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7850,7 +7518,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<function name="gdk_drop_read_finish">
<description>
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7872,7 +7539,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GInputStream, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -7987,7 +7653,6 @@ an event structure.
<description>
Extract the button number from an event.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8001,7 +7666,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8009,7 +7673,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Extracts the click count from an event.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8023,7 +7686,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8096,7 +7758,6 @@ Extracts the crossing mode from an event.
If the event contains a “device” field, this function will return
it, else it will return %NULL.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8106,7 +7767,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8121,7 +7781,6 @@ Note: the #GdkDeviceTool<!-- -->s will be constant during
the application lifetime, if settings must be stored
persistently across runs, see gdk_device_tool_get_serial()
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8131,7 +7790,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current device tool, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8177,7 +7835,6 @@ If @event if of type %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE,
%GDK_TOUCH_END or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL, returns the #GdkEventSequence
to which the event belongs. Otherwise, return %NULL.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8187,7 +7844,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the event sequence that the event belongs to
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8195,7 +7851,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Retrieves the type of the event.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8205,7 +7860,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkEventType
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8249,24 +7903,6 @@ Extracts the grab window from a grab broken event.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_history">
-<description>
-Retrieves the history of the @event motion, as a list of time and
-coordinates.
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent of type %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a list
-of time and coordinates
-</return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gdk_event_get_key_group">
<description>
Extracts the key group from an event.
@@ -8314,7 +7950,6 @@ Extracts the hardware keycode from an event.
Also see gdk_event_get_scancode().
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8328,7 +7963,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8336,7 +7970,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Extracts the keyval from an event.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8350,6 +7983,25 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_event_get_motion_history">
+<description>
+Retrieves the history of the @event motion, as a list of time and
+coordinates.
+
+Since: 3.94
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent of type %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a list
+of time and coordinates
</return>
</function>
@@ -8428,7 +8080,6 @@ Extracts group and mode information from a pad event.
Returns whether this event is an 'emulated' pointer event (typically
from a touch event), as opposed to a real one.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8438,7 +8089,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if this event is emulated
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8474,7 +8124,6 @@ This is usually hardware_keycode. On Windows this is the high
word of WM_KEY{DOWN,UP} lParam which contains the scancode and
some extended flags.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8484,7 +8133,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The associated keyboard scancode or 0
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8492,7 +8140,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Retrieves the scroll deltas from a #GdkEvent
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8510,7 +8157,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event contains smooth scroll information
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8518,7 +8164,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8532,7 +8177,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8540,7 +8184,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Returns the #GdkSeat this event was generated for.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8550,7 +8193,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GdkSeat of this event
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8566,7 +8208,6 @@ geometry or a grab is acquired/released.
If the event does not contain a device field, this function will
return %NULL.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8576,7 +8217,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8770,7 +8410,6 @@ Extracts the scale from a touchpad event.
<description>
Extracts the #GdkWindow associated with an event.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8780,7 +8419,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GdkWindow associated with the event
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8822,7 +8460,6 @@ scrolling based on the current velocity.
Stop scroll events always have a a delta of 0/0.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8832,7 +8469,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event is a scroll stop event
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8856,7 +8492,6 @@ Returns whether the event was sent explicitly.
<description>
Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8875,8 +8510,6 @@ Sets the device for @event to @device. The event must
have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by
gdk_event_copy().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="event">
@@ -8895,8 +8528,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the device tool for this event, should be rarely used.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="event">
@@ -8936,8 +8567,6 @@ Sets the slave device for @event to @device.
The event must have been allocated by GTK+,
for instance by gdk_event_copy().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="event">
@@ -8964,7 +8593,6 @@ also trigger a context menu if this modifier is pressed.
This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8974,7 +8602,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event should trigger a context menu.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -8985,7 +8612,6 @@ and return in @angle the relative angle from @event1 to @event2. The rotation
direction for positive angles is from the positive X axis towards the positive
Y axis.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9003,7 +8629,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the angle could be calculated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9012,7 +8637,6 @@ Since: 3.0
If both events contain X/Y information, the center of both coordinates
will be returned in @x and @y.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9034,7 +8658,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the center could be calculated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9043,7 +8666,6 @@ Since: 3.0
If both events have X/Y information, the distance between both coordinates
(as in a straight line going from @event1 to @event2) will be returned.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9061,7 +8683,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the distance could be calculated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9074,8 +8695,6 @@ This function may be called multiple times and frames will be
requested until gdk_frame_clock_end_updating() is called the same
number of times.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="frame_clock">
@@ -9091,8 +8710,6 @@ Since: 3.8
Stops updates for an animation. See the documentation for
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating().
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="frame_clock">
@@ -9107,7 +8724,6 @@ Since: 3.8
<description>
Gets the frame timings for the current frame.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9128,7 +8744,6 @@ previous frame. Before any frames have been processed, returns
A #GdkFrameClock maintains a 64-bit counter that increments for
each frame drawn.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9152,7 +8767,6 @@ the time of the conceptual “previous frame,” which may be either
the actual previous frame time, or if that’s too old, an updated
time.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9175,7 +8789,6 @@ is the set from the counter values given by
gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start() and
gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter(), inclusive.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9198,8 +8811,6 @@ presentation times are separated by the refresh interval,
predicts a presentation time that is a multiple of the refresh
interval after the last presentation time, and later than @base_time.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="frame_clock">
@@ -9232,7 +8843,6 @@ Retrieves a #GdkFrameTimings object holding timing information
for the current frame or a recent frame. The #GdkFrameTimings
object may not yet be complete: see gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9265,8 +8875,6 @@ you should use gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating() instead, since
this allows GTK+ to adjust system parameters to get maximally
smooth animations.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="frame_clock">
@@ -9293,7 +8901,6 @@ available at all. Once gdk_frame_timings_get_complete() returns
%TRUE for a frame, you can be certain that no further values
will become available and be stored in the #GdkFrameTimings.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9312,7 +8919,6 @@ for the frame has been filled in.
Gets the frame counter value of the #GdkFrameClock when this
this frame was drawn.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9356,7 +8962,6 @@ than this function, but this function is useful for applications
that want exact control over latency. For example, a movie player
may want this information for Audio/Video synchronization.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9376,7 +8981,6 @@ presentation time is available.
Reurns the presentation time. This is the time at which the frame
became visible to the user.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9397,7 +9001,6 @@ Gets the natural interval between presentation times for
the display that this frame was displayed on. Frame presentation
usually happens during the “vertical blanking interval”.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9416,7 +9019,6 @@ See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
<description>
Increases the reference count of @timings.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9434,8 +9036,6 @@ Since: 3.8
Decreases the reference count of @timings. If @timings
is no longer referenced, it will be freed.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="timings">
@@ -9465,8 +9065,6 @@ Clears the current #GdkGLContext.
Any OpenGL call after this function returns will be ignored
until gdk_gl_context_make_current() is called.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
@@ -9477,13 +9075,11 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the current #GdkGLContext.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the current #GdkGLContext, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9509,7 +9105,6 @@ to areas invalidated by GTK or the windowing system itself.
<description>
Retrieves the value set using gdk_gl_context_set_debug_enabled().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9519,7 +9114,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if debugging is enabled
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9527,7 +9121,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the #GdkDisplay the @context is created for
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9537,7 +9130,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9545,7 +9137,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the value set using gdk_gl_context_set_forward_compatible().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9555,7 +9146,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the context should be forward compatible
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9564,8 +9154,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Retrieves the major and minor version requested by calling
gdk_gl_context_set_required_version().
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9588,7 +9176,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the #GdkGLContext that this @context share data with.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9598,7 +9185,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkGLContext or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9606,7 +9192,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Checks whether the @context is using an OpenGL or OpenGL ES profile.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9616,7 +9201,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the #GdkGLContext is using an OpenGL ES profile
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9626,8 +9210,6 @@ Retrieves the OpenGL version of the @context.
The @context must be realized prior to calling this function.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9650,7 +9232,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the #GdkWindow used by the @context.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9660,7 +9241,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkWindow or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9683,7 +9263,6 @@ You can use the value returned by this function to decide which kind
of OpenGL API to use, or whether to do extension discovery, or what
kind of shader programs to load.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9693,7 +9272,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the GL context is in legacy mode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9701,8 +9279,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Makes the @context the current one.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9719,7 +9295,6 @@ Realizes the given #GdkGLContext.
It is safe to call this function on a realized #GdkGLContext.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9733,7 +9308,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the context is realized
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9746,8 +9320,6 @@ additional overhead.
The #GdkGLContext must not be realized or made current prior to
calling this function.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9774,8 +9346,6 @@ non deprecated functionality.
The #GdkGLContext must not be realized or made current prior to calling
this function.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9799,8 +9369,6 @@ Setting @major and @minor to zero will use the default values.
The #GdkGLContext must not be realized or made current prior to calling
this function.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9834,8 +9402,6 @@ You should check the return value of gdk_gl_context_get_use_es() after
calling gdk_gl_context_realize() to decide whether to use the OpenGL or
OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -9851,36 +9417,6 @@ or -1 to allow auto-detection
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_gl_get_flags">
-<description>
-Returns the currently active GL flags.
-
-Since: 3.16
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> the GL flags
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_gl_set_flags">
-<description>
-Sets GL flags.
-
-Since: 3.16
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> #GdkGLFlags to set
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gdk_intern_mime_type">
<description>
Canonicalizes the given mime type and interns the result.
@@ -9914,8 +9450,6 @@ it finds, whereas this function sets all matching virtual modifiers.
This function is useful when matching key events against
accelerators.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="keymap">
@@ -9934,7 +9468,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Returns whether the Caps Lock modifer is locked.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9944,7 +9477,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if Caps Lock is on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -9966,6 +9498,22 @@ otherwise.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_display">
+<description>
+Retrieves the #GdkDisplay associated to the @keymap.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDisplay
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode">
<description>
Returns the keyvals bound to @hardware_keycode.
@@ -10056,7 +9604,6 @@ cases where the return value of this function has to be transformed
by gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers() in order to contain the
expected result.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10070,7 +9617,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the modifier mask used for @intent.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10078,7 +9624,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Returns the current modifier state.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10088,7 +9633,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current modifier state.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10096,7 +9640,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Returns whether the Num Lock modifer is locked.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10106,7 +9649,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if Num Lock is on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10114,7 +9656,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns whether the Scroll Lock modifer is locked.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10124,7 +9665,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if Scroll Lock is on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10133,7 +9673,6 @@ Since: 3.18
Determines if keyboard layouts for both right-to-left and left-to-right
languages are in use.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10143,7 +9682,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if there are layouts in both directions, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10180,7 +9718,6 @@ Mod3,...) and set the corresponding bits in @state.
This function is useful when matching key events against
accelerators.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10197,7 +9734,6 @@ Since: 2.20
same non-virtual modifier. Note that %FALSE is also returned
if a virtual modifier is mapped to a non-virtual modifier that
was already set in @state.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10449,7 +9985,6 @@ in upper case or it is not subject to case conversion.
<description>
Gets the display that this monitor belongs to.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10468,8 +10003,6 @@ Retrieves the size and position of an individual monitor within the
display coordinate space. The returned geometry is in ”application pixels”,
not in ”device pixels” (see gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor()).
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="monitor">
@@ -10488,7 +10021,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Gets the height in millimeters of the monitor.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10540,7 +10072,6 @@ Gets the refresh rate of the monitor, if available.
The value is in milli-Hertz, so a refresh rate of 60Hz
is returned as 60000.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10563,7 +10094,6 @@ This can be used if you want to create pixel based data for a
particular monitor, but most of the time you’re drawing to a window
where it is better to use gdk_window_get_scale_factor() instead.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10581,7 +10111,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Gets information about the layout of red, green and blue
primaries for each pixel in this monitor, if available.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10598,7 +10127,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Gets the width in millimeters of the monitor.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10608,7 +10136,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the physical width of the monitor
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -10627,8 +10154,6 @@ Note that not all backends may have a concept of workarea. This
function will return the monitor geometry if a workarea is not
available, or does not apply.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="monitor">
@@ -10649,7 +10174,6 @@ the monitor workarea
Gets whether this monitor should be considered primary
(see gdk_display_get_primary_monitor()).
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10668,7 +10192,6 @@ Returns %TRUE if the @monitor object corresponds to a
physical monitor. The @monitor becomes invalid when the
physical monitor is unplugged or removed.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10678,7 +10201,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the object corresponds to a physical monitor
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -11068,7 +10590,8 @@ are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and #G_FILE_ERROR domains.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file
+name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -13012,7 +12535,8 @@ Possible errors are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and #G_FILE_ERROR domains.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file
+name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="error">
@@ -13047,7 +12571,8 @@ Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file
+name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="width">
@@ -13130,7 +12655,8 @@ Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filename">
-<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file
+name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="width">
@@ -14694,7 +14220,6 @@ of @pixdata.
<description>
Returns #TRUE if @rect contains the point described by @x and @y.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14712,7 +14237,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> #TRUE if @rect contains the point
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14720,7 +14244,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Checks if the two given rectangles are equal.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14734,7 +14257,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the rectangles are equal.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14802,7 +14324,6 @@ Makes a copy of a #GdkRGBA.
The result must be freed through gdk_rgba_free().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14812,7 +14333,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly allocated #GdkRGBA, with the same contents as @rgba
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14820,7 +14340,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Compares two RGBA colors.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14834,7 +14353,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14842,8 +14360,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Frees a #GdkRGBA created with gdk_rgba_copy()
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="rgba">
@@ -14859,7 +14375,6 @@ Since: 3.0
A hash function suitable for using for a hash
table that stores #GdkRGBAs.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14869,7 +14384,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The hash value for @p
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14878,7 +14392,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Checks if an @rgba value is transparent. That is, drawing with the value
would not produce any change.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14888,7 +14401,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @rgba is clear
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14897,7 +14409,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Checks if an @rgba value is opaque. That is, drawing with the value
will not retain any results from previous contents.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14907,7 +14418,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @rgba is opaque
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14929,7 +14439,6 @@ alpha color values. In the last two cases, r g and b are either integers
in the range 0 to 255 or percentage values in the range 0% to 100%, and
a is a floating point value in the range 0 to 1.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14943,7 +14452,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14965,7 +14473,6 @@ precision, since r, g and b are represented as 8-bit
integers. If this is a concern, you should use a
different representation.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14975,7 +14482,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly allocated text string
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -14983,7 +14489,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the capabilities this #GdkSeat currently has.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -14993,7 +14498,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the seat capabilities
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15018,7 +14522,6 @@ and must not be freed.
<description>
Returns the master device that routes keyboard events.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15029,7 +14532,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> a master #GdkDevice with keyboard
capabilities. This object is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15042,7 +14544,6 @@ that all input devices drive the same onscreen cursor).
In other backends where there can possibly be multiple foci (eg. wayland),
this function will return all master #GdkDevices that represent these.
-Since: 3.93.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15057,7 +14558,6 @@ Since: 3.93.
</parameters>
<return> A list
of master pointing devices
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15065,7 +14565,6 @@ of master pointing devices
<description>
Returns the master device that routes pointer events.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15076,7 +14575,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> a master #GdkDevice with pointer
capabilities. This object is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15084,7 +14582,6 @@ capabilities. This object is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed.
<description>
Returns the slave devices that match the given capabilities.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15100,7 +14597,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<return> A list of #GdkDevices.
The list must be freed with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
by GDK and must not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15131,7 +14627,6 @@ If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be
cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken
events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15180,7 +14675,6 @@ visible before this call.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15188,8 +14682,6 @@ visible before this call.
<description>
Releases a grab added through gdk_seat_grab().
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="seat">
@@ -15230,8 +14722,6 @@ This call must happen prior to gdk_display_open(),
gtk_init(), or gtk_init_check()
in order to take effect.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="backends">
@@ -15264,7 +14754,6 @@ to use this option.
Converts a text property in the given encoding to
a list of UTF-8 strings.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15296,7 +14785,6 @@ g_strfreev().
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of strings in the resulting list
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15321,8 +14809,6 @@ cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface));
cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface);
]|
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="texture">
@@ -15346,7 +14832,6 @@ downloaded data of @texture
<description>
Returns the height of the @texture.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15356,7 +14841,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the height of the #GdkTexture
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15364,7 +14848,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Returns the width of @texture.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15374,7 +14857,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the width of the #GdkTexture
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15383,7 +14865,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Creates a new texture object holding the given data.
The data is assumed to be in CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32 format.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15405,7 +14886,47 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GdkTexture
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_texture_new_for_gl">
+<description>
+Creates a new texture for an existing GL texture.
+
+Note that the GL texture must not be modified until @destroy is called,
+which will happen when the GdkTexture object is finalized, or due to
+an explicit call of gdk_texture_release_gl().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkGLContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="id">
+<parameter_description> the ID of a texture that was created with @context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> the nominal width of the texture
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> the nominal height of the texture
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy">
+<parameter_description> a destroy notify that will be called when the GL resources
+are released
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> data that gets passed to @destroy
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A newly-created #GdkTexture
</return>
</function>
@@ -15413,7 +14934,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Creates a new texture object representing the GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15423,7 +14943,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GdkTexture
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15432,7 +14951,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Creates a new texture object representing the surface.
@surface must be an image surface with format CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15442,7 +14960,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GdkTexture
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15451,7 +14968,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Creates a new texture by loading an image from a file. The file format is
detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15465,7 +14981,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly-created #GdkTexture or %NULL if an error occured.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -15479,7 +14994,6 @@ image resource and the program will abort if that happens.
If you are unsure about the validity of a resource, use
gdk_texture_new_from_file() to load it.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15489,323 +15003,25 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly-created texture
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_add_idle">
-<description>
-A wrapper for the common usage of gdk_threads_add_idle_full()
-assigning the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE.
-
-See gdk_threads_add_idle_full().
-
-Since: 2.12
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_add_idle_full">
-<description>
-Adds a function to be called whenever there are no higher priority
-events pending. If the function returns %FALSE it is automatically
-removed from the list of event sources and will not be called again.
-
-This variant of g_idle_add_full() calls @function with the GDK lock
-held. It can be thought of a MT-safe version for GTK+ widgets for the
-following use case, where you have to worry about idle_callback()
-running in thread A and accessing @self after it has been finalized
-in thread B:
-
-|[<!-- language="C" -->
-static gboolean
-idle_callback (gpointer data)
-{
-// gdk_threads_enter(); would be needed for g_idle_add()
-
-SomeWidget *self = data;
-// do stuff with self
-
-self->idle_id = 0;
-
-// gdk_threads_leave(); would be needed for g_idle_add()
-return FALSE;
-}
-
-static void
-some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self)
-{
-self->idle_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (idle_callback, self)
-// using g_idle_add() here would require thread protection in the callback
-}
-
-static void
-some_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
-{
-SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object);
-if (self->idle_id)
-g_source_remove (self->idle_id);
-G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
-}
-]|
-
-Since: 2.12
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the idle source. Typically this will be in the
-range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the idle is removed, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_add_timeout">
-<description>
-A wrapper for the common usage of gdk_threads_add_timeout_full()
-assigning the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
-
-See gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
-
-Since: 2.12
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds
-(1/1000ths of a second)
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_add_timeout_full">
-<description>
-Sets a function to be called at regular intervals holding the GDK lock,
-with the given priority. The function is called repeatedly until it
-returns %FALSE, at which point the timeout is automatically destroyed
-and the function will not be called again. The @notify function is
-called when the timeout is destroyed. The first call to the
-function will be at the end of the first @interval.
-
-Note that timeout functions may be delayed, due to the processing of other
-event sources. Thus they should not be relied on for precise timing.
-After each call to the timeout function, the time of the next
-timeout is recalculated based on the current time and the given interval
-(it does not try to “catch up” time lost in delays).
-
-This variant of g_timeout_add_full() can be thought of a MT-safe version
-for GTK+ widgets for the following use case:
-
-|[<!-- language="C" -->
-static gboolean timeout_callback (gpointer data)
-{
-SomeWidget *self = data;
-
-// do stuff with self
-
-self->timeout_id = 0;
-
-return G_SOURCE_REMOVE;
-}
-
-static void some_widget_do_stuff_later (SomeWidget *self)
-{
-self->timeout_id = g_timeout_add (timeout_callback, self)
-}
-
-static void some_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
-{
-SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (object);
-
-if (self->timeout_id)
-g_source_remove (self->timeout_id);
-
-G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
-}
-]|
-
-Since: 2.12
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the
-range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in milliseconds
-(1/1000ths of a second)
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds">
+<function name="gdk_texture_release_gl">
<description>
-A wrapper for the common usage of gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full()
-assigning the default priority, #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT.
-
-For details, see gdk_threads_add_timeout_full().
+Releases the GL resources held by a #GdkTexture that
+was created with gdk_texture_new_for_gl().
-Since: 2.14
+The texture contents are still available via the
+gdk_texture_download() function, after this function
+has been called.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in seconds
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full">
-<description>
-A variant of gdk_threads_add_timeout_full() with second-granularity.
-See g_timeout_add_seconds_full() for a discussion of why it is
-a good idea to use this function if you don’t need finer granularity.
-
-Since: 2.14
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="priority">
-<parameter_description> the priority of the timeout source. Typically this will be in the
-range between #G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE and #G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="interval">
-<parameter_description> the time between calls to the function, in seconds
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="function">
-<parameter_description> function to call
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> function to call when the timeout is removed, or %NULL
+<parameter name="texture">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkTexture wrapping a GL texture
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the ID (greater than 0) of the event source.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_enter">
-<description>
-This function marks the beginning of a critical section in which
-GDK and GTK+ functions can be called safely and without causing race
-conditions. Only one thread at a time can be in such a critial
-section.
-
-Deprecated:3.6: All GDK and GTK+ calls should be made from the main
-thread
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_init">
-<description>
-Initializes GDK so that it can be used from multiple threads
-in conjunction with gdk_threads_enter() and gdk_threads_leave().
-
-This call must be made before any use of the main loop from
-GTK+; to be safe, call it before gtk_init().
-
-Deprecated:3.6: All GDK and GTK+ calls should be made from the main
-thread
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_threads_leave">
-<description>
-Leaves a critical region begun with gdk_threads_enter().
-
-Deprecated:3.6: All GDK and GTK+ calls should be made from the main
-thread
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
@@ -16059,8 +15275,6 @@ Emits a short beep associated to @window in the appropriate
display, if supported. Otherwise, emits a short beep on
the display just as gdk_display_beep().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16101,7 +15315,6 @@ and already has a backing store. Therefore in most cases, application
code in GTK does not need to call gdk_window_begin_draw_frame()
explicitly.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16121,7 +15334,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<return> a #GdkDrawingContext context that should be
used to draw the contents of the window; the returned context is owned
by GDK.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16167,8 +15379,6 @@ example. The function works best with window managers that support the
[Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec)
but has a fallback implementation for other window managers.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16246,8 +15456,6 @@ with window managers that support the
[Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec)
but has a fallback implementation for other window managers.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16327,8 +15535,6 @@ values of gdk_window_get_position() from the parent coordinates.
See also: gdk_window_coords_to_parent()
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16363,8 +15569,6 @@ values of gdk_window_get_position() to the child coordinates.
See also: gdk_window_coords_from_parent()
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16404,7 +15608,6 @@ If the creation of the #GdkGLContext failed, @error will be set.
Before using the returned #GdkGLContext, you will need to
call gdk_gl_context_make_current() or gdk_gl_context_realize().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16419,7 +15622,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameters>
<return> the newly created #GdkGLContext, or
%NULL on error
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16454,7 +15656,6 @@ Note that unlike cairo_surface_create_similar_image(), the new
surface's device scale is set to @scale, or to the scale factor of
@window if @scale is 0.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16487,7 +15688,6 @@ with it.
This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a
pointer to a “nil” surface if @other is already in an error state
or any other error occurs.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16503,7 +15703,6 @@ be examined with cairo_surface_get_type().
Initially the surface contents are all 0 (transparent if contents
have transparency, black otherwise.)
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16531,7 +15730,6 @@ with it.
This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a
pointer to a “nil” surface if @other is already in an error state
or any other error occurs.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16541,7 +15739,6 @@ Creates a new #GdkVulkanContext for rendering on @window.
If the creation of the #GdkVulkanContext failed, @error will be set.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16556,7 +15753,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameters>
<return> the newly created #GdkVulkanContext, or
%NULL on error
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16609,8 +15805,6 @@ This function will take care of destroying the #GdkDrawingContext.
It is an error to call this function without a matching
gdk_window_begin_frame() first.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16679,8 +15873,6 @@ fullscreenification actually happening. But it will happen with
most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get
it to happen.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -16697,7 +15889,6 @@ Moves the window into fullscreen mode on the given monitor. This means
the window covers the entire screen and is above any panels or task bars.
If the window was already fullscreen, then this function does nothing.
-Since: UNRELEASED
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16718,7 +15909,6 @@ Since: UNRELEASED
Determines whether or not the desktop environment shuld be hinted that
the window does not want to receive input focus.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16728,7 +15918,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether or not the window should receive input focus.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16766,7 +15955,6 @@ list need not be.
The list is returned in (relative) stacking order, i.e. the
lowest window is first.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16781,7 +15969,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameters>
<return>
list of child windows inside @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16813,7 +16000,6 @@ specified #GdkWindow, or %NULL. If the return value is %NULL then
there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is
using the cursor for its parent window.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16826,7 +16012,6 @@ Since: 2.18
returned object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be
unreferenced directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the
cursor of the window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16858,7 +16043,6 @@ specified #GdkWindow, or %NULL. If the return value is %NULL then
there is no custom cursor set on the specified window, and it is
using the cursor for its parent window.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16875,7 +16059,6 @@ Since: 3.0
returned object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be
unreferenced directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the
cursor of the window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16883,7 +16066,6 @@ cursor of the window
<description>
Returns the event mask for @window corresponding to an specific device.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16897,7 +16079,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> device event mask for @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16909,7 +16090,6 @@ corner of @window.
Use gdk_window_get_device_position_double() if you need subpixel precision.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16937,7 +16117,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<return> The window underneath @device
(as with gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the
window is not known to GDK.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16947,7 +16126,6 @@ Obtains the current device position in doubles and modifier state.
The position is given in coordinates relative to the upper left
corner of @window.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16975,7 +16153,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<return> The window underneath @device
(as with gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the
window is not known to GDK.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16983,7 +16160,6 @@ window is not known to GDK.
<description>
Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with a #GdkWindow.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16993,7 +16169,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkDisplay associated with @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17019,7 +16194,6 @@ gdk_window_set_events().
Determines whether or not the desktop environment should be hinted that the
window does not want to receive input focus when it is mapped.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17030,7 +16204,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameters>
<return> whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when
it is mapped.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17040,7 +16213,6 @@ Gets the frame clock for the window. The frame clock for a window
never changes unless the window is reparented to a new toplevel
window.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17079,7 +16251,6 @@ the frame) in root window coordinates, use gdk_window_get_origin().
<description>
Obtains the #GdkFullscreenMode of the @window.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17089,7 +16260,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GdkFullscreenMode applied to the window when fullscreen.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17146,7 +16316,6 @@ the 16-bit coordinates of X11.
<description>
Returns the group leader window for @window. See gdk_window_set_group().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17156,7 +16325,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the group leader window for @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17168,7 +16336,6 @@ On the X11 platform the returned size is the size reported in the
most-recently-processed configure event, rather than the current
size on the X server.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17178,7 +16345,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The height of @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17187,7 +16353,6 @@ Since: 2.24
Determines whether or not the window manager is hinted that @window
has modal behaviour.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17197,7 +16362,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether or not the window has the modal hint set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17256,8 +16420,6 @@ below.
See gdk_window_set_pass_through() for details
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -17304,8 +16466,6 @@ window coordinates. This is similar to
gdk_window_get_origin() but allows you to pass
in any position in the window, not just the origin.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -17371,7 +16531,6 @@ with higher resolution data.
The scale of a window may change during runtime, if this happens
a configure event will be sent to the toplevel window.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17406,7 +16565,6 @@ from the #GdkWindowState enumeration.
Returns %TRUE if the window is aware of the existence of multiple
devices.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17416,7 +16574,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the window handles multidevice features.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17444,7 +16601,6 @@ has a root window as parent.
<description>
This function returns the type hint set for a window.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17454,7 +16610,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The type hint set for @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17527,7 +16682,6 @@ On the X11 platform the returned size is the size reported in the
most-recently-processed configure event, rather than the current
size on the X server.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17537,7 +16691,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The width of @window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17561,7 +16714,6 @@ Gets the type of the window. See #GdkWindowType.
<description>
Checks whether the window has a native window or not.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17571,7 +16723,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @window has a native window, %FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17630,8 +16781,6 @@ shape extension.
On the Win32 platform, this functionality is not present and the
function does nothing.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -17753,7 +16902,6 @@ fine grained control over which children are invalidated.
<description>
Check to see if a window is destroyed..
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17763,7 +16911,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the window is destroyed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17771,7 +16918,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Determines whether or not the window is an input only window.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17781,7 +16927,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @window is input only
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17789,7 +16934,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Determines whether or not the window is shaped.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17799,7 +16943,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @window is shaped
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17898,8 +17041,6 @@ This function is distinct from gdk_window_set_child_input_shapes()
because it includes @window’s input shape mask in the set of
shapes to be merged.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -17968,8 +17109,6 @@ that not covered by the new position of @region are invalidated.
Child windows are not moved.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18043,7 +17182,6 @@ it to move off-screen. For example, %GDK_ANCHOR_FLIP_X will replace
Connect to the #GdkWindow::moved-to-rect signal to find out how it was
actually positioned.
-Since: 3.22
Stability: Private
</description>
@@ -18085,7 +17223,6 @@ point
<description>
Creates a new client-side child window.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18099,7 +17236,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18108,7 +17244,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Creates a new toplevel popup window. The window will bypass window
management.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18122,7 +17257,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18133,7 +17267,6 @@ situated off-screen and not handle output.
You most likely do not want to use this function.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18143,7 +17276,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18152,7 +17284,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Creates a new toplevel window. The window will be managed by the window
manager.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18170,7 +17301,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GdkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18290,8 +17420,6 @@ If @window is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the
request to move the window in the Z-order, gdk_window_restack() only
requests the restack, does not guarantee it.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18350,8 +17478,6 @@ window doesn’t want to receive input focus.
On X, it is the responsibility of the window manager to interpret this
hint. ICCCM-compliant window manager usually respect it.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18373,8 +17499,6 @@ for all children of @window, ignoring the input shape mask of @window
itself. Contrast with gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes() which includes
the input shape mask of @window in the masks to be merged.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18469,8 +17593,6 @@ the cursor. To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR. Passing
@window will use the cursor of its parent window. Most windows should
use this default.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18499,8 +17621,6 @@ press events. The event mask is the bitwise OR of values from the
See the [input handling overview][event-masks] for details.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18554,8 +17674,6 @@ On X, it is the responsibility of the window manager to interpret
this hint. Window managers following the freedesktop.org window
manager extension specification should respect it.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18590,8 +17708,6 @@ Not all window managers support this, so you can’t rely on the fullscreen
window to span over the multiple monitors when #GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS
is specified.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18774,8 +17890,6 @@ this, and some deliberately ignore it or don’t have a concept of
But it will happen with most standard window managers,
and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18802,8 +17916,6 @@ this, and some deliberately ignore it or don’t have a concept of
But it will happen with most standard window managers,
and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18859,8 +17971,6 @@ for your widgets.
Support for non-toplevel windows was added in 3.8.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18891,8 +18001,6 @@ the @window background is opaque, as we know where the opaque regions
are. If your window background is not opaque, please update this
property in your #GtkWidget::style-updated handler.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18928,8 +18036,6 @@ without pass through, so you can get events on a subset of a window. And in
that cases you would get the in-between related events such as the pointer
enter/leave events on its way to the destination window.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -18986,8 +18092,6 @@ Note that this property is automatically updated by GTK+, so this
function should only be used by applications which do not use GTK+
to create toplevel windows.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -19025,8 +18129,6 @@ not be called in addition, instead you should
allow the window to be treated according to standard policy for
its semantic type.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -19050,8 +18152,6 @@ function should not be called in addition,
instead you should allow the window to be treated according to
standard policy for its semantic type.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -19071,9 +18171,6 @@ Since: 2.2
When using GTK+, typically you should use gtk_window_set_startup_id()
instead of this low-level function.
-Since: 2.12
-
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -19095,8 +18192,6 @@ This function will enable multidevice features in @window.
Multidevice aware windows will need to handle properly multiple,
per device enter/leave events, device grabs and grab ownerships.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -19185,8 +18280,6 @@ The hint must be set before the window is mapped.
Toggles whether a window needs the user's
urgent attention.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -19315,7 +18408,6 @@ windows managed by the window manager. This is useful for windows
using client-side decorations, activating it with a right-click
on the window decorations.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19329,7 +18421,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the window menu was shown and %FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19383,8 +18474,6 @@ unfullscreenification actually happening. But it will happen with
most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get
it to happen.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
diff --git a/gdk/src/gdk_enums.defs b/gdk/src/gdk_enums.defs
index ea12356..9f0d243 100644
--- a/gdk/src/gdk_enums.defs
+++ b/gdk/src/gdk_enums.defs
@@ -572,28 +572,6 @@
;; Original typedef:
;; typedef enum
;; {
-;; GDK_OK = 0,
-;; GDK_ERROR = -1,
-;; GDK_ERROR_PARAM = -2,
-;; GDK_ERROR_FILE = -3,
-;; GDK_ERROR_MEM = -4
-;; } GdkStatus;
-
-(define-enum-extended Status
- (in-module "Gdk")
- (c-name "GdkStatus")
- (values
- '("ok" "GDK_OK" "0")
- '("error" "GDK_ERROR" "-1")
- '("error-param" "GDK_ERROR_PARAM" "-2")
- '("error-file" "GDK_ERROR_FILE" "-3")
- '("error-mem" "GDK_ERROR_MEM" "-4")
- )
-)
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum
-;; {
;; GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS = 0,
;; GDK_GRAB_ALREADY_GRABBED = 1,
;; GDK_GRAB_INVALID_TIME = 2,
diff --git a/gdk/src/gdk_extra_objects.defs b/gdk/src/gdk_extra_objects.defs
index 114b557..b179599 100644
--- a/gdk/src/gdk_extra_objects.defs
+++ b/gdk/src/gdk_extra_objects.defs
@@ -24,6 +24,12 @@
(gtype-id "GDK_TYPE_CONTENT_FORMATS")
)
+(define-object ContentFormatsBuilder
+ (in-module "Gdk")
+ (c-name "GdkContentFormatsBuilder")
+ (gtype-id "GDK_TYPE_CONTENT_FORMATS_BUILDER")
+)
+
(define-object Cursor
(in-module "Gdk")
(c-name "GdkCursor")
diff --git a/gdk/src/gdk_methods.defs b/gdk/src/gdk_methods.defs
index 2ef81da..96b5c50 100644
--- a/gdk/src/gdk_methods.defs
+++ b/gdk/src/gdk_methods.defs
@@ -335,19 +335,6 @@
)
)
-(define-enum Status
- (in-module "Gdk")
- (c-name "GdkStatus")
- (gtype-id "GDK_TYPE_STATUS")
- (values
- '("ok" "GDK_OK")
- '("error" "GDK_ERROR")
- '("error-param" "GDK_ERROR_PARAM")
- '("error-file" "GDK_ERROR_FILE")
- '("error-mem" "GDK_ERROR_MEM")
- )
-)
-
(define-enum GrabStatus
(in-module "Gdk")
(c-name "GdkGrabStatus")
@@ -1244,15 +1231,38 @@
)
)
+(define-function gdk_content_formats_builder_get_type
+ (c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_get_type")
+ (return-type "GType")
+)
+
(define-function gdk_content_formats_builder_new
(c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_new")
(is-constructor-of "GdkContentFormatsBuilder")
(return-type "GdkContentFormatsBuilder*")
)
-(define-method free
+(define-method ref
+ (of-object "GdkContentFormatsBuilder")
+ (c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_ref")
+ (return-type "GdkContentFormatsBuilder*")
+)
+
+(define-method unref
(of-object "GdkContentFormatsBuilder")
- (c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_free")
+ (c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_unref")
+ (return-type "none")
+)
+
+(define-method free_to_formats
+ (of-object "GdkContentFormatsBuilder")
+ (c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_free_to_formats")
+ (return-type "GdkContentFormats*")
+)
+
+(define-method to_formats
+ (of-object "GdkContentFormatsBuilder")
+ (c-name "gdk_content_formats_builder_to_formats")
(return-type "GdkContentFormats*")
)
@@ -2017,34 +2027,6 @@
(return-type "GdkDisplay*")
)
-(define-method supports_cursor_alpha
- (of-object "GdkDisplay")
- (c-name "gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method supports_cursor_color
- (of-object "GdkDisplay")
- (c-name "gdk_display_supports_cursor_color")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method get_default_cursor_size
- (of-object "GdkDisplay")
- (c-name "gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size")
- (return-type "guint")
-)
-
-(define-method get_maximal_cursor_size
- (of-object "GdkDisplay")
- (c-name "gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("guint*" "width")
- '("guint*" "height")
- )
-)
-
(define-method get_default_group
(of-object "GdkDisplay")
(c-name "gdk_display_get_default_group")
@@ -2924,9 +2906,9 @@
)
)
-(define-method get_history
+(define-method get_motion_history
(of-object "GdkEvent")
- (c-name "gdk_event_get_history")
+ (c-name "gdk_event_get_motion_history")
(return-type "GList*")
)
@@ -3231,6 +3213,12 @@
(return-type "GType")
)
+(define-method get_display
+ (of-object "GdkKeymap")
+ (c-name "gdk_keymap_get_display")
+ (return-type "GdkDisplay*")
+)
+
(define-method lookup_key
(of-object "GdkKeymap")
(c-name "gdk_keymap_lookup_key")
@@ -3800,6 +3788,25 @@
)
)
+(define-function gdk_texture_new_for_gl
+ (c-name "gdk_texture_new_for_gl")
+ (return-type "GdkTexture*")
+ (parameters
+ '("GdkGLContext*" "context")
+ '("guint" "id")
+ '("int" "width")
+ '("int" "height")
+ '("GDestroyNotify" "destroy")
+ '("gpointer" "data")
+ )
+)
+
+(define-method release_gl
+ (of-object "GdkTexture")
+ (c-name "gdk_texture_release_gl")
+ (return-type "none")
+)
+
(define-method get_width
(of-object "GdkTexture")
(c-name "gdk_texture_get_width")
@@ -3824,89 +3831,6 @@
-;; From gdkthreads.h
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_init
- (c-name "gdk_threads_init")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_enter
- (c-name "gdk_threads_enter")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_leave
- (c-name "gdk_threads_leave")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_add_idle_full
- (c-name "gdk_threads_add_idle_full")
- (return-type "guint")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "priority")
- '("GSourceFunc" "function")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- '("GDestroyNotify" "notify")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_add_idle
- (c-name "gdk_threads_add_idle")
- (return-type "guint")
- (parameters
- '("GSourceFunc" "function")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_add_timeout_full
- (c-name "gdk_threads_add_timeout_full")
- (return-type "guint")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "priority")
- '("guint" "interval")
- '("GSourceFunc" "function")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- '("GDestroyNotify" "notify")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_add_timeout
- (c-name "gdk_threads_add_timeout")
- (return-type "guint")
- (parameters
- '("guint" "interval")
- '("GSourceFunc" "function")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full
- (c-name "gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds_full")
- (return-type "guint")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "priority")
- '("guint" "interval")
- '("GSourceFunc" "function")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- '("GDestroyNotify" "notify")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds
- (c-name "gdk_threads_add_timeout_seconds")
- (return-type "guint")
- (parameters
- '("guint" "interval")
- '("GSourceFunc" "function")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- )
-)
-
-
-
;; From gdktypes.h
@@ -5193,11 +5117,6 @@
(return-type "GType")
)
-(define-function gdk_status_get_type
- (c-name "gdk_status_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
(define-function gdk_grab_status_get_type
(c-name "gdk_grab_status_get_type")
(return-type "GType")
diff --git a/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml b/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml
index 690ea39..67a8662 100644
--- a/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml
+++ b/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml
@@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI.
Applications may connect to it to override the default behaviour,
which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window().
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19,7 +18,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the link has been activated
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -29,8 +27,6 @@ The people who contributed artwork to the program, as a %NULL-terminated
array of strings. Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which
will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -40,8 +36,6 @@ The authors of the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
as links, see the introduction for more details.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -51,8 +45,6 @@ Comments about the program. This string is displayed in a label
in the main dialog, thus it should be a short explanation of
the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -60,8 +52,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Copyright information for the program.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -71,8 +61,6 @@ The people documenting the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
as links, see the introduction for more details.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -91,8 +79,6 @@ The text may contain links in this format <http://www.some.place/>
and email references in the form <mail-to some body>, and these will
be converted into clickable links.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -114,8 +100,6 @@ For any other #GtkLicense value, the contents of the
#GtkAboutDialog:license property are also set by this property as
a side effect.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -124,8 +108,6 @@ Since: 3.0
A logo for the about box. If it is %NULL, the default window icon
set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -134,8 +116,6 @@ Since: 2.6
A named icon to use as the logo for the about box. This property
overrides the #GtkAboutDialog:logo property.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -144,8 +124,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The name of the program.
If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -160,8 +138,6 @@ The text may contain links in this format <http://www.some.place/>
and email references in the form <mail-to some body>, and these will
be converted into clickable links.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -171,8 +147,6 @@ Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable.
The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
as links, see the introduction for more details.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -180,8 +154,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
The version of the program.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -190,8 +162,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The URL for the link to the website of the program.
This should be a string starting with "http://.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -199,8 +169,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
The label for the link to the website of the program.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -208,8 +176,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -301,8 +267,6 @@ The path is also used as the detail for the signal,
so it is possible to connect to
changed::`accel_path`.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="object">
@@ -358,8 +322,6 @@ Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment:value property has been changed.
<description>
The minimum value of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -367,8 +329,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
The page increment of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -379,8 +339,6 @@ Note that the page-size is irrelevant and should be set to zero
if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a
#GtkSpinButton.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -388,8 +346,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
The step increment of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -400,8 +356,6 @@ Note that values will be restricted by
`upper - page-size` if the page-size
property is nonzero.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -409,8 +363,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
The value of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -506,8 +458,6 @@ The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property determines
whether the dropdown menu should show the default application
on top for the provided content type.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -664,8 +614,6 @@ among the other applications.
Emitted when a #GtkWindow is added to @application through
gtk_application_add_window().
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -686,8 +634,6 @@ Emitted when a #GtkWindow is removed from @application,
either as a side-effect of being destroyed or explicitly
through gtk_application_remove_window().
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -706,8 +652,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Set this property to %TRUE to register with the session manager.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -715,8 +659,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit().
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_LOGOUT">
@@ -818,8 +760,6 @@ to complete, you might consider putting a page of type
this operation within the #GtkAssistant::prepare signal of the progress
page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -834,8 +774,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The ::cancel signal is emitted when then the cancel button is clicked.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -852,8 +790,6 @@ The ::close signal is emitted either when the close button of
a summary page is clicked, or when the apply button in the last
page in the flow (of type %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM) is clicked.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -872,8 +808,6 @@ assistant's current page, before making the new page visible.
A handler for this signal can do any preparations which are
necessary before showing @page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -894,8 +828,6 @@ Setting the "complete" child property to %TRUE marks a page as
complete (i.e.: all the required fields are filled out). GTK+ uses
this information to control the sensitivity of the navigation buttons.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -903,8 +835,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The type of the assistant page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -912,8 +842,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The title of the page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -925,8 +853,6 @@ instead of the action-area.
For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -989,8 +915,6 @@ requested height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a
#GtkBaselinePosition to select where to put the baseline inside the
extra availible space.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_TOP">
@@ -1064,8 +988,6 @@ have been marked as translatable in interface descriptions.
If the translation domain is %NULL, #GtkBuilder uses gettext(),
otherwise g_dgettext().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1387,8 +1309,6 @@ This property gets initially set to the current day.
Height of a detail cell, in rows.
A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1397,8 +1317,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Width of a detail cell, in characters.
A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1414,8 +1332,6 @@ This property gets initially set to the current month.
<description>
Determines whether the selected month can be changed.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1423,8 +1339,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Determines whether day names are displayed.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1434,8 +1348,6 @@ Determines whether details are shown directly in the widget, or if they are
available only as tooltip. When this property is set days with details are
marked.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1443,8 +1355,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Determines whether a heading is displayed.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1452,8 +1362,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Determines whether week numbers are displayed.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1501,8 +1409,6 @@ text when details are provided. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().
Indicates that editing has started on @renderer and that @editable
should be added to the owning cell-layouting widget at @cell_area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -1534,8 +1440,6 @@ where @editable should be added
<description>
This signal is emitted whenever applying attributes to @area from @model
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -1573,8 +1477,6 @@ currently focused renderer did not change, this is
because focus may change to the same renderer in the
same cell area for a different row of data.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -1598,8 +1500,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Indicates that editing finished on @renderer and that @editable
should be removed from the owning cell-layouting widget.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -1625,8 +1525,6 @@ The widget currently editing the edited cell
This property is read-only and only changes as
a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1637,8 +1535,6 @@ The cell in the area that is currently edited
This property is read-only and only changes as
a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1646,8 +1542,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The cell in the area that currently has focus
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1655,8 +1549,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Whether the cell renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1665,8 +1557,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Whether the cell renderer should receive extra space
when the area receives more than its natural size.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1675,8 +1565,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Whether the cell renderer should require the same size
for all rows for which it was requested.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1685,8 +1573,6 @@ Since: 3.0
A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell renderer is packed
with reference to the start or end of the area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1694,8 +1580,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The amount of space to reserve between cells.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1703,8 +1587,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The #GtkCellArea this context was created by
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1714,8 +1596,6 @@ The minimum height for the #GtkCellArea in this context
for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1725,8 +1605,6 @@ The minimum width for the #GtkCellArea in this context
for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1736,8 +1614,6 @@ The natural height for the #GtkCellArea in this context
for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1747,8 +1623,6 @@ The natural width for the #GtkCellArea in this context
for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1802,8 +1676,6 @@ for emitting #GtkCellEditable::remove-widget.
<description>
Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1815,8 +1687,6 @@ editing when the user presses Escape.
See also: gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="renderer">
@@ -1856,8 +1726,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_completion (entry, completion);
}
]|
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="renderer">
@@ -1880,8 +1748,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Cell background as a #GdkRGBA
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1889,8 +1755,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets emitted when the user has removed the accelerator.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accel">
@@ -1909,8 +1773,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets emitted when the user has selected a new accelerator.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accel">
@@ -1941,8 +1803,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The keyval of the accelerator.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1953,8 +1813,6 @@ they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators
accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered
in the same way as they are in menus.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1962,8 +1820,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The modifier mask of the accelerator.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -1973,8 +1829,6 @@ The hardware keycode of the accelerator. Note that the hardware keycode is
only relevant if the key does not have a keyval. Normally, the keyboard
configuration should assign keyvals to all keys.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2012,8 +1866,6 @@ the tree view will immediately cease the editing operating. This
means that you most probably want to refrain from changing the model
until the combo cell renderer emits the edited or editing_canceled signal.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo">
@@ -2039,8 +1891,6 @@ Since: 2.14
If %TRUE, the cell renderer will include an entry and allow to enter
values other than the ones in the popup list.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2049,8 +1899,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Holds a tree model containing the possible values for the combo box.
Use the text_column property to specify the column holding the values.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2066,8 +1914,6 @@ this cell renderer is attached.
#GtkCellRendererCombo automatically adds a text cell renderer for
this column to its combo box.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2101,8 +1947,6 @@ The GIcon representing the icon to display.
If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated
automatically.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2111,8 +1955,6 @@ Since: 2.14
The name of the themed icon to display.
This property only has an effect if not overridden by the "pixbuf" property.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2120,21 +1962,17 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
<property name="GtkCellRendererPixbuf:surface">
<description>
-Since: 3.10
</description>
</property>
<property name="GtkCellRendererPixbuf:texture">
<description>
-Since: 3.94
</description>
</property>
@@ -2152,8 +1990,6 @@ bit.
To indicate that the activity has not started yet, set the property
to zero. To indicate completion, set the property to %G_MAXINT.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2164,8 +2000,6 @@ over the progress bar. Setting this property to %NULL causes the default
label to be displayed. Setting this property to an empty string causes
no label to be displayed.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2175,8 +2009,6 @@ The "text-xalign" property controls the horizontal alignment of the
text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (left) to 1
(right). Reserved for RTL layouts.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2186,8 +2018,6 @@ The "text-yalign" property controls the vertical alignment of the
text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (top) to 1
(bottom).
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2196,8 +2026,6 @@ Since: 2.12
The "value" property determines the percentage to which the
progress bar will be "filled in".
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2206,8 +2034,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton.
This must be non-%NULL for the cell renderer to be editable.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2215,8 +2041,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The acceleration rate when you hold down a button.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2224,8 +2048,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The number of decimal places to display.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2237,8 +2059,6 @@ spinner animation. Usually, you would update this value in a timeout.
By default, the #GtkSpinner widget draws one full cycle of the animation,
consisting of 12 frames, in 750 milliseconds.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2246,8 +2066,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2322,8 +2140,6 @@ Note that this property describes how to align the lines of text in
case there are several of them. The "xalign" property of #GtkCellRenderer,
on the other hand, sets the horizontal alignment of the whole text.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2331,8 +2147,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Background color as a #GdkRGBA
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2343,8 +2157,6 @@ does not have enough room to display the entire string. Setting it to
%PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE turns off ellipsizing. See the wrap-width property
for another way of making the text fit into a given width.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2352,8 +2164,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2368,8 +2178,6 @@ cell should not receive any greater allocation unless it is
set to expand in its #GtkCellLayout and all of the cell's siblings
have received their natural width.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2389,8 +2197,6 @@ The desired width of the cell, in characters. If this property is set to
-1, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the cell will
request either 3 characters or the property value, whichever is greater.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2400,8 +2206,6 @@ Specifies how to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell
renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string.
This property has no effect unless the wrap-width property is set.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2411,8 +2215,6 @@ Specifies the minimum width at which the text is wrapped. The wrap-mode property
be used to influence at what character positions the line breaks can be placed.
Setting wrap-width to -1 turns wrapping off.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2528,8 +2330,6 @@ Note that this signal is only emitted when the user
changes the color. If you need to react to programmatic color changes
as well, use the notify::color signal.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -2544,8 +2344,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
The RGBA color.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2558,8 +2356,6 @@ This property should be used in cases where the palette
in the editor would be redundant, such as when the color
button is already part of a palette.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2567,8 +2363,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
The title of the color selection dialog
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2578,8 +2372,6 @@ If this property is set to %TRUE, the color swatch on the button is
rendered against a checkerboard background to show its opacity and
the opacity slider is displayed in the color selection dialog.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2590,8 +2382,6 @@ This usually happens when the user clicks a color swatch,
or a color is selected and the user presses one of the keys
Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -2612,8 +2402,6 @@ The ::rgba property contains the currently selected color,
as a #GdkRGBA struct. The property can be set to change
the current selection programmatically.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2627,8 +2415,6 @@ alpha == 1.
Implementations are expected to show alpha by rendering the color
over a non-uniform background (like a checkerboard pattern).
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2638,8 +2424,6 @@ The ::show-editor property is %TRUE when the color chooser
is showing the single-color editor. It can be set to switch
the color chooser into single-color editing mode.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2652,8 +2436,6 @@ call to gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter().
It will also be emitted while typing into the entry of a combo box
with an entry.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -2699,7 +2481,6 @@ return g_strdup_printf ("%g", value);
}
]|
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2714,7 +2495,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated string representing @path
for the current GtkComboBox model.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -2724,8 +2504,6 @@ The ::move-active signal is a
[keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
which gets emitted to move the active selection.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -2748,8 +2526,6 @@ which gets emitted to popdown the combo box list.
The default bindings for this signal are Alt+Up and Escape.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -2768,8 +2544,6 @@ which gets emitted to popup the combo box list.
The default binding for this signal is Alt+Down.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -2788,8 +2562,6 @@ this property has the value
`gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`,
where `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2797,8 +2569,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
The value of the ID column of the active row.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2807,8 +2577,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when
the model is empty.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2820,8 +2588,6 @@ will determine how many columns that item will span in the popup.
Therefore, values in this column must be greater than zero, and the sum of
an item’s column position + span should not exceed #GtkComboBox:wrap-width.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2830,8 +2596,6 @@ Since: 2.4
The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry
if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2839,8 +2603,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Whether the combo box has an entry.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2849,8 +2611,6 @@ Since: 2.24
The has-frame property controls whether a frame
is drawn around the entry.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2859,8 +2619,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The column in the combo box's model that provides string
IDs for the values in the model, if != -1.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2869,8 +2627,6 @@ Since: 3.0
The model from which the combo box takes the values shown
in the list.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2879,8 +2635,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the
allocated width of the combo box.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2890,8 +2644,6 @@ Whether the combo boxes dropdown is popped up.
Note that this property is mainly useful, because
it allows you to connect to notify::popup-shown.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2902,8 +2654,6 @@ of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The value in that column for each item
will determine how many rows that item will span in the popup. Therefore,
values in this column must be greater than zero.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -2912,8 +2662,6 @@ Since: 2.4
If wrap-width is set to a positive value, items in the popup will be laid
out along multiple columns, starting a new row on reaching the wrap width.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3023,8 +2771,6 @@ but may contain extensions.
More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates
more features.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_DOCUMENT">
@@ -3201,8 +2947,6 @@ instead of the action-area.
For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3304,8 +3048,6 @@ unspecified error.
<description>
The content height. See gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height() for details.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3313,8 +3055,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
The content width. See gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width() for details.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3521,8 +3261,6 @@ deleting a word.
The ::icon-press signal is emitted when an activatable icon
is clicked.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -3546,8 +3284,6 @@ Since: 2.16
The ::icon-release signal is emitted on the button release from a
mouse click over an activatable icon.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -3597,8 +3333,6 @@ which gets emitted to present the Emoji chooser for the @entry.
The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-;
-Since: 3.22.27
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -3706,8 +3440,6 @@ If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately
be committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text,
connect to this signal.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -3727,8 +3459,6 @@ Since: 2.20
When this is %TRUE, the entry will show an emoji icon in the secondary
icon position that brings up the Emoji chooser when clicked.
-Since: 3.22.19
-
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
@@ -3739,8 +3469,6 @@ Since: 3.22.19
<description>
A list of tabstops to apply to the text of the entry.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
@@ -3774,8 +3502,6 @@ This is mainly useful to change the size or weight of the text.
The #PangoAttribute's @start_index and @end_index must refer to the
#GtkEntryBuffer text, i.e. without the preedit string.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3787,8 +3513,6 @@ Note that the warning is shown using a secondary icon, and thus
does not work if you are using the secondary icon position for some
other purpose.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3796,8 +3520,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The auxiliary completion object to use with the entry.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3810,8 +3532,6 @@ Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the
system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
#GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3820,8 +3540,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Additional hints (beyond #GtkEntry:input-purpose) that
allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3836,8 +3554,6 @@ Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or
%GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN is independent from setting
#GtkEntry:visibility.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3845,8 +3561,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Whether the invisible char has been set for the #GtkEntry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3856,8 +3570,6 @@ The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated
automatically.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3865,8 +3577,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
If text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3875,8 +3585,6 @@ Since: 2.14
The text that will be displayed in the #GtkEntry when it is empty
and unfocused.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3885,8 +3593,6 @@ Since: 3.2
If :populate-all is %TRUE, the #GtkEntry::populate-popup
signal is also emitted for touch popups.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3900,8 +3606,6 @@ signals only on sensitive, activatable icons.
Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
informational purposes.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3909,8 +3613,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The #GIcon to use for the primary icon for the entry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3918,8 +3620,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The icon name to use for the primary icon for the entry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3934,8 +3634,6 @@ does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
when clicked is currently not available.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3943,8 +3641,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The representation which is used for the primary icon of the entry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3952,8 +3648,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
A #GdkTexture to use as the primary icon for the entry.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3964,8 +3658,6 @@ with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3975,8 +3667,6 @@ The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon.
Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3984,8 +3674,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The current fraction of the task that's been completed.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -3994,8 +3682,6 @@ Since: 2.16
The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4009,8 +3695,6 @@ signals only on sensitive, activatable icons.
Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
informational purposes.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4018,8 +3702,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The #GIcon to use for the secondary icon for the entry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4027,8 +3709,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The icon name to use for the secondary icon for the entry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4043,8 +3723,6 @@ does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
when clicked is currently not available.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4052,8 +3730,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The representation which is used for the secondary icon of the entry.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4061,8 +3737,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
A #GtkTexture to use as the secondary icon for the entry.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4073,8 +3747,6 @@ with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4084,8 +3756,6 @@ The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon.
Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4093,8 +3763,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The length of the text in the #GtkEntry.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4102,8 +3770,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4112,8 +3778,6 @@ Since: 2.10
The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right).
Reversed for RTL layouts.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4121,8 +3785,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
This signal is emitted after text is deleted from the buffer.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -4145,8 +3807,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
This signal is emitted after text is inserted into the buffer.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -4173,8 +3833,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
The length (in characters) of the text in buffer.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4182,8 +3840,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
The maximum length (in characters) of the text in the buffer.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4191,8 +3847,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
The contents of the buffer.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4200,8 +3854,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Gets emitted when an action is activated.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -4226,7 +3878,6 @@ pointed to by @iter.
Note that @model is the model that was passed to
gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4244,7 +3895,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the signal has been handled
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -4259,7 +3909,6 @@ smaller part of the @prefix into the entry - e.g. the entry used in
the #GtkFileChooser inserts only the part of the prefix up to the
next '/'.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4273,7 +3922,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the signal has been handled
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -4287,7 +3935,6 @@ pointed to by @iter.
Note that @model is the model that was passed to
gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4305,7 +3952,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the signal has been handled
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -4316,8 +3962,6 @@ number of rows in completion_complete method.
(In other words when GtkEntryCompletion is out of
suggestions)
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -4336,8 +3980,6 @@ If no area is specified when creating the entry completion with
gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented
#GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4348,8 +3990,6 @@ should be inserted automatically in the entry. Note that this
requires text-column to be set, even if you are using a custom
match function.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4358,8 +3998,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Determines whether the possible completions on the popup
will appear in the entry as you navigate through them.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4368,8 +4006,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Determines whether the possible completions should be
shown in a popup window.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4378,8 +4014,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Determines whether the completions popup window will be
resized to the width of the entry.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4390,8 +4024,6 @@ for a single possible completion. You probably want to set
this to %FALSE if you are using
[inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4400,8 +4032,6 @@ Since: 2.8
The column of the model containing the strings.
Note that the strings must be UTF-8.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4409,8 +4039,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_ENTRY_ICON_PRIMARY">
@@ -4428,8 +4056,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The propagation phase at which this controller will handle events.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4437,8 +4063,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
The widget receiving the #GdkEvents that the controller will handle.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4582,8 +4206,6 @@ only be emitted on devices capable of it.
<description>
The flags affecting event controller behavior
-Since: 3.93
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4591,8 +4213,6 @@ Since: 3.93
<description>
Describes the behavior of a #GtkEventControllerScroll.
-Since: 3.93
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_NONE">
@@ -4627,8 +4247,6 @@ after continuous scroll finishes.
<description>
Describes the state of a #GdkEventSequence in a #GtkGesture.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_NONE">
@@ -4651,8 +4269,6 @@ Since: 3.14
When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel
widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4717,7 +4333,6 @@ save_to_file (gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (chooser));
gtk_widget_destroy (chooser);
]|
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -4728,7 +4343,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkFileChooserConfirmation value that indicates which
action to take after emitting the signal.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -4849,8 +4463,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri().
Whether a file chooser not in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN mode
will offer the user to create new folders.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4860,8 +4472,6 @@ Whether a file chooser in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode
will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if the user
selects a file name that already exists.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4905,8 +4515,6 @@ The ::file-set signal is emitted when the user selects a file.
Note that this signal is only emitted when the user
changes the file.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -4921,8 +4529,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Instance of the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4930,8 +4536,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Title to put on the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4939,8 +4543,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
The width of the entry and label inside the button, in characters.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -4952,8 +4554,6 @@ value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock
confirmation dialog, accept the user’s choice of a filename, or
let the user choose another filename.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM">
@@ -5536,8 +5136,6 @@ Note that this signal is only emitted when the user
changes the font. If you need to react to programmatic font changes
as well, use the notify::font signal.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -5552,8 +5150,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
The title of the font chooser dialog.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5562,8 +5158,6 @@ Since: 2.4
If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn
in the selected font.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5572,8 +5166,6 @@ Since: 2.4
If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn
with the selected font size.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5617,8 +5209,6 @@ The font description as a #PangoFontDescription.
The selected font features, in a format that is compatible with
CSS and with Pango attributes.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5628,8 +5218,6 @@ The language for which the #GtkFontChooser:font-features were
selected, in a format that is compatible with CSS and with Pango
attributes.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5637,8 +5225,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
The level of granularity to offer for selecting fonts.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5693,7 +5279,6 @@ If context creation fails then the signal handler can use
gtk_gl_area_set_error() to register a more detailed error
of how the construction failed.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5708,7 +5293,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GdkGLContext;
the #GtkGLArea widget will take ownership of the returned value.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -5720,7 +5304,6 @@ of the #GtkGLArea should be redrawn.
The @context is bound to the @area prior to emitting this function,
and the buffers are painted to the window once the emission terminates.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -5735,7 +5318,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -5751,8 +5333,6 @@ is emitted.
The default handler sets up the GL viewport.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -5783,8 +5363,6 @@ In order to force a rendering gtk_gl_area_queue_render() must be called.
This mode is useful when the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time
to redraw.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5796,8 +5374,6 @@ The #GtkGLArea widget is responsible for creating the #GdkGLContext
instance. If you need to render with other kinds of buffers (stencil,
depth, etc), use render buffers.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5806,8 +5382,6 @@ Since: 3.16
If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a depth buffer for the
target framebuffer.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5816,8 +5390,6 @@ Since: 3.16
If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a stencil buffer for the
target framebuffer.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5828,8 +5400,6 @@ OpenGL ES instead of OpenGL.
See also: gdk_gl_context_set_use_es()
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5843,8 +5413,6 @@ Note: These conditions may also happen when an extra touch (eg. a third touch
on a 2-touches gesture) is lifted, in that situation @sequence won't pertain
to the current set of active touches, so don't rely on this being true.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -5868,8 +5436,6 @@ was claimed by parent widgets' controllers (see gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state()
@gesture must forget everything about @sequence as a reaction to this signal.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -5896,8 +5462,6 @@ previously triggering recognition on @gesture (ie. a just pressed touch
sequence that exceeds #GtkGesture:n-points). This situation may be detected
by checking through gtk_gesture_handles_sequence().
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -5918,8 +5482,6 @@ This signal is emitted whenever a sequence state changes. See
gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state() to know more about the expectable
sequence lifetimes.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -5943,8 +5505,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted whenever an event is handled while the gesture is
recognized. @sequence is guaranteed to pertain to the set of active touches.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -5963,9 +5523,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
The number of touch points that trigger recognition on this gesture,
-
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -5973,8 +5530,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
This signal is emitted whenever dragging starts.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -5997,8 +5552,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
This signal is emitted whenever the dragging is finished.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6021,8 +5574,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
This signal is emitted whenever the dragging point moves.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6046,8 +5597,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted whenever a press moved too far, or was released
before #GtkGestureLongPress::pressed happened.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6063,8 +5612,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted whenever a press goes unmoved/unreleased longer than
what the GTK+ defaults tell.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6087,8 +5634,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
This signal is emitted whenever a button or touch press happens.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6118,8 +5663,6 @@ will report the number of press that is paired to this event, note
that #GtkGestureMultiPress::stopped may have been emitted between the
press and its release, @n_press will only start over at the next press.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6147,8 +5690,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted whenever any time/distance threshold has
been exceeded.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6167,8 +5708,6 @@ grabs, this can only happen on situations where input is grabbed
elsewhere mid-press or the pressed widget voluntarily relinquishes
its implicit grab.
-Since: 3.93.
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6200,8 +5739,6 @@ Since: 3.93.
This signal is emitted once a panning gesture along the
expected axis is detected.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6224,8 +5761,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
The expected orientation of pan gestures.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6234,8 +5769,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted when the angle between both tracked points
changes.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6258,8 +5791,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Mouse button number to listen to, or 0 to listen for any button.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6268,8 +5799,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Whether the gesture is exclusive. Exclusive gestures only listen to pointer
and pointer emulated events.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6277,8 +5806,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Whether the gesture handles only touch events.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6287,8 +5814,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted when the recognized gesture is finished, velocity
and direction are a product of previously recorded events.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -6312,8 +5837,6 @@ Since: 3.14
This signal is emitted whenever the distance between both tracked
sequences changes.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="controller">
@@ -6337,8 +5860,6 @@ is used.
See gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout() for information
about the format of this string.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6346,8 +5867,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Set to %TRUE if #GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout is set.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6356,8 +5875,6 @@ Since: 3.12
If %TRUE, reserve space for a subtitle, even if none
is currently set.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6794,8 +6311,6 @@ The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "item-activated" signal
will be emitted after a single click.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6806,8 +6321,6 @@ The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this view.
If no area is specified when creating the icon view with gtk_icon_view_new_with_area()
a #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6816,8 +6329,6 @@ Since: 3.0
The column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
the columns of the icon view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6827,8 +6338,6 @@ The columns property contains the number of the columns in which the
items should be displayed. If it is -1, the number of columns will
be chosen automatically to fill the available area.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6837,8 +6346,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and
the text) of the item are positioned relative to each other.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6847,8 +6354,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The item-padding property specifies the padding around each
of the icon view's item.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6858,8 +6363,6 @@ The item-width property specifies the width to use for each item.
If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a
suitable item size.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6868,8 +6371,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The margin property specifies the space which is inserted
at the edges of the icon view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6881,8 +6382,6 @@ of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :text-column property
are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column.
If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6893,8 +6392,6 @@ containing the pixbufs which are displayed. The pixbuf column must be
of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF. Setting this property to -1 turns off the
display of pixbufs.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6903,8 +6400,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered
by DND.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6913,8 +6408,6 @@ Since: 2.8
The row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
the rows of the icon view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6924,8 +6417,6 @@ The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of
icon view. If the mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection
is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6934,8 +6425,6 @@ Since: 2.6
The spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6946,8 +6435,6 @@ containing the texts which are displayed. The text column must be
of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :markup-column
property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -6990,8 +6477,6 @@ The GIcon displayed in the GtkImage. For themed icons,
If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated
automatically.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7000,8 +6485,6 @@ Since: 2.14
The name of the icon in the icon theme. If the icon theme is
changed, the image will be updated automatically.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7011,8 +6494,6 @@ The "pixel-size" property can be used to specify a fixed size
overriding the #GtkImage:icon-size property for images of type
%GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7020,8 +6501,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
A path to a resource file to display.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7032,8 +6511,6 @@ standard icon names fallback. The value of this property
is only relevant for images of type %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME
and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7085,8 +6562,6 @@ the info bar.
The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
@@ -7099,8 +6574,6 @@ Emitted when an action widget is clicked or the application programmer
calls gtk_info_bar_response(). The @response_id depends on which action
widget was clicked.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -7121,8 +6594,6 @@ The type of the message.
The type may be used to determine the appearance of the info bar.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7130,8 +6601,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Whether to include a standard close button.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7147,8 +6616,6 @@ Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing
This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
ignore unknown values.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_NONE">
@@ -7226,8 +6693,6 @@ minus) and “e” or “E” as in 3.14E+000.
This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
interpret unknown values as “free form”.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM">
@@ -7309,8 +6774,6 @@ if they need to control activation of URIs programmatically.
The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -7327,7 +6790,6 @@ The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI.
Applications may connect to it to override the default behaviour,
which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -7341,7 +6803,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the link has been activated
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -7442,8 +6903,6 @@ the #GtkNotebook tab-expand child property is set to %TRUE. Other ways
to set a label's width are gtk_widget_set_size_request() and
gtk_label_set_width_chars().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7471,8 +6930,6 @@ should be limited. This property has no effect if the
label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this property to
-1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7485,8 +6942,6 @@ See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout]
for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars
determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7498,8 +6953,6 @@ is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This can be an
advantage in situations where resizing the label because of text
changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7509,8 +6962,6 @@ Set this property to %TRUE to make the label track which links
have been visited. It will then apply the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED
when rendering this link, in addition to #GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7523,8 +6974,6 @@ See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout]
for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars
determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7534,8 +6983,6 @@ If line wrapping is on (see the #GtkLabel:wrap property) this controls
how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD, which
means wrap on word boundaries.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7546,8 +6993,6 @@ inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:halign,
which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the
space available for the label.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7558,8 +7003,6 @@ inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:valign,
which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the
space available for the label.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7572,8 +7015,6 @@ The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when
the value of offset "x" changes.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -7593,8 +7034,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7603,8 +7042,6 @@ Since: 3.8
The #GtkLevelBar:max-value property determaxes the maximum value of
the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7613,8 +7050,6 @@ Since: 3.6
The #GtkLevelBar:min-value property determines the minimum value of
the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7629,8 +7064,6 @@ the widget will draw a succession of separate blocks filling the
draw area, with the number of blocks being equal to the units separating
the integral roundings of #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7639,8 +7072,6 @@ Since: 3.6
The #GtkLevelBar:value property determines the currently
filled value of the level bar.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7650,8 +7081,6 @@ Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered.
Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes
in the future.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS">
@@ -7671,8 +7100,6 @@ The type of license for an application.
This enumeration can be expanded at later date.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN">
@@ -7713,23 +7140,27 @@ developer
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY">
-<parameter_description> The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only. Since 3.12.
+<parameter_description> The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY">
-<parameter_description> The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12.
+<parameter_description> The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY">
-<parameter_description> The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only. Since 3.12.
+<parameter_description> The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY">
-<parameter_description> The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12.
+<parameter_description> The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0">
-<parameter_description> The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later. Since: 3.22.
+<parameter_description> The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY">
+<parameter_description> The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -7761,8 +7192,6 @@ your handler.
<description>
The URI bound to this button.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7771,8 +7200,6 @@ Since: 2.10
The 'visited' state of this button. A visited link is drawn in a
different color.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7780,8 +7207,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
The ::row-activated signal is emitted when a row has been activated by the user.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -7805,8 +7230,6 @@ When the @box is using #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not
give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use
the #GtkListBox::selected-rows-changed signal instead.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -7829,8 +7252,6 @@ mode permits it.
The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-a.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -7846,8 +7267,6 @@ Since: 3.14
The ::selected-rows-changed signal is emitted when the
set of selected rows changes.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -7866,8 +7285,6 @@ mode permits it.
The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -7883,8 +7300,6 @@ Since: 3.14
The property determines whether the #GtkListBox::row-activated
signal will be emitted for this row.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7892,8 +7307,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
The property determines whether this row can be selected.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7939,9 +7352,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
#GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and
#GtkMenu:menu-type-hint.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -7974,8 +7384,6 @@ backend can't obtain it
<description>
The accel group holding accelerators for the menu.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7983,8 +7391,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -7993,8 +7399,6 @@ Since: 2.14
The index of the currently selected menu item, or -1 if no
menu item is selected.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8015,9 +7419,6 @@ See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx,
#GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8027,8 +7428,6 @@ The widget the menu is attached to. Setting this property attaches
the menu without a #GtkMenuDetachFunc. If you need to use a detacher,
use gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() directly.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8040,9 +7439,6 @@ See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
#GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8050,8 +7446,6 @@ Stability: Unstable
<description>
The monitor the menu will be popped up on.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8064,9 +7458,6 @@ See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
#GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8078,9 +7469,6 @@ See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
#GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8094,8 +7482,6 @@ for special-purposes such as tabular menus. Regular menus that
are connected to a menu bar or context menus should reserve
toggle space for consistency.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8104,8 +7490,6 @@ Since: 2.18
The child pack direction of the menubar. It determines how
the widgets contained in child menuitems are arranged.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8114,8 +7498,6 @@ Since: 2.8
The pack direction of the menubar. It determines how
menuitems are arranged in the menubar.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8123,8 +7505,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
The #GtkWidget to use to align the menu with.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8133,8 +7513,6 @@ Since: 3.6
The #GtkArrowType representing the direction in which the
menu or popover will be popped out.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8147,8 +7525,6 @@ be a menu or a popover.
See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the
#GtkMenuButton:popup property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8156,8 +7532,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
The #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is clicked.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8165,8 +7539,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
The #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8175,8 +7547,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Whether to construct a #GtkPopover from the menu model,
or a #GtkMenu.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8241,8 +7611,6 @@ Sets the accelerator path of the menu item, through which runtime
changes of the menu item's accelerator caused by the user can be
identified and saved to persistant storage.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8250,8 +7618,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
The text for the child label.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8259,8 +7625,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
The submenu attached to the menu item, or %NULL if it has none.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8268,8 +7632,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
%TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8349,8 +7711,6 @@ parameter.
The inverse of this signal is the GtkContainer::removed signal.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_shell">
@@ -8393,7 +7753,6 @@ in the direction specified by @direction.
The ::move-selected signal is emitted to move the selection to
another item.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8407,7 +7766,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE to stop the signal emission, %FALSE to continue
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -8432,8 +7790,6 @@ A boolean that determines whether the menu and its submenus grab the
keyboard focus. See gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus() and
gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus().
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8464,8 +7820,6 @@ The #GtkBox that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. See
gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area() for a detailed description of this
area.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8480,8 +7834,6 @@ The type of the message.
<description>
The secondary text of the message dialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8490,8 +7842,6 @@ Since: 2.10
%TRUE if the secondary text of the dialog includes Pango markup.
See pango_parse_markup().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8500,8 +7850,6 @@ Since: 2.10
The primary text of the message dialog. If the dialog has
a secondary text, this will appear as the title.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8510,8 +7858,6 @@ Since: 2.10
%TRUE if the primary text of the dialog includes Pango markup.
See pango_parse_markup().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8549,8 +7895,6 @@ The type of message being displayed in the dialog.
The state of the button. This is reflecting the state of the associated
#GAction.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8559,8 +7903,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Wether to render the button contents centered instead of left-aligned.
This property should be set for title-like items.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8569,8 +7911,6 @@ Since: 3.16
A #GIcon that will be used if iconic appearance for the button is
desired.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8580,8 +7920,6 @@ If this property is set, the button will show an icon if one is set.
If no icon is set, the text will be used. This is typically used for
horizontal sections of linked buttons.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8591,8 +7929,6 @@ Whether to show the submenu indicator at the opposite side than normal.
This property should be set for model buttons that 'go back' to a parent
menu.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8601,8 +7937,6 @@ Since: 3.16
The name of a submenu to open when the button is activated.
If this is set, the button should not have an action associated with it.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8612,8 +7946,6 @@ Specifies whether the button is a plain, check or radio button.
When #GtkActionable:action-name is set, the role will be determined
from the action and does not have to be set explicitly.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8621,8 +7953,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
The label for the button.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8683,8 +8013,6 @@ When this is called the dialog has been hidden.
If you call gtk_native_dialog_hide() before the user responds to
the dialog this signal will not be emitted.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -8703,8 +8031,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Whether the window should be modal with respect to its transient parent.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8712,8 +8038,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
The title of the dialog window
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8721,8 +8045,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
The transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL for none.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8730,8 +8052,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Whether the window is currenlty visible.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8746,7 +8066,6 @@ responsible for moving/resizing the window and adding the
necessary properties to the notebook (e.g. the
#GtkNotebook:group-name ).
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8769,7 +8088,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkNotebook that @page should be
added to, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -8778,8 +8096,6 @@ added to, or %NULL.
the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook
right after a page is added to the notebook.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -8803,8 +8119,6 @@ Since: 2.10
the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook
right after a page is removed from the notebook.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -8828,8 +8142,6 @@ Since: 2.10
the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook
right after a page has been reordered.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -8874,8 +8186,6 @@ Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.
<description>
Group name for tab drag and drop.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8925,8 +8235,6 @@ multiple pages per sheet.
<description>
The orientation of the orientable.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8990,8 +8298,6 @@ location for the allocation
<description>
Blur the content behind this child with a Gaussian blur of this radius.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -8999,8 +8305,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9008,8 +8312,6 @@ Since: 3.18
<description>
Pass through input, does not affect main child.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9128,8 +8430,6 @@ See also gtk_print_job_set_page_set().
<description>
Describes the panning direction of a #GtkGesturePan
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_LEFT">
@@ -9160,8 +8460,6 @@ moving it using key bindings.
The default binding for this signal is Return or Space.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -9182,8 +8480,6 @@ moving it.
The default binding for this signal is Escape.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -9202,8 +8498,6 @@ which gets emitted to cycle the focus between the children of the paned.
The default binding is f6.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -9227,8 +8521,6 @@ the user to change position of the handle by using key bindings.
The default binding for this signal is f8.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -9250,8 +8542,6 @@ The ::move-handle signal is a
which gets emitted to move the handle when the user is using key bindings
to move it.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -9275,8 +8565,6 @@ move focus to the next widget in the focus chain.
The default binding is Tab.
-Since: 2.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -9293,8 +8581,6 @@ The largest possible value for the position property.
This property is derived from the size and shrinkability
of the widget's children.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9304,8 +8590,6 @@ The smallest possible value for the position property.
This property is derived from the size and shrinkability
of the widget's children.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9314,8 +8598,6 @@ Since: 2.4
The "resize" child property determines whether the child expands and
shrinks along with the paned widget.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9324,8 +8606,6 @@ Since: 2.4
The "shrink" child property determines whether the child can be made
smaller than its requisition.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9335,8 +8615,6 @@ Setting this property to %TRUE indicates that the paned needs
to provide stronger visual separation (e.g. because it separates
between two notebooks, whose tab rows would otherwise merge visually).
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9365,7 +8643,7 @@ content determines the size.
<parameter name="GTK_POLICY_EXTERNAL">
<parameter_description> Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the
size to follow the content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple
-scrolled windows share a scrollbar. Since: 3.16
+scrolled windows share a scrollbar.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -9375,8 +8653,6 @@ scrolled windows share a scrollbar. Since: 3.16
<description>
Sets a constraint for the popover position.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9385,8 +8661,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Sets whether the popover is modal (so other elements in the window do not
receive input while the popover is visible).
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9394,8 +8668,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Marks a specific rectangle to be pointed.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9403,8 +8675,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Sets the preferred position of the popover.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9412,8 +8682,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Sets the attached widget.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9422,8 +8690,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Describes constraints to positioning of popovers. More values
may be added to this enumeration in the future.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_POPOVER_CONSTRAINT_NONE">
@@ -9445,8 +8711,6 @@ The submenu child property specifies the name of the submenu
If it is %NULL or "main", the child is used as the main menu,
which is shown initially when the popover is mapped.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9586,8 +8850,6 @@ or paper size from a key file.
Gets emitted when the status of a job changes. The signal handler
can use gtk_print_job_get_status() to obtain the new status.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -9607,8 +8869,6 @@ A typical use for ::begin-print is to use the parameters from the
#GtkPrintContext and paginate the document accordingly, and then
set the number of pages with gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9636,7 +8896,6 @@ to stay around until the #GtkPrintOperation::custom-widget-apply
signal is emitted on the operation. Then you can read out any
information you need from the widgets.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9647,7 +8906,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> A custom widget that gets embedded in
the print dialog, or %NULL
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -9659,8 +8917,6 @@ When you get this signal you should read the information from the
custom widgets, as the widgets are not guaraneed to be around at a
later time.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9688,8 +8944,6 @@ If you enabled print status tracking then
gtk_print_operation_is_finished() may still return %FALSE
after #GtkPrintOperation::done was emitted.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9755,8 +9009,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_unit() before starting the print operation
to set up the transformation of the cairo context according to your
needs.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9781,8 +9033,6 @@ Emitted after all pages have been rendered.
A handler for this signal can clean up any resources that have
been allocated in the #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print handler.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9813,7 +9063,6 @@ If you don't need to do pagination in chunks, you can simply do
it all in the ::begin-print handler, and set the number of pages
from there.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9827,7 +9076,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if pagination is complete
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -9850,7 +9098,6 @@ are selected for print and render them. The preview must be
finished by calling gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview()
(typically in response to the user clicking a close button).
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9872,7 +9119,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the listener wants to take over control of the preview
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -9882,8 +9128,6 @@ Emitted once for every page that is printed, to give
the application a chance to modify the page setup. Any changes
done to @setup will be in force only for printing this page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9913,8 +9157,6 @@ See #GtkPrintStatus for the phases that are being discriminated.
Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to find out the current
status.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9931,8 +9173,6 @@ Emitted after change of selected printer. The actual page setup and
print settings are passed to the custom widget, which can actualize
itself according to this change.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="operation">
@@ -9968,8 +9208,6 @@ The Windows port does not support asynchronous operation at all (this
is unlikely to change). On other platforms, all actions except for
%GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT support asynchronous operation.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9982,8 +9220,6 @@ the user will be able to select to print only the current page.
Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -9994,8 +9230,6 @@ Note that this property may be ignored on some platforms.
If this is %NULL, GTK+ uses a default label.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10007,8 +9241,6 @@ This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(),
but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting
to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10016,8 +9248,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
If %TRUE, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page setup page.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10033,8 +9263,6 @@ The intended use of this property is for implementing
by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the
list of printers in the print dialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10044,8 +9272,6 @@ Determines whether there is a selection in your application.
This can allow your application to print the selection.
This is typically used to make a "Selection" button sensitive.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10057,8 +9283,6 @@ applications like eggcups).
If you don't set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one
by numbering successive print jobs.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10076,8 +9300,6 @@ Note that the page numbers passed to the
the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal
will be for page @n_pages - 1.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10093,8 +9315,6 @@ and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when
print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA.
This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10106,8 +9326,6 @@ Setting this property is typically used to re-establish
print settings from a previous print operation, see
gtk_print_operation_run().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10116,8 +9334,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Determines whether to show a progress dialog during the
print operation.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10125,8 +9341,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The status of the print operation.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10139,8 +9353,6 @@ status e.g. in a #GtkStatusbar.
See the #GtkPrintOperation:status property for a status value that
is suitable for programmatic use.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10149,8 +9361,6 @@ Since: 2.10
If %TRUE, the print operation will support print of selection.
This allows the print dialog to show a "Selection" button.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10163,8 +9373,6 @@ issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer.
However, this is often implemented using polling, and should
not be enabled unless needed.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10174,8 +9382,6 @@ The transformation for the cairo context obtained from
#GtkPrintContext is set up in such a way that distances
are measured in units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10188,8 +9394,6 @@ depending on page orientation and the number of pages per sheet).
Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the imageable
area (i.e. inside the margins).
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10404,8 +9608,6 @@ Gets emitted in response to a request for detailed information
about a printer from the print backend. The @success parameter
indicates if the information was actually obtained.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="printer">
@@ -10424,8 +9626,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
This property is %TRUE if the printer is accepting jobs.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10435,8 +9635,6 @@ This property is %TRUE if this printer is paused.
A paused printer still accepts jobs, but it does
not print them.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10451,8 +9649,6 @@ Note that setting this property to a value other than
only enough space to display the ellipsis ("..."). Another means to set a
progress bar's width is gtk_widget_set_size_request().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10468,8 +9664,6 @@ showing text (even if the actual text is blank), set
#GtkProgressBar:show-text to %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text
to the empty string (not %NULL).
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10477,8 +9671,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Describes the stage at which events are fed into a #GtkEventController.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_PHASE_NONE">
@@ -10519,8 +9711,6 @@ vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or
more buttons to a different one, but not when the composition
of the group that a button belongs to changes.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -10542,8 +9732,6 @@ Sets a new group for a radio button.
<description>
The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10551,8 +9739,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Sets a new group for a radio tool button.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10590,7 +9776,6 @@ the GtkRange::change-value signal is responsible for clamping the
value to the desired number of decimal digits; the default GTK+
handler clamps the value based on #GtkRange:round-digits.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -10609,7 +9794,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE to prevent other handlers from being invoked for
the signal, %FALSE to propagate the signal further
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -10650,8 +9834,6 @@ Emitted when the range value changes.
The fill level (e.g. prebuffering of a network stream).
See gtk_range_set_fill_level().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10661,8 +9843,6 @@ The restrict-to-fill-level property controls whether slider
movement is restricted to an upper boundary set by the
fill level. See gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10671,8 +9851,6 @@ Since: 2.12
The number of digits to round the value to when
it changes, or -1. See #GtkRange::change-value.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10682,213 +9860,15 @@ The show-fill-level property controls whether fill level indicator
graphics are displayed on the trough. See
gtk_range_set_show_fill_level().
-Since: 2.12
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<signal name="GtkRecentChooser::item-activated">
-<description>
-This signal is emitted when the user "activates" a recent item
-in the recent chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on an item
-in the recently used resources list, or by pressing
-`Enter`.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> the object which received the signal
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GtkRecentChooser::selection-changed">
-<description>
-This signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of
-selected recently used resources. This can happen when a user
-modifies the selection with the mouse or the keyboard, or when
-explicitly calling functions to change the selection.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> the object which received the signal
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:filter">
-<description>
-The #GtkRecentFilter object to be used when displaying
-the recently used resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:limit">
-<description>
-The maximum number of recently used resources to be displayed,
-or -1 to display all items.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:local-only">
-<description>
-Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display only local (file:)
-resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:recent-manager">
-<description>
-The #GtkRecentManager instance used by the #GtkRecentChooser to
-display the list of recently used resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:select-multiple">
-<description>
-Allow the user to select multiple resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:show-icons">
-<description>
-Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display an icon near the item.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:show-not-found">
-<description>
-Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display the recently used resources
-even if not present anymore. Setting this to %FALSE will perform a
-potentially expensive check on every local resource (every remote
-resource will always be displayed).
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:show-tips">
-<description>
-Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display a tooltip containing the
-full path of the recently used resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooser:sort-type">
-<description>
-Sorting order to be used when displaying the recently used resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<enum name="GtkRecentChooserError">
-<description>
-These identify the various errors that can occur while calling
-#GtkRecentChooser functions.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND">
-<parameter_description> Indicates that a file does not exist
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI">
-<parameter_description> Indicates a malformed URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-</enum>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentChooserMenu:show-numbers">
-<description>
-Whether the first ten items in the menu should be prepended by
-a number acting as a unique mnemonic.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
-<enum name="GtkRecentFilterFlags">
-<description>
-These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkRecentFilterInfo struct
-are filled or need to be filled.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_URI">
-<parameter_description> the URI of the file being tested
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME">
-<parameter_description> the string that will be used to
-display the file in the recent chooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE">
-<parameter_description> the mime type of the file
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION">
-<parameter_description> the list of applications that have
-registered the file
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_GROUP">
-<parameter_description> the groups to which the file belongs to
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_AGE">
-<parameter_description> the number of days elapsed since the file
-has been registered
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-</enum>
-
<signal name="GtkRecentManager::changed">
<description>
Emitted when the current recently used resources manager changes
its contents, either by calling gtk_recent_manager_add_item() or
by another application.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="recent_manager">
@@ -10904,19 +9884,6 @@ Since: 2.10
The full path to the file to be used to store and read the
recently used resources list
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkRecentManager:show-private">
-<description>
-Whether this #GtkRecentChooser should display recently used resources
-marked with the "private" flag. Such resources should be considered
-private to the applications and groups that have added them.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10924,8 +9891,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
The size of the recently used resources list.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -10933,8 +9898,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND">
@@ -10973,38 +9936,6 @@ resources file.
</parameters>
</enum>
-<enum name="GtkRecentSortType">
-<description>
-Used to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently
-used resource list.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE">
-<parameter_description> Do not sort the returned list of recently used
-resources.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU">
-<parameter_description> Sort the returned list with the most recently used
-items first.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU">
-<parameter_description> Sort the returned list with the least recently used
-items first.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM">
-<parameter_description> Sort the returned list using a custom sorting
-function passed using gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func().
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-</enum>
-
<enum name="GtkReliefStyle">
<description>
Indicated the relief to be drawn around a #GtkButton.
@@ -11157,8 +10088,6 @@ which gets emitted to popdown the scale widget.
The default binding for this signal is Escape.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -11177,8 +10106,6 @@ which gets emitted to popup the scale widget.
The default bindings for this signal are Space, Enter and Return.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -11194,8 +10121,6 @@ Since: 2.12
The ::value-changed signal is emitted when the value field has
changed.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -11228,8 +10153,6 @@ It is recommended to use at least 3 icons so that the
#GtkScaleButton reflects the current value of the scale
better for the users.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11242,8 +10165,6 @@ Note that since GTK+ 2.16, #GtkScaleButton implements the
property. However we redefine the property here in order to
override its default horizontal orientation.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11357,8 +10278,6 @@ Scrolling types.
Horizontal #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is
shared between the scrollable widget and its parent.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11367,8 +10286,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable
widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11377,8 +10294,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Verical #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared
between the scrollable widget and its parent.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11387,8 +10302,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable
widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11422,8 +10335,6 @@ A similar behavior without edge resistance is provided by the
Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be aware too
if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -11450,8 +10361,6 @@ A similar behavior with edge resistance is provided by the
Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be aware too
if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -11523,8 +10432,6 @@ horizontally or not
Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not. Kinetic scrolling
only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11532,8 +10439,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
The maximum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11541,8 +10446,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
The maximum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11550,8 +10453,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
The minimum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11559,8 +10460,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11571,8 +10470,6 @@ scrollbars are only added as traditional widgets when a mouse
is present. Otherwise, they are overlayed on top of the content,
as narrow indicators.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11584,8 +10481,6 @@ through the scrolled windows requested natural height.
This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
enough space for the natural size of the child.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11597,8 +10492,6 @@ through the scrolled windows requested natural width.
This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
enough space for the natural size of the child.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11629,8 +10522,6 @@ matches.
The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-g.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -11652,8 +10543,6 @@ matches.
The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-g.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -11669,8 +10558,6 @@ Since: 3.16
The #GtkSearchEntry::search-changed signal is emitted with a short
delay of 150 milliseconds after the last change to the entry text.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -11691,8 +10578,6 @@ entry in this case.
The default bindings for this signal is Escape.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -11765,8 +10650,6 @@ Controls the direction of the sort indicators in sorted list and tree
views. By default an arrow pointing down means the column is sorted
in ascending order. When set to %TRUE, this order will be inverted.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11784,8 +10667,6 @@ the distraction of the chrome.
Dark themes should not be used for documents, where large spaces are white/light
and the dark chrome creates too much contrast (web browser, text editor...).
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11807,8 +10688,6 @@ The timer is reset after each user interaction.
Setting this to zero has the same effect as setting
#GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink to %FALSE.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11835,8 +10714,6 @@ that can be closed.
Also note that the setting can be overridden with the
#GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout property.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11849,8 +10726,6 @@ the top to show action widgets, or an action area at the bottom.
This setting does not affect custom dialogs using GtkDialog
directly, or message dialogs.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11859,8 +10734,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Whether menu items should have visible accelerators which can be
activated.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11874,8 +10747,6 @@ for more information on event sounds and sound themes.
GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable
module like the one that comes with libcanberra.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11889,8 +10760,6 @@ for more information on event sounds and sound themes.
GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable
module like the one that comes with libcanberra.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11899,8 +10768,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the
'PRIMARY' clipboard content at the cursor location.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11910,8 +10777,6 @@ How long to show the last input character in hidden
entries. This value is in milliseconds. 0 disables showing the
last char. 600 is a good value for enabling it.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11923,8 +10788,6 @@ gdk_window_beep(), the windowing system may offer ways to
configure the error bell in many ways, such as flashing the
window or similar visual effects.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11954,8 +10817,6 @@ Whether GTK+ should make sure that text can be navigated with
a caret, even if it is not editable. This is useful when using
a screen reader.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11963,8 +10824,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
The time for a button or touch press to be considered a "long press".
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11979,8 +10838,6 @@ Whichever action you choose for the primary button, the other action will
be available by holding Shift and primary-clicking, or (since GTK+ 3.22.25)
clicking the middle mouse button.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -11990,8 +10847,6 @@ A comma-separated list of print backends to use in the print
dialog. Available print backends depend on the GTK+ installation,
and may include "file", "cups", "lpr" or "papi".
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12007,8 +10862,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_to_file().
The preview application is responsible for removing the pdf file
and the print settings file when it is done.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12017,8 +10870,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Whether GTK+ should keep track of items inside the recently used
resources list. If set to %FALSE, the list will always be empty.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12029,8 +10880,6 @@ resources list. Items older than this setting will be excised
from the list. If set to 0, the list will always be empty; if
set to -1, no item will be removed.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12044,8 +10893,6 @@ for more information on event sounds and sound themes.
GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable
module like the one that comes with libcanberra.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12057,8 +10904,6 @@ occurs on the titlebar of client-side decorated windows.
Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower
or none.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12070,8 +10915,6 @@ occurs on the titlebar of client-side decorated windows.
Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower
or none.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12083,8 +10926,6 @@ occurs on the titlebar of client-side decorated windows.
Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower
or none.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12126,8 +10967,6 @@ or there is (any other value).
The accelerator that @self displays. See #GtkShortcutsShortcut:accelerator
for the accepted syntax.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12135,8 +10974,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
The text that is displayed when no accelerator is set.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12145,8 +10982,6 @@ Since: 3.22
GtkShortcutType specifies the kind of shortcut that is being described.
More values may be added to this enumeration over time.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_SHORTCUT_ACCELERATOR">
@@ -12193,12 +11028,12 @@ used.
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_LEFT">
<parameter_description>
-The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. Since 3.90
+The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_RIGHT">
<parameter_description>
-The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. Since 3.90
+The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -12333,8 +11168,6 @@ the accelerators that are associated with the action
via gtk_application_set_accels_for_action(), and setting
#GtkShortcutsShortcut::accelerator is not necessary.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12628,8 +11461,6 @@ The ::value-changed signal is emitted when the value represented by
The ::wrapped signal is emitted right after the spinbutton wraps
from its maximum to minimum value or vice-versa.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="spin_button">
@@ -12704,8 +11535,6 @@ change to make in gtk_spin_button_spin().
<description>
%TRUE if the stack allocates the same width for all children.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12716,8 +11545,6 @@ This is used by the #GtkStackSwitcher to change the appearance of the
corresponding button when a page needs attention and it is not the
current one.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12725,8 +11552,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
%TRUE if the stack allocates the same height for all children.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12735,8 +11560,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Use the "icon-size" property to change the size of the image displayed
when a #GtkStackSwitcher is displaying icons.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -12782,51 +11605,51 @@ New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding up. Since 3.12
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding down. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding down
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding to the left
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page by sliding to the right
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP">
-<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding up. Since 3.12
+<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding up
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN">
-<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding down. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding down
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT">
-<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding to the left
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT">
-<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Uncover the new page by sliding to the right
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to
order. Since: 3.12
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to
order
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to
order. Since: 3.14
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to
order
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to
order. Since: 3.14
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to
order
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT">
-<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to
order. Since: 3.14
+<parameter_description> Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to
order
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -12841,63 +11664,63 @@ classes and sometimes uses different names.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL">
-<parameter_description> State during normal operation.
+<parameter_description> State during normal operation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE">
-<parameter_description> Widget is active.
+<parameter_description> Widget is active
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT">
-<parameter_description> Widget has a mouse pointer over it.
+<parameter_description> Widget has a mouse pointer over it
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED">
-<parameter_description> Widget is selected.
+<parameter_description> Widget is selected
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE">
-<parameter_description> Widget is insensitive.
+<parameter_description> Widget is insensitive
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT">
-<parameter_description> Widget is inconsistent.
+<parameter_description> Widget is inconsistent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED">
-<parameter_description> Widget has the keyboard focus.
+<parameter_description> Widget has the keyboard focus
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP">
-<parameter_description> Widget is in a background toplevel window.
+<parameter_description> Widget is in a background toplevel window
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR">
-<parameter_description> Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8
+<parameter_description> Widget is in left-to-right text direction
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL">
-<parameter_description> Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8
+<parameter_description> Widget is in right-to-left text direction
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK">
-<parameter_description> Widget is a link. Since 3.12
+<parameter_description> Widget is a link
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED">
-<parameter_description> The location the widget points to has already been visited. Since 3.12
+<parameter_description> The location the widget points to has already been visited
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED">
-<parameter_description> Widget is checked. Since 3.14
+<parameter_description> Widget is checked
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_DROP_ACTIVE">
-<parameter_description> Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND. Since 3.20
+<parameter_description> Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE">
-<parameter_description> Widget has the visible focus. Since: 3.92
+<parameter_description> Widget has the visible focus
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -12956,8 +11779,6 @@ vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or
more menu items ton a different one, but not when the composition
of the group that a menu item belongs to changes.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="style">
@@ -12978,8 +11799,6 @@ For a #GtkStyleContext returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context(), the
This signal is useful when using the theming layer standalone.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
@@ -12991,8 +11810,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets or gets the style context’s parent. See gtk_style_context_set_parent()
for details.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13049,7 +11866,6 @@ Visually, the underlying state is represented by the trough color of
the switch, while the #GtkSwitch:active property is represented by the
position of the switch.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13063,7 +11879,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE to stop the signal emission
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -13079,8 +11894,6 @@ Whether the #GtkSwitch widget is in its on or off state.
The backend state that is controlled by the switch.
See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13384,8 +12197,6 @@ The paste-done signal is emitted after paste operation has been completed.
This is useful to properly scroll the view to the end of the pasted text.
See gtk_text_buffer_paste_clipboard() for more details.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="textbuffer">
@@ -13439,8 +12250,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_remove_tag().
The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying
and as DND source.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13450,8 +12259,6 @@ The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning
of the buffer). It is useful for getting notified when the
cursor moves.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13459,8 +12266,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Whether the buffer has some text currently selected.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13469,8 +12274,6 @@ Since: 2.10
The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting
and as DND destination.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13479,8 +12282,6 @@ Since: 2.10
The text content of the buffer. Without child widgets and images,
see gtk_text_buffer_get_text() for more information.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13536,8 +12337,6 @@ Reading directions for text.
Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the
#GtkTextView::extend-selection signal to customize the selection.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_TEXT_EXTEND_SELECTION_WORD">
@@ -13605,8 +12404,6 @@ When set to %TRUE the margins of this tag are added to the margins
of any other non-accumulative margins present. When set to %FALSE
the margins override one another (the default).
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13614,8 +12411,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Background color as a #GdkRGBA.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13626,8 +12421,6 @@ Whether font fallback is enabled.
When set to %TRUE, other fonts will be substituted
where the current font is missing glyphs.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13645,8 +12438,6 @@ the internals of #PangoFontDescription.
<description>
OpenType font features, as a string.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13654,8 +12445,6 @@ Since: 3.18
<description>
Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13667,8 +12456,6 @@ Note that there may still be problems with the support for invisible
text, in particular when navigating programmatically inside a buffer
containing invisible segments.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13688,8 +12475,6 @@ locale, see also gtk_get_default_language().
<description>
Extra spacing between graphemes, in Pango units.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13697,8 +12482,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
The paragraph background color as a string.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13706,8 +12489,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
The paragraph background color as a #GdkRGBA.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13716,8 +12497,6 @@ Since: 3.2
This property modifies the color of strikeouts. If not set, strikeouts
will use the forground color.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13725,8 +12504,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
If the #GtkTextTag:strikethrough-rgba property has been set.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13739,8 +12516,6 @@ If #GtkTextTag:underline is set to %PANGO_UNDERLINE_ERROR, an alternate
color may be applied instead of the foreground. Setting this property
will always override those defaults.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13748,8 +12523,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
If the #GtkTextTag:underline-rgba property has been set.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -13903,7 +12676,6 @@ backwords.
The ::extend-selection signal is emitted when the selection needs to be
extended at @location.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -13964,8 +12736,6 @@ which gets emitted to present the Emoji chooser for the @text_view.
The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-;
-Since: 3.22.27
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -14108,8 +12878,6 @@ connect to this signal.
This signal is only emitted if the text at the given position
is actually editable.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -14215,8 +12983,6 @@ to the padding from the theme.
Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-bottom.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14229,8 +12995,6 @@ Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the
system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
#GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14239,8 +13003,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Additional hints (beyond #GtkTextView:input-purpose) that
allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14251,8 +13013,6 @@ The purpose of this text field.
This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
methods to adjust their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14275,8 +13035,6 @@ Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-left.
If :populate-all is %TRUE, the #GtkTextView::populate-popup
signal is also emitted for touch popups.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14304,8 +13062,6 @@ to the padding from the theme.
Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-top.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14317,11 +13073,11 @@ drawing with the ::draw_layer vfunc.
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT">
-<parameter_description> The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). Since: 3.20
+<parameter_description> The layer rendered below the text (but above the background).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT">
-<parameter_description> The layer rendered above the text. Since: 3.20
+<parameter_description> The layer rendered above the text.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -14369,8 +13125,6 @@ Used to reference the parts of #GtkTextView.
If %TRUE, set the %GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MONOSPACE style class on the
text view to indicate that a monospace font is desired.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14407,8 +13161,6 @@ Emitted whenever the toggle tool button changes state.
<description>
If the toggle tool button should be pressed in.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14433,8 +13185,6 @@ The name of the themed icon displayed on the item.
This property only has an effect if not overridden by
#GtkToolButton:label-widget or #GtkToolButton:icon-widget
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -14493,52 +13243,6 @@ themselves accordingly.
<return></return>
</signal>
-<property name="GtkToolPalette:exclusive">
-<description>
-Whether the item group should be the only one that is expanded
-at a given time.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkToolPalette:expand">
-<description>
-Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows.
-at a given time.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<property name="GtkToolPalette:toolbar-style">
-<description>
-The style of items in the tool palette.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-</property>
-
-<enum name="GtkToolPaletteDragTargets">
-<description>
-Flags used to specify the supported drag targets.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS">
-<parameter_description> Support drag of items.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS">
-<parameter_description> Support drag of groups.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-</enum>
-
<signal name="GtkToolbar::focus-home-or-end">
<description>
A keybinding signal used internally by GTK+. This signal can't
@@ -14839,8 +13543,6 @@ has happened.
Selection mode.
See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode() for more information on this property.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15058,8 +13760,6 @@ signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows.
The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal
will be emitted after a single click.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15071,8 +13771,6 @@ Only enable this option if all rows are the same height.
Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more
information on this option.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15085,8 +13783,6 @@ over them.
This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15100,8 +13796,6 @@ Currently, this works only for the selection modes
This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15109,8 +13803,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Extra indentation for each level.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15118,8 +13810,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
%TRUE if the view has expanders.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15130,8 +13820,6 @@ The #GtkCellArea used to layout cell renderers for this column.
If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area()
a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15140,8 +13828,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting. Setting the sort column ID makes the
column header
clickable. Set to -1 to make the column unsortable.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15250,8 +13936,6 @@ if the symbolic icons are not available in your installed
theme, then the normal (potentially colorful) icons will
be used.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -15613,7 +14297,6 @@ operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15631,7 +14314,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -15802,7 +14484,6 @@ extents of the clip region with gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle(), or they can
get a finer-grained representation of the dirty region with
cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -15817,7 +14498,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
%FALSE to propagate the event further.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -16002,7 +14682,6 @@ This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16018,7 +14697,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<return> %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent widget(s).
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -16119,7 +14797,6 @@ should not be used.
The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
destined function calls.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16147,7 +14824,6 @@ been emitted, relative to @widget's top
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</signal>
@@ -16213,8 +14889,6 @@ allocated to the widget.
The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -16235,8 +14909,6 @@ The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the
#GtkStyleContext::changed signal is emitted on the @widget's associated
#GtkStyleContext as returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -16287,8 +14959,6 @@ hidden).
<description>
The name of this widget in the CSS tree.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16296,8 +14966,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
The cursor used by @widget. See gtk_widget_set_cursor() for details.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16305,8 +14973,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16319,8 +14985,6 @@ This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus.
Before 3.20, several widgets (GtkButton, GtkFileChooserButton,
GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16328,8 +14992,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16340,8 +15002,6 @@ A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16349,8 +15009,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16358,8 +15016,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16368,8 +15024,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
margin on any side.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16381,8 +15035,6 @@ This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16395,8 +15047,6 @@ This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16409,8 +15059,6 @@ This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16422,8 +15070,6 @@ This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16434,8 +15080,6 @@ more details about window opacity.
Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16444,8 +15088,6 @@ Since: 3.8
The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
more details about widget scaling.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16463,8 +15105,6 @@ will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
are set, the last one wins.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16482,8 +15122,6 @@ will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
are set, the last one wins.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16491,8 +15129,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16500,8 +15136,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16509,8 +15143,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16518,8 +15150,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16620,8 +15250,6 @@ or mnemonics that are associated with @window changes.
<description>
Whether the window should receive the input focus.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16637,8 +15265,6 @@ Normally, the connection between the application and the window
will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly
remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16652,8 +15278,6 @@ for instance a #GtkMenu created by a #GtkComboBox, a completion
popup window created by #GtkEntry or a typeahead search entry
created by #GtkTreeView.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16661,8 +15285,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16670,8 +15292,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Whether the window frame should have a close button.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16679,8 +15299,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Whether the window should receive the input focus when mapped.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16691,8 +15309,6 @@ Whether 'focus rectangles' are currently visible in this window.
This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input
and should not be set by applications.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16701,8 +15317,6 @@ Since: 2.20
The window gravity of the window. See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for
more details about window gravity.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16711,8 +15325,6 @@ Since: 2.4
The :icon-name property specifies the name of the themed icon to
use as the window icon. See #GtkIconTheme for more details.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16723,8 +15335,6 @@ Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window.
This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input,
and should not be set by applications.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16733,8 +15343,6 @@ Since: 2.20
This signal is emitted whenever the currently focused widget in
this window changes.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16744,8 +15352,6 @@ The :startup-id is a write-only property for setting window's
startup notification identifier. See gtk_window_set_startup_id()
for more details.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16754,8 +15360,6 @@ Since: 2.12
The transient parent of the window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() for
more details about transient windows.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
</property>
@@ -16892,8 +15496,6 @@ freeze and thaw calls are balanced.
<description>
Creates a new section in the Credits page.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -16917,7 +15519,6 @@ Since: 3.4
Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab
of the secondary credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16929,7 +15530,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<return> A
%NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is
owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16938,7 +15538,6 @@ owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab
of the secondary credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16950,7 +15549,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<return> A
%NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is
owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16958,7 +15556,6 @@ owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Returns the comments string.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16969,7 +15566,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The comments. The string is owned by the about
dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16977,7 +15573,6 @@ dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Returns the copyright string.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -16988,7 +15583,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The copyright string. The string is owned by the about
dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -16997,7 +15591,6 @@ dialog and must not be modified.
Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters
tab of the secondary credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17009,7 +15602,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<return> A
%NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The
array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17017,7 +15609,6 @@ array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Returns the license information.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17028,7 +15619,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The license information. The string is owned by the about
dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17036,7 +15626,6 @@ dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type()
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17046,7 +15635,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkLicense value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17054,7 +15642,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the texture displayed as logo in the about dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17066,7 +15653,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<return> the texture displayed as logo. The
texture is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a
reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17074,7 +15660,6 @@ reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it.
<description>
Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17086,7 +15671,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<return> the icon name displayed as logo. The string is
owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference
to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17094,7 +15678,6 @@ to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it.
<description>
Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17105,7 +15688,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> The program name. The string is owned by the about
dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17130,7 +15712,6 @@ Returns the system information that is shown in the about dialog.
Returns the translator credits string which is displayed
in the translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17141,7 +15722,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The translator credits string. The string is
owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17149,7 +15729,6 @@ owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Returns the version string.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17160,7 +15739,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The version string. The string is owned by the about
dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17168,7 +15746,6 @@ dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Returns the website URL.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17179,7 +15756,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The website URL. The string is owned by the about
dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17187,7 +15763,6 @@ dialog and must not be modified.
<description>
Returns the label used for the website link.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17198,7 +15773,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The label used for the website link. The string is
owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17207,7 +15781,6 @@ owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
Returns whether the license text in @about is
automatically wrapped.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17217,7 +15790,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the license text is wrapped
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17225,13 +15797,11 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Creates a new #GtkAboutDialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkAboutDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17240,8 +15810,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab
of the secondary credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17261,8 +15829,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab
of the secondary credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17282,8 +15848,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog.
This should be a short string of one or two lines.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17303,8 +15867,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog.
This should be a short string of one or two lines.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17324,8 +15886,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab
of the credits dialog.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17346,8 +15906,6 @@ Sets the license information to be displayed in the secondary
license dialog. If @license is %NULL, the license button is
hidden.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17370,8 +15928,6 @@ list of known licenses.
This function overrides the license set using
gtk_about_dialog_set_license().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17392,8 +15948,6 @@ Sets the surface to be displayed as logo in the about dialog.
If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with
gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17414,8 +15968,6 @@ Sets the surface to be displayed as logo in the about dialog.
If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with
gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17435,8 +15987,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the name to display in the about dialog.
If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17492,8 +16042,6 @@ purpose, since translators will already know the purpose of that msgid, and
since #GtkAboutDialog will detect if “translator-credits” is untranslated
and hide the tab.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17512,8 +16060,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the version string to display in the about dialog.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17532,8 +16078,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the URL to use for the website link.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17552,8 +16096,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the label to be used for the website link.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17573,8 +16115,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets whether the license text in @about is
automatically wrapped.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="about">
@@ -17795,7 +16335,6 @@ is connected, or %NULL
Locks are added and removed using gtk_accel_group_lock() and
gtk_accel_group_unlock().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17806,7 +16345,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if there are 1 or more locks on the @accel_group,
%FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17815,7 +16353,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Gets a #GdkModifierType representing the mask for this
@accel_group. For example, #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, #GDK_SHIFT_MASK, etc.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -17825,7 +16362,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the modifier mask for this accel group.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -17959,8 +16495,6 @@ all accel groups which are attached to @object
Gets the keyval and modifier mask set with
gtk_accel_label_set_accel().
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accel_label">
@@ -18091,8 +16625,6 @@ used regardless of any associated accel closure or widget.
Providing an @accelerator_key of 0 removes the manual setting.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accel_label">
@@ -18335,13 +16867,11 @@ is useful only for notification of changes to the accelerator
map via the ::changed signal; it isn’t a parameter to the
other accelerator map functions.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the global #GtkAccelMap object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18410,8 +16940,6 @@ locking the #GtkAccelGroup containing them. For runtime accelerator
changes to be possible, both the accelerator path and its #GtkAccelGroup
have to be unlocked.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accel_path">
@@ -18481,8 +17009,6 @@ Note that the file descriptor will not be closed by this function.
Undoes the last call to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() on this @accel_path.
Refer to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() for information about accelerator path locking.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accel_path">
@@ -18513,7 +17039,6 @@ for keyboard accelerators. See gtk_accelerator_set_default_mod_mask().
Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string
which can be used to represent the accelerator to the user.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18527,7 +17052,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18541,7 +17065,6 @@ keycodes.
This is only useful for system-level components, applications
should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18563,7 +17086,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18600,7 +17122,6 @@ similarly to gtk_accelerator_name() but handling keycodes.
This is only useful for system-level components, applications
should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18622,7 +17143,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated accelerator name.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18677,8 +17197,6 @@ is given, the parse will fail.
If the parse fails, @accelerator_key, @accelerator_mods and
@accelerator_codes will be set to 0 (zero).
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accelerator">
@@ -18759,7 +17277,6 @@ Gets the #GtkWidget corresponding to the #GtkAccessible.
The returned widget does not have a reference added, so
you do not need to unref it.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18770,7 +17287,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameters>
<return> pointer to the #GtkWidget
corresponding to the #GtkAccessible, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18783,8 +17299,6 @@ It is the caller’s responsibility to ensure that when @widget
is destroyed, the widget is unset by calling this function
again with @widget set to %NULL.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="accessible">
@@ -18803,7 +17317,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18813,7 +17326,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the center #GtkWidget or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18821,7 +17333,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkActionBar:revealed property.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -18831,7 +17342,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current value of the #GtkActionBar:revealed property.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18839,13 +17349,11 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Creates a new #GtkActionBar widget.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkActionBar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -18854,8 +17362,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the
end of the @action_bar.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="action_bar">
@@ -18875,8 +17381,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the
start of the @action_bar.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="action_bar">
@@ -18895,8 +17399,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Sets the center widget for the #GtkActionBar.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="action_bar">
@@ -18920,8 +17422,6 @@ transition.
Note: this does not show or hide @action_bar in the #GtkWidget:visible sense,
so revealing has no effect if #GtkWidget:visible is %FALSE.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="action_bar">
@@ -18991,7 +17491,6 @@ Gets the action name for @actionable.
See gtk_actionable_set_action_name() for more information.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19001,7 +17500,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the action name, or %NULL if none is set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19011,7 +17509,6 @@ Gets the current target value of @actionable.
See gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() for more information.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19021,7 +17518,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current target value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19039,8 +17535,6 @@ containing #GtkApplicationWindow or its associated #GtkApplication,
respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the #GMenu
associated with the window.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="actionable">
@@ -19067,8 +17561,6 @@ If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set the action
name at the same time, you can use
gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name ().
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="actionable">
@@ -19104,13 +17596,11 @@ with string state in a typical “radio button” situation. Each button
will be associated with the same action, but with a different target
value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate
the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause
-the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
+the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now
be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets,
rendered inactive).
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="actionable">
@@ -19139,8 +17629,6 @@ this function is only usable for actions with a simple "s" target, and
`action` is the action name and `target` is the string to use
as the target.)
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="actionable">
@@ -19192,8 +17680,6 @@ Use this function to avoid multiple emissions of the
for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
#GtkAdjustment::changed into one.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="adjustment">
@@ -19232,7 +17718,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19242,7 +17727,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current minimum value of the adjustment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19250,7 +17734,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Gets the smaller of step increment and page increment.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19260,7 +17743,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the minimum increment of @adjustment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19268,7 +17750,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19278,7 +17759,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current page increment of the adjustment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19286,7 +17766,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19296,7 +17775,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current page size of the adjustment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19304,7 +17782,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19314,7 +17791,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current step increment of the adjustment.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19322,7 +17798,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19332,7 +17807,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current maximum value of the adjustment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19405,8 +17879,6 @@ Alternatively, using a single g_object_set() for all the properties
to change, or using gtk_adjustment_configure() has the same effect
of compressing #GtkAdjustment::changed emissions.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="adjustment">
@@ -19429,8 +17901,6 @@ See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
multiple adjustment properties.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="adjustment">
@@ -19453,8 +17923,6 @@ See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
emissions of the GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
multiple adjustment properties.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="adjustment">
@@ -19477,8 +17945,6 @@ See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
multiple adjustment properties.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="adjustment">
@@ -19504,8 +17970,6 @@ See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
multiple adjustment properties.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="adjustment">
@@ -19552,8 +18016,6 @@ Clients can use the provided name as a detail for the
callback for the activation of a particular custom item in the list.
See also gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -19581,8 +18043,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Appends a separator to the list of applications that is shown
in the popup.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -19615,7 +18075,6 @@ or %NULL, in which case a default text is displayed
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item
property.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19625,7 +18084,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19634,7 +18092,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item
property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19644,7 +18101,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19653,7 +18109,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Creates a new #GtkAppChooserButton for applications
that can handle content of the given type.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19663,7 +18118,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkAppChooserButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19675,8 +18129,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item().
Use gtk_app_chooser_refresh() to bring the selection
to its initial state.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -19715,8 +18167,6 @@ If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text.
Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the
default application for the given content type at top.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -19736,8 +18186,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an
entry to trigger a #GtkAppChooserDialog.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -19773,7 +18221,6 @@ case a default text is displayed
<description>
Returns the #GtkAppChooserWidget of this dialog.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19783,7 +18230,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkAppChooserWidget of @self
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19792,7 +18238,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Creates a new #GtkAppChooserDialog for the provided #GFile,
to allow the user to select an application for it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19810,7 +18255,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19819,7 +18263,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Creates a new #GtkAppChooserDialog for the provided content type,
to allow the user to select an application for it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19837,7 +18280,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19864,7 +18306,6 @@ If the heading is not set, the dialog displays a default text.
<description>
Returns the currently selected application.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19875,7 +18316,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> a #GAppInfo for the currently selected
application, or %NULL if none is selected. Free with g_object_unref()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19883,7 +18323,6 @@ application, or %NULL if none is selected. Free with g_object_unref()
<description>
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooser:content-type property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19893,7 +18332,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the content type of @self. Free with g_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19901,8 +18339,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Reloads the list of applications.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -19918,7 +18354,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the text that is shown if there are not applications
that can handle the content type.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19928,7 +18363,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19937,7 +18371,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all
property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19947,7 +18380,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19956,7 +18388,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default
property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19966,7 +18397,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19975,7 +18405,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback
property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -19985,7 +18414,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -19994,7 +18422,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other
property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20004,7 +18431,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20013,7 +18439,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended
property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20023,7 +18448,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20032,7 +18456,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Creates a new #GtkAppChooserWidget for applications
that can handle content of the given type.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20042,7 +18465,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkAppChooserWidget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20070,8 +18492,6 @@ that can handle the content type.
Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications
in a flat list.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -20091,8 +18511,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler
for the content type in a separate section.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -20112,8 +18530,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications
for the content type in a separate section.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -20133,8 +18549,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets whether the app chooser should show applications
which are unrelated to the content type.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -20154,8 +18568,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications
for the content type in a separate section.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -20188,8 +18600,6 @@ remove it with gtk_application_remove_window().
GTK+ will keep the @application running as long as it has
any windows.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -20209,7 +18619,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Gets the accelerators that are currently associated with
the given action.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20225,7 +18634,6 @@ and target to obtain accelerators for
</parameters>
<return> accelerators for @detailed_action_name, as
a %NULL-terminated array. Free with g_strfreev() when no longer needed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20247,7 +18655,6 @@ is returned. %NULL is never returned.
It is a programmer error to pass an invalid accelerator string.
If you are unsure, check it with gtk_accelerator_parse() first.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20261,7 +18668,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a %NULL-terminated array of actions for @accel
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20274,7 +18680,6 @@ the application). This window may not have the focus at the moment
if another application has it — this is just the most
recently-focused window within this application.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20285,7 +18690,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameters>
<return> the active window, or %NULL if
there isn't one.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20294,7 +18698,6 @@ there isn't one.
Returns the menu model that has been set with
gtk_application_set_app_menu().
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20305,7 +18708,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameters>
<return> the application menu of @application
or %NULL if no application menu has been set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20315,7 +18717,6 @@ Gets a menu from automatically loaded resources.
See [Automatic resources][automatic-resources]
for more information.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20330,7 +18731,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameters>
<return> Gets the menu with the
given id from the automatically loaded resources
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20339,7 +18739,6 @@ given id from the automatically loaded resources
Returns the menu model that has been set with
gtk_application_set_menubar().
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20349,7 +18748,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the menubar for windows of @application
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20360,7 +18758,6 @@ Returns the #GtkApplicationWindow with the given ID.
The ID of a #GtkApplicationWindow can be retrieved with
gtk_application_window_get_id().
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20375,7 +18772,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameters>
<return> the window with ID @id, or
%NULL if there is no window with this ID
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20391,7 +18787,6 @@ The list that is returned should not be modified in any way. It will
only remain valid until the next focus change or window creation or
deletion.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20401,7 +18796,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GList of #GtkWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20429,7 +18823,6 @@ Reasons should be short and to the point.
If @window is given, the session manager may point the user to
this window to find out more about why the action is inhibited.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20455,7 +18848,6 @@ why these operations are inhibited
request. It should be used as an argument to gtk_application_uninhibit()
in order to remove the request. If the platform does not support
inhibiting or the request failed for some reason, 0 is returned.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20464,7 +18856,6 @@ inhibiting or the request failed for some reason, 0 is returned.
Lists the detailed action names which have associated accelerators.
See gtk_application_set_accels_for_action().
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20475,7 +18866,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameters>
<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings,
free with g_strfreev() when done
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20506,7 +18896,6 @@ If no application ID is given then some features (most notably application
uniqueness) will be disabled. A null application ID is only allowed with
GTK+ 3.6 or later.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20520,7 +18909,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkApplication instance
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20561,7 +18949,6 @@ typical to most Mac OS applications. If you call
gtk_application_set_app_menu() anyway, then this menu will be
replaced with your own.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20571,7 +18958,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if you should set an app menu
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20586,8 +18972,6 @@ setting the #GtkWindow:application property of @window to
The application may stop running as a result of a call to this
function.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -20614,8 +18998,6 @@ array for @accels.
For the @detailed_action_name, see g_action_parse_detailed_name() and
g_action_print_detailed_name().
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -20656,8 +19038,6 @@ environment.
Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user
selecting these menu items.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -20693,8 +19073,6 @@ menubar (if set) remains in each individual window.
Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the
user selecting these menu items.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -20714,8 +19092,6 @@ Since: 3.4
Removes an inhibitor that has been established with gtk_application_inhibit().
Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="application">
@@ -20735,7 +19111,6 @@ Since: 3.4
Gets the #GtkShortcutsWindow that has been set up with
a prior call to gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay().
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20745,7 +19120,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the help overlay associated with @window, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20754,7 +19128,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Returns the unique ID of the window. If the window has not yet been added to
a #GtkApplication, returns `0`.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20765,7 +19138,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameters>
<return> the unique ID for @window, or `0` if the window
has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20774,7 +19146,6 @@ has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication
Returns whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu
and menubar as needed.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20784,7 +19155,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @window will display a menubar when needed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20792,7 +19162,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Creates a new #GtkApplicationWindow.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20802,7 +19171,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkApplicationWindow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20814,8 +19182,6 @@ it.
@window takes resposibility for destroying @help_overlay.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -20835,8 +19201,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu
and menubar as needed.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -20927,8 +19291,6 @@ ratio is taken from the requistion of the child.
<description>
Adds a widget to the action area of a #GtkAssistant.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -20947,7 +19309,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Appends a page to the @assistant.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -20961,7 +19322,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -20977,8 +19337,6 @@ or undone. For example, showing a progress page to track
a long-running, unreversible operation after the user has
clicked apply on a confirmation page.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -20993,7 +19351,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Returns the page number of the current page.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21005,7 +19362,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<return> The index (starting from 0) of the current
page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages,
or no current page.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21013,7 +19369,6 @@ or no current page.
<description>
Returns the number of pages in the @assistant
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21023,7 +19378,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of pages in the @assistant
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21031,7 +19385,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns the child widget contained in page number @page_num.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21047,7 +19400,6 @@ or -1 to get the last page
</parameters>
<return> the child widget, or %NULL
if @page_num is out of bounds
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21055,7 +19407,6 @@ if @page_num is out of bounds
<description>
Gets whether @page is complete.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21069,7 +19420,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @page is complete.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21077,7 +19427,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets whether page has padding.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21098,7 +19447,6 @@ Since: 3.18
<description>
Gets the title for @page.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21112,7 +19460,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the title for @page
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21120,7 +19467,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the page type of @page.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21134,7 +19480,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the page type of @page
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21142,7 +19487,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21161,7 +19505,6 @@ or -1 to append the page to the @assistant
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21169,13 +19512,11 @@ or -1 to append the page to the @assistant
<description>
Creates a new #GtkAssistant.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkAssistant
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21189,8 +19530,6 @@ there is no next page.
This function is for use when creating pages of the
#GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21205,7 +19544,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Prepends a page to the @assistant.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21219,7 +19557,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21233,8 +19570,6 @@ no previous page is available.
This function is for use when creating pages of the
#GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21249,8 +19584,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Removes a widget from the action area of a #GtkAssistant.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21269,8 +19602,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Removes the @page_num’s page from @assistant.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21294,8 +19625,6 @@ Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons,
as the @assistant flow can be set with
gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21323,8 +19652,6 @@ Setting @page_func to %NULL will make the assistant to
use the default forward function, which just goes to the
next visible page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21355,8 +19682,6 @@ Sets whether @page contents are complete.
This will make @assistant update the buttons state
to be able to continue the task.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21380,8 +19705,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets whether the assistant is adding padding around
the page.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21407,8 +19730,6 @@ Sets a title for @page.
The title is displayed in the header area of the assistant
when @page is the current page.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21433,8 +19754,6 @@ Sets the page type for @page.
The page type determines the page behavior in the @assistant.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21465,8 +19784,6 @@ One situation where it can be necessary to call this
function is when changing a value on the current page
affects the future page flow of the assistant.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="assistant">
@@ -21574,7 +19891,6 @@ unbind "key"
Key combinations must be in a format that can be parsed by
gtk_accelerator_parse().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21589,7 +19905,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> %G_TOKEN_NONE if the signal was successfully parsed and added,
the expected token otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21654,8 +19969,6 @@ Install a binding on @binding_set which causes key lookups
to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets
to be activated.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="binding_set">
@@ -21788,7 +20101,6 @@ binding on @object.
Looks up key bindings for @object to find one matching
@event, and if one was found, activate it.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21802,7 +20114,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if a matching key binding was found
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21840,14 +20151,12 @@ Frees a #GtkBorder-struct.
<description>
Allocates a new #GtkBorder-struct and initializes its elements to zero.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated #GtkBorder-struct.
Free with gtk_border_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21855,7 +20164,6 @@ Free with gtk_border_free()
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21865,7 +20173,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the baseline position
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -21906,7 +20213,6 @@ Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_spacing().
<description>
Creates a new #GtkBox.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -21920,7 +20226,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22028,8 +20333,6 @@ and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then
@position is used to allocate the baseline wrt the
extra space available.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -22111,8 +20414,6 @@ number of pixels to place between children of @box.
Adds a child to @buildable. @type is an optional string
describing how the child should be added.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buildable">
@@ -22142,7 +20443,6 @@ Constructs a child of @buildable with the name @name.
#GtkBuilder calls this function if a “constructor” has been
specified in the UI definition.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22160,7 +20460,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the constructed child
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22169,8 +20468,6 @@ Since: 2.12
This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is
called once for each custom tag handled by the @buildable.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buildable">
@@ -22202,8 +20499,6 @@ Since: 2.12
This is called at the end of each custom element handled by
the buildable.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buildable">
@@ -22234,7 +20529,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
This is called for each unknown element under <child>.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22266,7 +20560,6 @@ to parser functions
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE
if it doesn't.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22274,7 +20567,6 @@ if it doesn't.
<description>
Get the internal child called @childname of the @buildable object.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22292,7 +20584,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the internal child of the buildable object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22304,7 +20595,6 @@ Gets the name of the @buildable object.
[GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI]
used to construct the @buildable.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22314,7 +20604,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22326,8 +20615,6 @@ Note that this will be called once for each time
gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string()
is called on a builder.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buildable">
@@ -22346,8 +20633,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Sets the property name @name to @value on the @buildable object.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buildable">
@@ -22374,8 +20659,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Sets the name of the @buildable object.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buildable">
@@ -22399,8 +20682,6 @@ for any callback symbols that are added. Using this method allows for better
encapsulation as it does not require that callback symbols be declared in
the global namespace.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -22424,8 +20705,6 @@ Since: 3.10
A convenience function to add many callbacks instead of calling
gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol() for each symbol.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -22466,7 +20745,6 @@ files can easily crash your program, and it’s possible that memory
was leaked leading up to the reported failure. The only reasonable
thing to do when an error is detected is to call g_error().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22484,7 +20762,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22503,7 +20780,6 @@ It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this
call. The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is
to call g_error().
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22521,7 +20797,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22540,7 +20815,6 @@ It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this
call. The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is
to call g_error().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22562,7 +20836,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22580,7 +20853,6 @@ If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not
its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its
#GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22602,7 +20874,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22620,7 +20891,6 @@ If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not
its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its
#GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22642,7 +20912,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22659,7 +20928,6 @@ If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not
its child (for instance a #GtkTreeView that depends on its
#GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22685,7 +20953,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22713,8 +20980,6 @@ On Linux and Unices, this is not necessary; applications should instead
be compiled with the -Wl,--export-dynamic CFLAGS, and linked against
gmodule-export-2.0.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -22735,8 +21000,6 @@ This function can be thought of the interpreted language binding
version of gtk_builder_connect_signals(), except that it does not
require GModule to function correctly.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -22760,8 +21023,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Add @object to the @builder object pool so it can be referenced just like any
other object built by builder.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -22831,7 +21092,6 @@ By default, the builder uses the default application: the one from
g_application_get_default(). If you want to use another application
for constructing proxies, use gtk_builder_set_application().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22842,7 +21102,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameters>
<return> the application being used by the builder,
or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22851,7 +21110,6 @@ or %NULL
Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not
increment the reference count of the returned object.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22866,7 +21124,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the object named @name or %NULL if
it could not be found in the object tree.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22876,7 +21133,6 @@ Gets all objects that have been constructed by @builder. Note that
this function does not increment the reference counts of the returned
objects.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22888,7 +21144,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<return> a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects
constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by
g_slist_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22896,7 +21151,6 @@ g_slist_free()
<description>
Gets the translation domain of @builder.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22907,7 +21161,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the translation domain. This string is owned
by the builder object and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22917,7 +21170,6 @@ Looks up a type by name, using the virtual function that
#GtkBuilder has for that purpose. This is mainly used when
implementing the #GtkBuildable interface on a type.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22932,7 +21184,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID
if no type was found
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22945,7 +21196,6 @@ This function is intended for possible use in language bindings
or for any case that one might be cusomizing signal connections
using gtk_builder_connect_signals_full()
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -22959,7 +21209,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The callback symbol in @builder for @callback_name, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22975,13 +21224,11 @@ descriptions into a single builder.
Most users will probably want to use gtk_builder_new_from_file(),
gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -22994,7 +21241,6 @@ If there is an error opening the file or parsing the description then
the program will be aborted. You should only ever attempt to parse
user interface descriptions that are shipped as part of your program.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23004,7 +21250,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkBuilder containing the described interface
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23016,7 +21261,6 @@ at @resource_path.
If there is an error locating the resource or parsing the
description, then the program will be aborted.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23026,7 +21270,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkBuilder containing the described interface
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23042,7 +21285,6 @@ If there is an error parsing @string then the program will be
aborted. You should not attempt to parse user interface description
from untrusted sources.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23056,7 +21298,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkBuilder containing the interface described by @string
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23067,8 +21308,6 @@ Sets the application associated with @builder.
You only need this function if there is more than one #GApplication
in your process. @application cannot be %NULL.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -23088,8 +21327,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Sets the translation domain of @builder.
See #GtkBuilder:translation-domain.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="builder">
@@ -23118,7 +21355,6 @@ still to come.
Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a
#GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23144,7 +21380,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23158,7 +21393,6 @@ need not be initialised beforehand.
Upon errors %FALSE will be returned and @error will be assigned a
#GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23184,7 +21418,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23193,7 +21426,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Returns whether the child is exempted from homogenous
sizing.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23207,7 +21439,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the child is not subject to homogenous sizing
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23215,7 +21446,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23229,7 +21459,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23253,7 +21482,6 @@ Retrieves the method being used to arrange the buttons in a button box.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkButtonBox.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23263,7 +21491,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkButtonBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23271,8 +21498,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets whether the child is exempted from homogeous sizing.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -23361,7 +21586,6 @@ Emits a #GtkButton::clicked signal to the given #GtkButton.
<description>
Returns the icon name set via gtk_button_set_icon_name().
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23371,7 +21595,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The icon name set via gtk_button_set_icon_name()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23451,7 +21674,6 @@ If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be
displayed instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon
will be updated appropriately.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23461,7 +21683,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkButton displaying the themed icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23510,8 +21731,6 @@ Adds a #GtkImage with the given icon name as a child. The icon will be
of size %GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON. If @button already contains a child widget,
that child widget will be removed and replaced with the image.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -23632,7 +21851,6 @@ number (e.g. 2011), or %NULL
<description>
Returns if the @day of the @calendar is already marked.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23646,7 +21864,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the day is marked.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23655,8 +21872,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Queries the height of detail cells, in rows.
See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23674,8 +21889,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Queries the width of detail cells, in characters.
See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23692,7 +21905,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Returns the current display options of @calendar.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23702,7 +21914,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the display options.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23790,8 +22001,6 @@ The size of the details area can be restricted by setting the
#GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars and #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows
properties.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="calendar">
@@ -23819,8 +22028,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Updates the height of detail cells.
See #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="calendar">
@@ -23840,8 +22047,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Updates the width of detail cells.
See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="calendar">
@@ -23861,8 +22066,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Sets display options (whether to display the heading and the month
headings).
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="calendar">
@@ -23901,7 +22104,6 @@ Activates @area, usually by activating the currently focused
cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area
can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23932,7 +22134,6 @@ will be activated.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Whether @area was successfully activated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23943,7 +22144,6 @@ to activate cells, the base #GtkCellArea class activates cells
for keyboard events for free in its own GtkCellArea->activate()
implementation.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -23974,7 +22174,6 @@ of @renderer for the current row.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether cell activation was successful
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -23982,8 +22181,6 @@ of @renderer for the current row.
<description>
Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24007,8 +22204,6 @@ focus for a given row.
Events handled by focus siblings can also activate the given
focusable @renderer.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24032,8 +22227,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Adds @renderer to @area, setting cell properties at the same time.
See gtk_cell_area_add() and gtk_cell_area_cell_set() for more details.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24062,8 +22255,6 @@ with @first_prop_name
Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in
@area by pulling the values from @tree_model.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24096,8 +22287,6 @@ children are visible
Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the
#GtkTreeModel in use.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24126,8 +22315,6 @@ Disconnects @attribute for the @renderer in @area so that
attribute will no longer be updated with values from the
model.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24151,7 +22338,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the model column that an attribute has been mapped to,
or -1 if the attribute is not mapped.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24169,7 +22355,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the model column, or -1
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24177,7 +22362,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24187,7 +22371,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the space added between cell renderers in @box.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24195,13 +22378,11 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24212,8 +22393,6 @@ Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the end of @box.
The @renderer is packed after (away from end of) any other
#GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the end of @box.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -24248,8 +22427,6 @@ Adds @renderer to @box, packed with reference to the start of @box.
The @renderer is packed after any other #GtkCellRenderer packed
with reference to the start of @box.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -24281,8 +22458,6 @@ more than its natural size
<description>
Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -24301,8 +22476,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24330,8 +22503,6 @@ optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
<description>
Gets the value of a cell property for @renderer in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24358,8 +22529,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24387,8 +22556,6 @@ optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
<description>
Sets one or more cell properties for @cell in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24416,8 +22583,6 @@ with @first_prop_name
<description>
Sets a cell property for @renderer in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24444,8 +22609,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -24473,7 +22636,6 @@ with @first_prop_name
<description>
Finds a cell property of a cell area class by name.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24488,7 +22650,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> the #GParamSpec of the child property
or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24496,8 +22657,6 @@ or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name.
<description>
Installs a cell property on a cell area class.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="aclass">
@@ -24520,7 +22679,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns all cell properties of a cell area class.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24536,7 +22694,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<return> a newly
allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array
must be freed with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24583,8 +22740,6 @@ If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the
context was recently reset with gtk_cell_area_context_reset(),
the returned value will be -1.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24616,7 +22771,6 @@ it’s important to know details about any cell spacing
that the #GtkCellArea is configured with in order to
compute a proper allocation.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24626,7 +22780,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24638,8 +22791,6 @@ requested with this context.
After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24668,8 +22819,6 @@ which have been requested for the same said @width with this context.
After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24702,8 +22851,6 @@ requested with this context.
After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24732,8 +22879,6 @@ have been requested for the same said @height with this context.
After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24768,8 +22913,6 @@ the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to
progressively push the requested height over a series of
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24798,8 +22941,6 @@ the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to
progressively push the requested width over a series of
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -24869,7 +23010,6 @@ request the heights of each row based on a context which
was already used to request all the row widths that are
to be displayed.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24883,7 +23023,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24896,7 +23035,6 @@ the same context for the same row of data at all times (i.e.
one should render and handle events with the same #GtkCellAreaContext
which was used to request the size of those rows of data).
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24906,7 +23044,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24914,7 +23051,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24944,7 +23080,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24958,7 +23093,6 @@ Implementing #GtkCellArea classes should implement this
method to receive and navigate focus in its own way particular
to how it lays out cells.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -24972,7 +23106,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -24980,8 +23113,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25005,8 +23136,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the
allocated rectangle inside @cell_area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25046,8 +23175,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Derives the allocation of @renderer inside @area if @area
were to be renderered in @cell_area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25084,7 +23211,6 @@ for this row
Gets the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y coordinates inside @area and optionally
returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25120,7 +23246,6 @@ returned cell renderer, or %NULL.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25132,7 +23257,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes() is called and can be
used to interact with renderers from #GtkCellArea
subclasses.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25144,7 +23268,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<return> The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and
should not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25153,7 +23276,6 @@ should not be freed.
Gets the #GtkCellEditable widget currently used
to edit the currently edited cell.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25163,7 +23285,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25172,7 +23293,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Gets the #GtkCellRenderer in @area that is currently
being edited.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25182,7 +23302,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25190,7 +23309,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25200,7 +23318,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the currently focused cell in @area.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25214,7 +23331,6 @@ after determining the renderer at the event location it can
then chose to activate the focus cell for which the event
cell may have been a sibling.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25229,7 +23345,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
is a sibling, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25237,7 +23352,6 @@ is a sibling, or %NULL.
<description>
Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for @renderer.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25252,7 +23366,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
The returned list is internal and should not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25266,8 +23379,6 @@ to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to
consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of
requests.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25311,8 +23422,6 @@ requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then
the full width of the requested rows checked again with
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25353,8 +23462,6 @@ to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to
consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of
requests.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25398,8 +23505,6 @@ requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then
the full height of the requested rows checked again with
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25435,7 +23540,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout
or a width-for-height layout.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25445,7 +23549,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25453,7 +23556,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Checks if @area contains @renderer.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25467,7 +23569,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25477,8 +23578,6 @@ This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations
to get the inner area where a given #GtkCellRenderer will be
rendered. It removes any padding previously added by gtk_cell_area_request_renderer().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25507,7 +23606,6 @@ is to be placed
Returns whether the area can do anything when activated,
after applying new attributes to @area.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25517,7 +23615,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @area can do anything when activated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25526,7 +23623,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns whether @sibling is one of @renderer’s focus siblings
(see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25544,7 +23640,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25552,8 +23647,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Removes @renderer from @area.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25573,8 +23666,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Removes @sibling from @renderer’s focus sibling list
(see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25601,8 +23692,6 @@ function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area()
at render and event time since this function will add padding
around the cell for focus painting.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25647,8 +23736,6 @@ This is generally called by implementations of
however it can also be used to implement functions such
as gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25668,8 +23755,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Snapshots @area’s cells according to @area’s layout onto at
the given coordinates.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25719,8 +23804,6 @@ edit widget.
See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -25792,8 +23875,6 @@ The @column is the column of the model to get a value from, and the
example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
“text” attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -25821,8 +23902,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
removes all renderers from @cell_layout.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -25838,8 +23917,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Clears all existing attributes previously set with
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -25860,7 +23937,6 @@ Returns the underlying #GtkCellArea which might be @cell_layout
if called on a #GtkCellArea or might be %NULL if no #GtkCellArea
is used by @cell_layout.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25871,7 +23947,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> the cell area used by @cell_layout,
or %NULL in case no cell area is used.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25879,7 +23954,6 @@ or %NULL in case no cell area is used.
<description>
Returns the cell renderers which have been added to @cell_layout.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -25892,7 +23966,6 @@ Since: 2.12
a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
when no longer needed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -25904,8 +23977,6 @@ divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -25932,8 +24003,6 @@ is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -25959,8 +24028,6 @@ Re-inserts @cell at @position.
Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout
for this to function properly.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -25987,8 +24054,6 @@ The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in
gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute(). All existing attributes are
removed, and replaced with the new attributes.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -26017,8 +24082,6 @@ cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
@func may be %NULL to remove a previously set function.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_layout">
@@ -26049,13 +24112,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCellRendererAccel.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new cell renderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26136,13 +24197,11 @@ in a #GtkTreeModel. For example, you can bind the “text” property
on the cell renderer to a string value in the model, thus rendering
a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new cell renderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26151,8 +24210,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Gets the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area. Used for finding
the appropriate edit and focus rectangle.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26184,8 +24241,6 @@ that would acually be used to render.
<description>
Fills in @xalign and @yalign with the appropriate values of @cell.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26230,8 +24285,6 @@ Fills in @width and @height with the appropriate size of @cell.
<description>
Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26254,8 +24307,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26283,8 +24334,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural height if it were rendered to
@widget with the specified @width.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26316,8 +24365,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a cell taking
into account the widget’s preference for height-for-width management.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26344,8 +24391,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26373,8 +24418,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural width if it were rendered to
@widget with the specified @height.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26406,7 +24449,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Gets whether the cell renderer prefers a height-for-width layout
or a width-for-height layout.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26416,7 +24458,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26424,7 +24465,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26434,7 +24474,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the cell renderer is sensitive
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26444,7 +24483,6 @@ Translates the cell renderer state to #GtkStateFlags,
based on the cell renderer and widget sensitivity, and
the given #GtkCellRendererState.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26462,7 +24500,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the widget state flags applying to @cell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26470,7 +24507,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the cell renderer’s visibility.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26480,7 +24516,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the cell renderer is visible
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26488,7 +24523,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26498,7 +24532,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the cell renderer can do anything when activated
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26524,13 +24557,11 @@ in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new cell renderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26538,8 +24569,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the renderer’s alignment within its available space.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26584,8 +24613,6 @@ Sets the renderer size to be explicit, independent of the properties set.
<description>
Sets the renderer’s padding.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26608,8 +24635,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26628,8 +24653,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Sets the cell renderer’s visibility.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26654,8 +24677,6 @@ blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander;
so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire
@window.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26691,13 +24712,11 @@ padding on the sides)
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCellRendererSpin.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkCellRendererSpin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26706,13 +24725,11 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate
activity.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkCellRenderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26767,8 +24784,6 @@ This function should be called by cell renderer implementations
in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of
#GtkCellEditable.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell">
@@ -26830,7 +24845,6 @@ the height is determined by the properties again.
Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26840,7 +24854,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26899,8 +24912,6 @@ the model.
<description>
Makes the cell renderer activatable.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="toggle">
@@ -26963,7 +24974,6 @@ Returns a #GtkTreePath referring to the currently
displayed row. If no row is currently displayed,
%NULL is returned.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26973,7 +24983,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the currently displayed row or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -26982,7 +24991,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Gets whether @cell_view is configured to draw all of its
cells in a sensitive state.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -26993,7 +25001,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> whether @cell_view draws all of its
cells in a sensitive state
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27002,7 +25009,6 @@ cells in a sensitive state
Gets whether @cell_view is configured to request space
to fit the entire #GtkTreeModel.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27013,7 +25019,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> whether @cell_view requests space to fit
the entire #GtkTreeModel.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27022,7 +25027,6 @@ the entire #GtkTreeModel.
Returns the model for @cell_view. If no model is used %NULL is
returned.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27032,7 +25036,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkTreeModel used or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27040,13 +25043,11 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27060,7 +25061,6 @@ the underlying area synchronize the geometry for those cells,
in this way alignments with cellviews for other rows are
possible.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27074,7 +25074,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27084,7 +25083,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
to it, and makes it show @markup. The text can be
marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27094,7 +25092,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27103,7 +25100,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererText
to it, and makes it show @text.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27113,7 +25109,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27122,7 +25117,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Creates a new #GtkCellView widget, adds a #GtkCellRendererPixbuf
to it, and makes it show @texture.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27132,7 +25126,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27145,8 +25138,6 @@ this is not normally a desired result, but may be
a needed intermediate state if say, the model for
the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_view">
@@ -27168,8 +25159,6 @@ cells in a sensitive state, this is used by #GtkComboBox menus
to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain
children appear sensitive in the parent menu item.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_view">
@@ -27192,8 +25181,6 @@ This is used by #GtkComboBox to ensure that the cell view displayed on
the combo box’s button always gets enough space and does not resize
when selection changes.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_view">
@@ -27214,8 +25201,6 @@ Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model
set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is
%NULL, then it will unset the old model.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_view">
@@ -27235,8 +25220,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets a property of a cell renderer of @cell_view, and
makes sure the display of @cell_view is updated.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cell_view">
@@ -27263,7 +25246,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position().
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27273,7 +25255,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the baseline position
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27281,7 +25262,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Gets the center widget, or %NULL if there is none.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27291,7 +25271,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the center widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27299,7 +25278,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Gets the end widget, or %NULL if there is none.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27309,7 +25287,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the end widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27317,7 +25294,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Gets the start widget, or %NULL if there is none.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27327,7 +25303,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the start widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27335,13 +25310,11 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCenterBox.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkCenterBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27355,8 +25328,6 @@ requested, and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then
@position is used to allocate the baseline wrt. the extra space
available.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -27375,8 +25346,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Sets the center widget. To remove the existing center widget, pas %NULL.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -27395,8 +25364,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Sets the end widget. To remove the existing end widget, pass %NULL.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -27415,8 +25382,6 @@ Since: 3.92
<description>
Sets the start widget. To remove the existing start widget, pass %NULL.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -27575,7 +25540,6 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().
<description>
Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27585,7 +25549,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27674,8 +25637,6 @@ Sets the active state of the menu item’s check box.
<description>
Sets whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="check_menu_item">
@@ -27782,7 +25743,6 @@ or freed.
<description>
Gets the title of the color selection dialog.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27792,7 +25752,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> An internal string, do not free the return value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27806,13 +25765,11 @@ is clicked, a color-selection dialog will open, allowing the user
to select a color. The swatch will be updated to reflect the new
color when the user finishes.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new color button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27820,7 +25777,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new color button.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27830,7 +25786,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new color button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27838,8 +25793,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the title for the color selection dialog.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -27874,8 +25827,6 @@ from the color chooser.
If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -27907,7 +25858,6 @@ be displayed in rows, %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL for columns
<description>
Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27921,7 +25871,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkColorChooserDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27929,8 +25878,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Gets the currently-selected color.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -27949,7 +25896,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Returns whether the color chooser shows the alpha channel.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -27960,7 +25906,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the color chooser uses the alpha channel,
%FALSE if not
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -27968,8 +25913,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Sets the color.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -27988,8 +25931,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Sets whether or not the color chooser should use the alpha channel.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -28008,13 +25949,11 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Creates a new #GtkColorChooserWidget.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkColorChooserWidget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28026,7 +25965,6 @@ is not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function returns
`gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, where
`path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28037,7 +25975,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> An integer which is the index of the currently active item,
or -1 if there’s no active item.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28055,7 +25992,6 @@ If the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box is not set, or if
no row is active, or if the active row has a %NULL ID value, then %NULL
is returned.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28065,7 +26001,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the ID of the active row, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28074,7 +26009,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets @iter to point to the currently active item, if any item is active.
Otherwise, @iter is left unchanged.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28088,7 +26022,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @iter was set, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28097,7 +26030,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button
sensitive or not when there are no items in the model.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28111,7 +26043,6 @@ is sensitive when the model is empty, %GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF
if the button is always insensitive or
%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as
the model has one item to be selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28119,7 +26050,6 @@ the model has one item to be selected.
<description>
Returns the column with column span information for @combo_box.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28129,7 +26059,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the column span column.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28138,7 +26067,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get the strings
from to display in the internal entry.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28148,7 +26076,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28156,7 +26083,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Returns whether the combo box has an entry.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28166,7 +26092,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether there is an entry in @combo_box.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28175,7 +26100,6 @@ Since: 2.24
Returns the column which @combo_box is using to get string IDs
for values from.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28185,7 +26109,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28193,7 +26116,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the #GtkTreeModel which is acting as data source for @combo_box.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28204,7 +26126,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> A #GtkTreeModel which was passed
during construction.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28215,7 +26136,6 @@ Gets the accessible object corresponding to the combo box’s popup.
This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies;
applications should have little use for it.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28226,7 +26146,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> the accessible object corresponding
to the combo box’s popup.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28235,7 +26154,6 @@ to the combo box’s popup.
Gets whether the popup uses a fixed width matching
the allocated width of the combo box.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28245,7 +26163,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the popup uses a fixed width
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28253,7 +26170,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the current row separator function.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28263,7 +26179,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current row separator function.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28271,7 +26186,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the column with row span information for @combo_box.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28281,7 +26195,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the row span column.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28291,7 +26204,6 @@ Returns the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns
for the popup menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, the combo box
is in table mode.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28301,7 +26213,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the wrap width.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28309,13 +26220,11 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkComboBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28323,13 +26232,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkComboBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28337,7 +26244,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28347,7 +26253,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkComboBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28356,7 +26261,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry
and with the model initialized to @model.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28366,7 +26270,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkComboBox
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28377,8 +26280,6 @@ Hides the menu or dropdown list of @combo_box.
This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies;
applications should have little use for it.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28398,8 +26299,6 @@ applications should have little use for it.
Before calling this, @combo_box must be mapped, or nothing will happen.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28417,8 +26316,6 @@ with the device, as it was previously only used for list-mode ComboBoxes,
and those were removed in GTK+ 4. However, it is retained in case similar
functionality is added back later.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28437,8 +26334,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28463,7 +26358,6 @@ a %NULL ID string cannot be made active by this function.
If the #GtkComboBox:id-column property of @combo_box is unset or if no
row has the given ID then the function does nothing and returns %FALSE.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28479,7 +26373,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<return> %TRUE if a row with a matching ID was found. If a %NULL
@active_id was given to unset the active row, the function
always returns %TRUE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28488,8 +26381,6 @@ always returns %TRUE.
Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by @iter, or
unsets the active item if @iter is %NULL.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28510,8 +26401,6 @@ Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should be
always sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON), never sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF)
or only if there is at least one item to display (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO).
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28532,8 +26421,6 @@ Sets the column with column span information for @combo_box to be
@column_span. The column span column contains integers which indicate
how many columns an item should span.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28557,8 +26444,6 @@ must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING.
This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with
#GtkComboBox:has-entry as %TRUE.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28580,8 +26465,6 @@ Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs
for values from. The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box
must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28605,8 +26488,6 @@ Note that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to
call gtk_cell_layout_clear() yourself if you need to set up different
cell renderers for the new model.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28626,8 +26507,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Specifies whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width
matching the allocated width of the combo box.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28648,8 +26527,6 @@ Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28678,8 +26555,6 @@ Sets the column with row span information for @combo_box to be @row_span.
The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows
an item should span.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28700,8 +26575,6 @@ Sets the wrap width of @combo_box to be @width. The wrap width is basically
the preferred number of columns when you want the popup to be layed out
in a table.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28724,8 +26597,6 @@ If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a
position of -1.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28751,8 +26622,6 @@ Appends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a
position of -1.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28774,7 +26643,6 @@ if none is selected. If @combo_box contains an entry, this
function will return its contents (which will not necessarily
be an item from the list).
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -28785,7 +26653,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated string containing the
currently active text. Must be freed with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28797,8 +26664,6 @@ If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row. See
If @position is negative then @text is appended.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28830,8 +26695,6 @@ If @position is negative then @text is appended.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a %NULL
ID string.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28855,13 +26718,11 @@ Since: 2.24
Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
strings.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkComboBoxText
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28870,13 +26731,11 @@ Since: 2.24
Creates a new #GtkComboBoxText, which is a #GtkComboBox just displaying
strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkComboBoxText
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -28888,8 +26747,6 @@ If @id is non-%NULL then it is used as the ID of the row.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a
position of 0.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28915,8 +26772,6 @@ Prepends @text to the list of strings stored in @combo_box.
This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a
position of 0.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28935,8 +26790,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Removes the string at @position from @combo_box.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -28955,8 +26808,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Removes all the text entries from the combo box.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="combo_box">
@@ -29114,8 +26965,6 @@ This is an analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
Also see gtk_widget_child_notify().
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="container">
@@ -29143,8 +26992,6 @@ Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="container">
@@ -29290,8 +27137,6 @@ name.
<description>
Installs child properties on a container class.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="cclass">
@@ -29703,8 +27548,6 @@ Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain().
Appends the image targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to
the target list. All targets are added with the same @info.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="list">
@@ -29725,8 +27568,6 @@ how to convert a pixbuf into the format
Appends the text targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to
the target list. All targets are added with the same @info.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="list">
@@ -29742,8 +27583,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Appends the URI targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to
the target list. All targets are added with the same @info.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="list">
@@ -29873,8 +27712,6 @@ the #GtkCssProvider, clearing any previously loaded information.
To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the
#GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="css_provider">
@@ -29911,7 +27748,6 @@ from this function on a new provider created with
gtk_css_provider_new() will basically create a duplicate of
this @provider.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -29921,7 +27757,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new string representing the @provider.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -29937,7 +27772,6 @@ The end position and line may be identical to the start
position and line for sections which failed to parse anything
successfully.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -29947,7 +27781,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the line number
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -29962,7 +27795,6 @@ The end position and line may be identical to the start
position and line for sections which failed to parse anything
successfully.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -29972,7 +27804,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the offset in bytes from the start of the line.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -29982,7 +27813,6 @@ Gets the file that @section was parsed from. If no such file exists,
for example because the CSS was loaded via
@gtk_css_provider_load_from_data(), then %NULL is returned.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -29993,7 +27823,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> the #GFile that @section was parsed from
or %NULL if @section was parsed from other data
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30007,7 +27836,6 @@ gtk_css_provider_load_from_file() or a section of type
#GTK_CSS_SECTION_IMPORT if it was loaded with an import rule from
a different file.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30017,7 +27845,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the parent section or %NULL if none
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30025,7 +27852,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Gets the type of information that @section describes.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30035,7 +27861,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the type of @section
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30045,7 +27870,6 @@ Returns the line in the CSS document where this section starts.
The line number is 0-indexed, so the first line of the document
will return 0.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30055,7 +27879,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the line number
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30064,7 +27887,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Returns the offset in bytes from the start of the current line
returned via gtk_css_section_get_start_line().
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30074,7 +27896,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the offset in bytes from the start of the line.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30082,7 +27903,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Increments the reference count on @section.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30092,7 +27912,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> @section itself.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30101,8 +27920,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Decrements the reference count on @section, freeing the
structure if the reference count reaches 0.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="section">
@@ -30117,7 +27934,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Creates a new custom paper dialog.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30131,7 +27947,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkCustomPaperUnixDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30142,8 +27957,6 @@ associated pointer or keyboard (if any) are delivered to @widget.
If the @block_others parameter is %TRUE, any other devices will be
unable to interact with @widget during the grab.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -30169,8 +27982,6 @@ Removes a device grab from the given widget.
You have to pair calls to gtk_device_grab_add() and
gtk_device_grab_remove().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -30269,7 +28080,6 @@ text and response ID.
<description>
Returns the content area of @dialog.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30279,7 +28089,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the content area #GtkBox.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30289,7 +28098,6 @@ Returns the header bar of @dialog. Note that the
headerbar is only used by the dialog if the
#GtkDialog:use-header-bar property is %TRUE.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30299,7 +28107,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the header bar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30308,7 +28115,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Gets the response id of a widget in the action area
of a dialog.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30323,7 +28129,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameters>
<return> the response id of @widget, or %GTK_RESPONSE_NONE
if @widget doesn’t have a response id set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30332,7 +28137,6 @@ if @widget doesn’t have a response id set.
Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action area
of a dialog.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30347,7 +28151,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> the @widget button that uses the given
@response_id, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30609,7 +28412,6 @@ Initiates a drag on the source side. The function only needs to be used
when the application is starting drags itself, and is not needed when
gtk_drag_source_set() is used.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30643,7 +28445,6 @@ of @widget.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the context for this drag
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30662,8 +28463,6 @@ function does nothing.
If a drag is cancelled in this way, the @result argument of
#GtkWidget::drag-failed is set to @GTK_DRAG_RESULT_ERROR.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -30716,8 +28515,6 @@ are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and
gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -30736,8 +28533,6 @@ are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and
gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -30756,8 +28551,6 @@ are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and
gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -30822,7 +28615,6 @@ drag-and-drop.
Returns whether the widget has been configured to always
emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion signals.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -30833,7 +28625,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget always emits
#GtkWidget::drag-motion events
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -30932,8 +28723,6 @@ Tells the widget to emit #GtkWidget::drag-motion and
This may be used when a widget wants to do generic
actions regardless of the targets that the source offers.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31079,8 +28868,6 @@ Sets the icon for a given drag from the given @icon.
See the documentation for gtk_drag_set_icon_name()
for more details about using icons in drag and drop.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -31112,8 +28899,6 @@ size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is
loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus
@hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -31234,8 +29019,6 @@ are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31254,8 +29037,6 @@ are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets() and
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31274,8 +29055,6 @@ are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets() and
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31291,7 +29070,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for
drag-and-drop.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -31301,7 +29079,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkContentFormats, or %NULL if none
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -31338,8 +29115,6 @@ may be %NULL
Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
to @icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31359,8 +29134,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
to a themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31381,8 +29154,6 @@ Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget
from a cairo surface. GTK+ retains a reference for @surface and will
release it when it is no longer needed.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31403,8 +29174,6 @@ Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop.
The widget must first be made into a drag source with
gtk_drag_source_set().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -31452,7 +29221,6 @@ a widget.
<description>
Retrieves the value previously set via gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height().
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -31462,7 +29230,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The height requested for content of the drawing area
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -31470,7 +29237,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Retrieves the value previously set via gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width().
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -31480,7 +29246,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The width requested for content of the drawing area
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -31506,8 +29271,6 @@ that.
If the height is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -31532,8 +29295,6 @@ that.
If the width is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -31563,8 +29324,6 @@ function.
If what you are drawing does change, call gtk_widget_queue_draw() on the
drawing area. This will call a redraw and will call @draw_func again.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -31883,7 +29642,6 @@ values.
Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -31901,7 +29659,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of characters deleted.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -31909,8 +29666,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -31933,8 +29688,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -31962,7 +29715,6 @@ Since: 2.18
Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer.
See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -31972,7 +29724,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The byte length of the buffer.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -31980,7 +29731,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -31990,7 +29740,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of characters in the buffer.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -31999,7 +29748,6 @@ Since: 2.18
Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
@buffer. See gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32010,7 +29758,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameters>
<return> the maximum allowed number of characters
in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32021,7 +29768,6 @@ Retrieves the contents of the buffer.
The memory pointer returned by this call will not change
unless this object emits a signal, or is finalized.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32034,7 +29780,6 @@ Since: 2.18
string. This string points to internally allocated
storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or
stored.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32050,7 +29795,6 @@ coerced to sane values.
Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32072,7 +29816,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of characters actually inserted.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32082,7 +29825,6 @@ Create a new GtkEntryBuffer object.
Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32096,7 +29838,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A new GtkEntryBuffer object.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32106,8 +29847,6 @@ Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. If
the current contents are longer than the given length, then they
will be truncated to fit.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -32133,8 +29872,6 @@ and gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text().
Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -32159,8 +29896,6 @@ Requests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of the
current list with completions, using the current key. The completion list
view will be updated accordingly.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32178,7 +29913,6 @@ that start with @key. If no row matches @key, %NULL will be returned.
Note that a text column must have been set for this function to work,
see gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column() for details.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32193,7 +29927,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameters>
<return> The common prefix all rows starting with
@key or %NULL if no row matches @key.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32204,8 +29937,6 @@ Deletes the action at @index_ from @completion’s action list.
Note that @index_ is a relative position and the position of an
action may have changed since it was inserted.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32225,7 +29956,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Get the original text entered by the user that triggered
the completion or %NULL if there’s no completion ongoing.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32235,7 +29965,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the prefix for the current completion
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32243,7 +29972,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Gets the entry @completion has been attached to.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32253,7 +29981,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The entry @completion has been attached to
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32262,7 +29989,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
be automatically inserted in the entry.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32272,7 +29998,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if inline completion is turned on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32280,7 +30005,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns %TRUE if inline-selection mode is turned on.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32290,7 +30014,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if inline-selection mode is on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32298,7 +30021,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32308,7 +30030,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The currently used minimum key length
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32317,7 +30038,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns the model the #GtkEntryCompletion is using as data source.
Returns %NULL if the model is unset.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32328,7 +30048,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none
is currently being used
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32336,7 +30055,6 @@ is currently being used
<description>
Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32346,7 +30064,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if popup completion is turned on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32355,7 +30072,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the
width of the entry.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32366,7 +30082,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of
the entry
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32375,7 +30090,6 @@ the entry
Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
only a single match.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32386,7 +30100,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the
number of matches
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32394,7 +30107,6 @@ number of matches
<description>
Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32404,7 +30116,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the column containing the strings
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32413,8 +30124,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Inserts an action in @completion’s action item list at position @index_
with markup @markup.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32442,8 +30151,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup().
Note that @index_ is a relative position in the list of actions and
the position of an action can change when deleting a different action.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32466,8 +30173,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Requests a prefix insertion.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32482,13 +30187,11 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32498,7 +30201,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object using the
specified @area to layout cells in the underlying
#GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32508,7 +30210,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32517,8 +30218,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
be automatically inserted in the entry.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32538,8 +30237,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions
inside the entry.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32560,8 +30257,6 @@ Sets the match function for @completion to be @func. The match function
is used to determine if a row should or should not be in the completion
list.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32591,8 +30286,6 @@ Requires the length of the search key for @completion to be at least
key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway
(ie, a too large dataset).
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32613,8 +30306,6 @@ Sets the model for a #GtkEntryCompletion. If @completion already has
a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model.
If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32633,8 +30324,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32654,8 +30343,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same
width as the entry.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32676,8 +30363,6 @@ Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
only a single match. You may want to set this to %FALSE if you
are using [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32705,8 +30390,6 @@ column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want the cell
renderer, use g_object_set() to set the #GtkEntryCompletion:text-column
property directly.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="completion">
@@ -32741,7 +30424,6 @@ Retrieves the value set by gtk_entry_set_activates_default().
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32751,7 +30433,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the alignment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32760,7 +30441,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using
gtk_entry_set_attributes(), if any.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32771,7 +30451,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameters>
<return> the attribute list, or %NULL
if none was set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32780,8 +30459,6 @@ if none was set.
Get the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for
this widget.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32798,7 +30475,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by @entry.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32809,7 +30485,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The auxiliary completion object currently
in use by @entry.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32821,7 +30496,6 @@ DND operation, or -1.
This function is meant to be used in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-get
callback.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32832,7 +30506,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> index of the icon which is the source of the current
DND operation, or -1.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32841,7 +30514,6 @@ DND operation, or -1.
Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry.
See gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32852,7 +30524,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL
if none has been set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32876,7 +30547,6 @@ Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_has_frame().
<description>
Returns whether the icon is activatable.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32890,7 +30560,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the icon is activatable.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32906,8 +30575,6 @@ with the icon's allocation, relative to @entry's allocation.
See also gtk_entry_get_text_area()
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -32934,7 +30601,6 @@ If @x, @y doesn’t lie inside an icon, -1 is returned.
This function is intended for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip
signal handler.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32952,7 +30618,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the index of the icon at the given position, or -1
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32962,7 +30627,6 @@ Retrieves the #GIcon used for the icon, or %NULL if there is
no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by
texture or icon name).
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32977,7 +30641,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> A #GIcon, or %NULL if no icon is set
or if the icon is not a #GIcon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -32987,7 +30650,6 @@ Retrieves the icon name used for the icon, or %NULL if there is
no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by
texture or gicon).
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33002,7 +30664,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> An icon name, or %NULL if no icon is set or if the icon
wasn’t set from an icon name
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33010,7 +30671,6 @@ wasn’t set from an icon name
<description>
Returns whether the icon appears sensitive or insensitive.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33024,7 +30684,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the icon is sensitive.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33034,7 +30693,6 @@ Gets the type of representation being used by the icon
to store image data. If the icon has no image data,
the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33048,7 +30706,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> image representation being used
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33058,7 +30715,6 @@ Retrieves the #GdkTexture used for the icon.
If no #GdkTexture was used for the icon, %NULL is returned.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33073,7 +30729,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> A #GdkTexture, or %NULL if no icon is
set for this position or the icon set is not a #GdkTexture.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33082,7 +30737,6 @@ set for this position or the icon set is not a #GdkTexture.
Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified
position in @entry.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33097,7 +30751,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned
string with g_free() when done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33106,7 +30759,6 @@ string with g_free() when done.
Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified
position in @entry.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33121,7 +30773,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned
string with g_free() when done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33129,8 +30780,6 @@ string with g_free() when done.
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-hints property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33145,8 +30794,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33266,7 +30913,6 @@ in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there is no maximum.
Retrieves the desired maximum width of @entry, in characters.
See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33276,7 +30922,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the maximum width of the entry, in characters
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33284,7 +30929,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33294,7 +30938,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the text is overwritten when typing.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33302,7 +30945,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the text that will be displayed when @entry is empty and unfocused
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33313,7 +30955,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> a pointer to the placeholder text as a string. This string points to internally allocated
storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33322,7 +30963,6 @@ storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored.
Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.
See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33332,7 +30972,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33340,7 +30979,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step().
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33350,7 +30988,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33359,7 +30996,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using gtk_entry_set_tabs(), if
any.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33369,7 +31005,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33405,7 +31040,6 @@ This is equivalent to getting @entry's #GtkEntryBuffer and
calling gtk_entry_buffer_get_length() on it.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33416,7 +31050,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> the current number of characters
in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33463,8 +31096,6 @@ You only want to call this on some special entries
which the user usually doesn't want to replace all text in,
such as search-as-you-type entries.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33488,7 +31119,6 @@ you need to insert your own key handling between the input method
and the default key event handling of the #GtkEntry.
See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33502,7 +31132,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33544,7 +31173,6 @@ Creates a new entry.
<description>
Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -33554,7 +31182,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkEntry
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -33567,8 +31194,6 @@ gtk_entry_progress_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit
(the amount of movement per pulse is determined by
gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step()).
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33586,8 +31211,6 @@ Reset the input method context of the entry if needed.
This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer
would confuse on-going input method behavior.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33629,8 +31252,6 @@ Sets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls
the horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed
text is shorter than the width of the entry.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33651,8 +31272,6 @@ Reversed for RTL layouts
Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the
entry text.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33672,8 +31291,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Set the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for
this widget.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33695,8 +31312,6 @@ All further configuration of the completion mechanism is done on
@completion using the #GtkEntryCompletion API. Completion is disabled if
@completion is set to %NULL.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33721,8 +31336,6 @@ the adjustment.
The adjustment has to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system
as the entry.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33760,8 +31373,6 @@ Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it.
<description>
Sets whether the icon is activatable.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33796,8 +31407,6 @@ By default, GTK+ uses the icon as the drag icon. You can use the
have to use g_signal_connect_after() to ensure that your signal handler
gets executed after the default handler.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33829,8 +31438,6 @@ instead.
If @icon is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33859,8 +31466,6 @@ instead.
If @icon_name is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33885,8 +31490,6 @@ Sets the icon shown in the specified position using a #GdkTexture
If @texture is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33909,8 +31512,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Sets the sensitivity for the specified icon.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33941,8 +31542,6 @@ Use %NULL for @tooltip to remove an existing tooltip.
See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup() and
gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -33977,8 +31576,6 @@ which suppresses icon tooltips too. You can resolve this by then calling
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip() to set GtkWidget:has-tooltip back to %TRUE, or
setting at least one non-empty tooltip on any icon achieves the same result.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34002,8 +31599,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Sets the #GtkEntry:input-hints property, which
allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34024,8 +31619,6 @@ Sets the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property which
can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
methods to adjust their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34094,8 +31687,6 @@ be clamped to the range 0-65536.
<description>
Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @entry.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34114,8 +31705,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34142,8 +31731,6 @@ is given the initial focus in a window. Sometimes this can be
worked around by delaying the initial focus setting until the
first key event arrives.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34164,8 +31751,6 @@ Causes the entry’s progress indicator to “fill in” the given
fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0,
inclusive.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34185,8 +31770,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress
bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34206,8 +31789,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Sets a #PangoTabArray; the tabstops in the array are applied to the entry
text.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34325,8 +31906,6 @@ Unsets the invisible char previously set with
gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). So that the
default invisible char is used again.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="entry">
@@ -34342,8 +31921,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Calls a function for all #GtkPrinters.
If @func returns %TRUE, the enumeration is stopped.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="func">
@@ -34371,7 +31948,6 @@ all printers are enumerated; otherwise return early
<description>
Gets the propagation phase at which @controller handles events.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34381,7 +31957,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the propagation phase
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34389,7 +31964,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns the #GtkWidget this controller relates to.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34399,7 +31973,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkWidget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34408,7 +31981,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Feeds an events into @controller, so it can be interpreted
and the controller actions triggered.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34423,7 +31995,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the event was potentially useful to trigger the
controller action
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34432,7 +32003,6 @@ controller action
Creates a new event controller that will handle motion events
for the given @widget.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34442,7 +32012,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkEventControllerMotion
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34452,8 +32021,6 @@ Resets the @controller to a clean state. Every interaction
the controller did through gtk_event_controll_handle_event()
will be dropped at this point.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="controller">
@@ -34468,7 +32035,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Gets the flags conditioning the scroll controller behavior.
-Since: 3.93
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34478,7 +32044,6 @@ Since: 3.93
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the controller flags.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34487,7 +32052,6 @@ Since: 3.93
Creates a new event controller that will handle scroll events
for the given @widget.
-Since: 3.93
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34501,7 +32065,6 @@ Since: 3.93
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkEventControllerScroll
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34509,8 +32072,6 @@ Since: 3.93
<description>
Sets the flags conditioning scroll controller behavior.
-Since: 3.93
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scroll">
@@ -34533,8 +32094,6 @@ If @phase is %GTK_PHASE_NONE, no automatic event handling will be
performed, but other additional gesture maintenance will. In that phase,
the events can be managed by calling gtk_event_controller_handle_event().
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="controller">
@@ -34582,7 +32141,6 @@ if the child widget is revealed.
See gtk_expander_set_expanded().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34592,7 +32150,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current state of the expander
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34610,7 +32167,6 @@ underlines indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. This problem can
be avoided by fetching the label text directly from the label
widget.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34621,7 +32177,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The text of the label widget. This string is owned
by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34630,7 +32185,6 @@ by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
Returns whether the label widget will fill all available
horizontal space allocated to @expander.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34641,7 +32195,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the label widget will fill all
available horizontal space
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34650,7 +32203,6 @@ available horizontal space
Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
gtk_expander_set_label_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34661,7 +32213,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> the label widget,
or %NULL if there is none
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34670,7 +32221,6 @@ or %NULL if there is none
Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34680,7 +32230,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the “resize toplevel” setting.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34690,7 +32239,6 @@ Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with
the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34700,7 +32248,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34709,7 +32256,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label
indicates a mnemonic. See gtk_expander_set_use_underline().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34720,7 +32266,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34728,7 +32273,6 @@ label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys
<description>
Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34738,7 +32282,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkExpander widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34751,7 +32294,6 @@ underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard
accelerator called a mnemonic.
Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -34762,7 +32304,6 @@ in front of the mnemonic character
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkExpander widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -34772,8 +32313,6 @@ Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want
the child widget to be revealed, and %FALSE if you want the
child widget to be hidden.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34794,8 +32333,6 @@ Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label.
This will also clear any previously set labels.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34815,8 +32352,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Sets whether the label widget should fill all available
horizontal space allocated to @expander.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34837,8 +32372,6 @@ all available horizontal space
Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget
that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34858,8 +32391,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34880,8 +32411,6 @@ Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in
[Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
See gtk_label_set_markup().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34901,8 +32430,6 @@ Since: 2.4
If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates
the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="expander">
@@ -34927,8 +32454,6 @@ using gtk_file_chooser_get_choice().
Compare gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -34964,8 +32489,6 @@ filter are displayed.
Note that the @chooser takes ownership of the filter, so you have to
ref and sink it if you want to keep a reference.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -34987,7 +32510,6 @@ Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are provided by the
application. For example, you can use this to add a
“/usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35006,7 +32528,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35017,7 +32538,6 @@ chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are provided
by the application. For example, you can use this to add a
“file:///usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35036,7 +32556,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35045,7 +32564,6 @@ otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
Retrieves the title of the browse dialog used by @button. The returned value
should not be modified or freed.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35055,7 +32573,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a pointer to the browse dialog’s title.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35063,7 +32580,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Retrieves the width in characters of the @button widget’s entry and/or label.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35073,7 +32589,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> an integer width (in characters) that the button will use to size itself.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35081,7 +32596,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Creates a new file-selecting button widget.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35095,7 +32609,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new button widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35112,7 +32625,6 @@ Also note that the dialog needs to have its confirmative button
added with response %GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT or %GTK_RESPONSE_OK in
order for the button to take over the file selected in the dialog.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35122,7 +32634,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new button widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35130,8 +32641,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Modifies the @title of the browse dialog used by @button.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -35150,8 +32659,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the width (in characters) that @button will use to @n_chars.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -35171,7 +32678,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Creates a new #GtkFileChooserDialog. This function is analogous to
gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35197,7 +32703,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFileChooserDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35205,13 +32710,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35220,7 +32723,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see
gtk_file_chooser_set_action().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35230,7 +32732,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the action that the file selector is performing
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35238,7 +32739,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Gets the currently selected option in the 'choice' with the given ID.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35260,7 +32760,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Gets whether file choser will offer to create new folders.
See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35270,7 +32769,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the Create Folder button should be displayed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35287,7 +32785,6 @@ as the currently-selected folder if the chooser is in
currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
usual way to get the selection.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35302,7 +32799,6 @@ filename. Free with g_free(). This function will also return
%NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that
was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder() on a nonexistent folder.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35311,7 +32807,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder() on a nonexistent folder.
Gets the current folder of @chooser as #GFile.
See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35321,7 +32816,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GFile for the current folder.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35338,7 +32832,6 @@ as the currently-selected folder if the chooser is in
currently-selected folder in that mode, use gtk_file_chooser_get_uri() as the
usual way to get the selection.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35352,7 +32845,6 @@ Free with g_free(). This function will also return %NULL if the file chooser
was unable to load the last folder that was requested from it; for example,
as would be for calling gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a
nonexistent folder.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35367,7 +32859,6 @@ adds a custom extra widget to the file chooser for “file format” may want to
change the extension of the typed filename based on the chosen format, say,
from “.jpg” to “.png”.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35380,7 +32871,6 @@ Since: 3.10
g_free(). Note that this string is not a full pathname or URI; it is
whatever the contents of the entry are. Note also that this string is in
UTF-8 encoding, which is not necessarily the system’s encoding for filenames.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35389,7 +32879,6 @@ UTF-8 encoding, which is not necessarily the system’s encoding for filenames.
Queries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when the user
types a file name that already exists.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35400,7 +32889,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog;
%FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35409,7 +32897,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Gets the current extra widget; see
gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35419,7 +32906,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current extra widget, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35432,7 +32918,6 @@ one of the files will be returned at random.
If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
folder.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35443,7 +32928,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> a selected #GFile. You own the returned file;
use g_object_unref() to release it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35457,7 +32941,6 @@ random.
If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
folder.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35469,7 +32952,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> The currently selected filename,
or %NULL if no file is selected, or the selected file can't
be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35480,7 +32962,6 @@ Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
folder cannot be represented as local filenames they will be ignored. (See
gtk_file_chooser_get_uris())
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35493,7 +32974,6 @@ Since: 2.4
containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in
the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(),
and the filenames with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35502,7 +32982,6 @@ and the filenames with g_free().
Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of @chooser
as #GFile. An internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_uris().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35515,7 +32994,6 @@ Since: 2.14
containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the
current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and
the files with g_object_unref().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35523,7 +33001,6 @@ the files with g_object_unref().
<description>
Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35533,7 +33010,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current filter, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35542,7 +33018,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Gets whether only local files can be selected in the
file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only()
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35552,7 +33027,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if only local files can be selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35561,7 +33035,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Gets the #GFile that should be previewed in a custom preview
Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35572,7 +33045,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> the #GFile for the file to preview,
or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35581,7 +33053,6 @@ or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref().
Gets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview
widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35593,7 +33064,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> the filename to preview, or %NULL if
no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented
as a local filename. Free with g_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35602,7 +33072,6 @@ as a local filename. Free with g_free()
Gets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview
widget. See gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35613,7 +33082,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> the URI for the file to preview,
or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35622,7 +33090,6 @@ or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_free().
Gets the current preview widget; see
gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35632,7 +33099,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current preview widget, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35642,7 +33108,6 @@ Gets whether the preview widget set by gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget()
should be shown for the current filename. See
gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35652,7 +33117,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35661,7 +33125,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file
selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35671,7 +33134,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if multiple files can be selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35680,7 +33142,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Gets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.
See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35690,7 +33151,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35703,7 +33163,6 @@ one of the filenames will be returned at random.
If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
folder.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35716,7 +33175,6 @@ Since: 2.4
if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to
%TRUE (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations.
Free with g_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35725,7 +33183,6 @@ Free with g_free()
Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
@chooser. The returned names are full absolute URIs.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35737,7 +33194,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected
files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list
with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35764,7 +33220,6 @@ name of the previewed file, %FALSE otherwise.
Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see
gtk_file_chooser_add_filter(), gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35777,7 +33232,6 @@ Since: 2.4
#GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The
contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35786,7 +33240,6 @@ itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it.
Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35798,7 +33251,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> A list of
folder URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the
returned list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35807,7 +33259,6 @@ returned list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free().
Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35820,7 +33271,6 @@ Since: 2.4
of folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders.
Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with
g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35828,7 +33278,6 @@ g_free().
<description>
Retrieves the custom label text for the accept button.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35839,7 +33288,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> The custom label, or %NULL for the default. This string
is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35847,7 +33295,6 @@ is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed
<description>
Retrieves the custom label text for the cancel button.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35858,7 +33305,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> The custom label, or %NULL for the default. This string
is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35866,7 +33312,6 @@ is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed
<description>
Creates a new #GtkFileChooserNative.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -35892,7 +33337,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFileChooserNative
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -35906,8 +33350,6 @@ underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard
accelerator called a mnemonic.
Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -35932,8 +33374,6 @@ underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard
accelerator called a mnemonic.
Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -35952,8 +33392,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Removes a 'choice' that has been added with gtk_file_chooser_add_choice().
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -35972,8 +33410,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Removes @filter from the list of filters that the user can select between.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -35992,7 +33428,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Removes a folder from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36013,7 +33448,6 @@ Since: 2.4
In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36021,7 +33455,6 @@ See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder()
<description>
Removes a folder URI from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36042,7 +33475,6 @@ Since: 2.4
In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36050,8 +33482,6 @@ See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri()
<description>
Selects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36067,7 +33497,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Selects the file referred to by @file. An internal function. See
_gtk_file_chooser_select_uri().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36085,7 +33514,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Not useful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36095,7 +33523,6 @@ Selects a filename. If the file name isn’t in the current
folder of @chooser, then the current folder of @chooser will
be changed to the folder containing @filename.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36111,7 +33538,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> Not useful.
See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36121,7 +33547,6 @@ Selects the file to by @uri. If the URI doesn’t refer to a
file in the current folder of @chooser, then the current folder of
@chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36135,7 +33560,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Not useful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36147,8 +33571,6 @@ an option to create a new folder might be shown if the action is
%GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE but not if the action is
%GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36169,8 +33591,6 @@ Selects an option in a 'choice' that has been added with
gtk_file_chooser_add_choice(). For a boolean choice, the
possible options are "true" and "false".
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36195,8 +33615,6 @@ Sets whether file choser will offer to create new folders.
This is only relevant if the action is not set to be
%GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36221,7 +33639,6 @@ In general, you should not use this function. See the
[section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
for the rationale behind this.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36235,7 +33652,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Not useful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36244,7 +33660,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Sets the current folder for @chooser from a #GFile.
Internal function, see gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36263,7 +33678,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36277,7 +33691,6 @@ In general, you should not use this function. See the
[section on setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up]
for the rationale behind this.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36292,7 +33705,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36309,8 +33721,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filename() or gtk_file_chooser_set_uri() instead.
Please see the documentation for those functions for an example of using
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name() as well.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36339,8 +33749,6 @@ You can override the way confirmation is done by actually handling the
#GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal; please refer to its documentation
for the details.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36359,8 +33767,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Sets an application-supplied widget to provide extra options to the user.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36411,7 +33817,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_file (chooser, existing_file);
}
]|
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36429,7 +33834,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Not useful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36468,7 +33872,6 @@ In the first case, the file chooser will present the user with useful suggestion
as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36482,7 +33885,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Not useful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36495,8 +33897,6 @@ in that list. Setting the current filter when the list of
filters is empty is useful if you want to restrict the displayed
set of files without letting the user change it.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36527,8 +33927,6 @@ On some systems non-native files may still be
available using the native filesystem via a userspace
filesystem (FUSE).
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36558,8 +33956,6 @@ When there is no application-supplied preview widget, or the
application-supplied preview widget is not active, the file chooser
will display no preview at all.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36583,8 +33979,6 @@ may display an internally generated preview of the current file
or it may display no preview at all. See
gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() for more details.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36605,8 +33999,6 @@ Sets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. This is
only relevant if the action is set to be %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN or
%GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36625,8 +34017,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Sets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36676,7 +34066,6 @@ In the first case, the file chooser will present the user with useful suggestion
as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the file’s existing location
is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36690,7 +34079,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Not useful.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36703,8 +34091,6 @@ display the name themselves in their preview widget.
See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget()
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36723,8 +34109,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Unselects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36740,8 +34124,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Unselects the file referred to by @file. If the file is not in the current
directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36762,8 +34144,6 @@ Unselects a currently selected filename. If the filename
is not in the current directory, does not exist, or
is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36784,8 +34164,6 @@ Unselects the file referred to by @uri. If the file
is not in the current directory, does not exist, or
is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="chooser">
@@ -36806,7 +34184,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkFileChooserWidget. This is a file chooser widget that can
be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that is used by
#GtkFileChooserDialog.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36816,7 +34193,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFileChooserWidget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36828,8 +34204,6 @@ about what sorts of information that the filter function needs;
this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when
it isn’t needed by the filter.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -36862,8 +34236,6 @@ the file will be displayed.
<description>
Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -36882,8 +34254,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -36903,8 +34273,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
by GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -36925,7 +34293,6 @@ This function will not typically be used by applications; it
is intended principally for use in the implementation of
#GtkFileChooser.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36940,7 +34307,6 @@ about a file.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the file should be displayed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36948,7 +34314,6 @@ about a file.
<description>
Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See gtk_file_filter_set_name().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36960,7 +34325,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> The human-readable name of the filter,
or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not
be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -36973,7 +34337,6 @@ This function will not typically be used by applications; it
is intended principally for use in the implementation of
#GtkFileChooser.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -36984,7 +34347,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
calling gtk_file_filter_filter()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37001,13 +34363,11 @@ GtkFileFilter *filter = gtk_file_filter_new ();
gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
]|
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFileFilter
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37016,7 +34376,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Deserialize a file filter from an a{sv} variant in
the format produced by gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37026,7 +34385,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFileFilter object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37036,8 +34394,6 @@ Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
that will be displayed in the file selector user interface if
there is a selectable list of filters.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -37057,7 +34413,6 @@ to remove any existing name.
<description>
Serialize a file filter to an a{sv} variant.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37067,7 +34422,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new, floating, #GVariant
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37154,8 +34508,6 @@ Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting
functionality in GtkFlowBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting
should be implemented by the model.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37201,8 +34553,6 @@ and filtering functions into the widgets themselves. Another
alternative is to call gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort() on any
model change, but that is more expensive.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="child">
@@ -37217,7 +34567,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the current index of the @child in its #GtkFlowBox container.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37228,7 +34577,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameters>
<return> the index of the @child, or -1 if the @child is not
in a flow box.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37237,7 +34585,6 @@ in a flow box.
Returns whether the @child is currently selected in its
#GtkFlowBox container.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37247,7 +34594,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @child is selected
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37256,13 +34602,11 @@ Since: 3.12
Creates a new #GtkFlowBoxChild, to be used as a child
of a #GtkFlowBox.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFlowBoxChild
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37270,7 +34614,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Returns whether children activate on single clicks.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37281,7 +34624,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if children are activated on single click,
%FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37289,7 +34631,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the nth child in the @box.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37305,7 +34646,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<return> the child widget, which will
always be a #GtkFlowBoxChild or %NULL in case no child widget
with the given index exists.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37314,7 +34654,6 @@ with the given index exists.
Gets the child in the (@x, @y) position. Both @x and @y are
assumed to be relative to the allocation of @box.
-Since: 3.22.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37334,7 +34673,6 @@ Since: 3.22.6
<return> the child widget, which will
always be a #GtkFlowBoxChild or %NULL in case no child widget
exists for the given x and y coordinates.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37342,7 +34680,6 @@ exists for the given x and y coordinates.
<description>
Gets the horizontal spacing.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37352,7 +34689,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the horizontal spacing
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37361,7 +34697,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the
same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37371,7 +34706,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37379,7 +34713,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the maximum number of children per line.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37389,7 +34722,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the maximum number of children per line
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37397,7 +34729,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the minimum number of children per line.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37407,7 +34738,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the minimum number of children per line
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37415,7 +34745,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the vertical spacing.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37425,7 +34754,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the vertical spacing
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37433,7 +34761,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Creates a list of all selected children.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37445,7 +34772,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<return>
A #GList containing the #GtkWidget for each selected child.
Free with g_list_free() when done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37453,7 +34779,6 @@ Free with g_list_free() when done.
<description>
Gets the selection mode of @box.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37463,7 +34788,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkSelectionMode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37478,8 +34802,6 @@ as gtk_container_add().
If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of children
in the @box, then the @widget will be appended to the end.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37508,8 +34830,6 @@ factor. For instance, this would be used if the
filter function just looked for a specific search
term, and the entry with the string has changed.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37527,8 +34847,6 @@ Updates the sorting for all children.
Call this when the result of the sort function on
@box is changed due to an external factor.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37543,13 +34861,11 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Creates a GtkFlowBox.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFlowBox container
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37558,8 +34874,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Select all children of @box, if the selection
mode allows it.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37575,8 +34889,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Selects a single child of @box, if the selection
mode allows it.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37598,8 +34910,6 @@ Calls a function for each selected child.
Note that the selection cannot be modified from within
this function.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37623,8 +34933,6 @@ Since: 3.12
If @single is %TRUE, children will be activated when you click
on them, otherwise you need to double-click.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37644,8 +34952,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets the horizontal space to add between children.
See the #GtkFlowBox:column-spacing property.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37674,8 +34980,6 @@ is called.
Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model
(see gtk_flow_box_bind_model()).
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37712,8 +35016,6 @@ The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same
coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children
of the box.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37735,8 +35037,6 @@ Sets the #GtkFlowBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling
whether or not all children of @box are given equal space
in the box.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37761,8 +35061,6 @@ Setting the maximum number of children per line
limits the overall natural size request to be no more
than @n_children children long in the given orientation.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37782,8 +35080,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets the minimum number of children to line up
in @box’s orientation before flowing.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37803,8 +35099,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets the vertical space to add between children.
See the #GtkFlowBox:row-spacing property.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37824,8 +35118,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets how selection works in @box.
See #GtkSelectionMode for details.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37854,8 +35146,6 @@ is called.
Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
(see gtk_flow_box_bind_model()).
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37891,8 +35181,6 @@ The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same
coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children
of the box.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37913,8 +35201,6 @@ when the focus is moved among the descendents of @container
Unselect all children of @box, if the selection
mode allows it.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37930,8 +35216,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Unselects a single child of @box, if the selection
mode allows it.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -37950,7 +35234,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37960,7 +35243,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> an internal copy of the title string which must not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37968,7 +35250,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Returns whether the selected font is used in the label.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37978,7 +35259,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the selected font is used in the label.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -37986,7 +35266,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Returns whether the selected size is used in the label.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -37996,7 +35275,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the selected size is used in the label.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38004,13 +35282,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new font picker widget.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new font picker widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38018,7 +35294,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new font picker widget.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38028,7 +35303,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new font picker widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38036,8 +35310,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Sets the title for the font chooser dialog.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="font_button">
@@ -38056,8 +35328,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
If @use_font is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected font.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="font_button">
@@ -38076,8 +35346,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
If @use_size is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected size.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="font_button">
@@ -38096,7 +35364,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38110,7 +35377,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFontChooserDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38127,7 +35393,6 @@ normalized to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”.
Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
font descriptions.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38139,7 +35404,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<return> A string with the name
of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must
free this string with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38156,7 +35420,6 @@ normalized to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”.
Use pango_font_description_equal() if you want to compare two
font descriptions.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38167,7 +35430,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> A #PangoFontDescription for the
current font, or %NULL if no font is selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38178,7 +35440,6 @@ details (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc).
If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38190,7 +35451,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<return> A #PangoFontFace representing the
selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by
@fontchooser and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38201,7 +35461,6 @@ Font families are a collection of font faces.
If the selected font is not installed, returns %NULL.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38213,7 +35472,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<return> A #PangoFontFamily representing the
selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser
and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38221,7 +35479,6 @@ and must not be modified or freed.
<description>
Gets the currently-selected font features.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38239,7 +35496,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Gets the custom font map of this font chooser widget,
or %NULL if it does not have one.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38249,7 +35505,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38257,7 +35512,6 @@ Since: 3.18
<description>
The selected font size.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38268,7 +35522,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> A n integer representing the selected font size,
or -1 if no font size is selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38276,7 +35529,6 @@ or -1 if no font size is selected.
<description>
Gets the currently-selected language for font features.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38293,7 +35545,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Returns the current level of granularity for selecting fonts.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38310,7 +35561,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38321,7 +35571,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> the text displayed in the
preview area
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38329,7 +35578,6 @@ preview area
<description>
Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38340,7 +35588,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the preview entry is shown
or %FALSE if it is hidden.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38349,8 +35596,6 @@ or %FALSE if it is hidden.
Adds a filter function that decides which fonts to display
in the font chooser.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38377,8 +35622,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Sets the currently-selected font.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38397,8 +35640,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Sets the currently-selected font from @font_desc.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38440,8 +35681,6 @@ context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (label);
pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
]|
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38460,8 +35699,6 @@ Since: 3.18
<description>
Sets the desired level of granularity for selecting fonts.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38481,8 +35718,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Sets the text displayed in the preview area.
The @text is used to show how the selected font looks.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38501,8 +35736,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Shows or hides the editable preview entry.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="fontchooser">
@@ -38521,13 +35754,11 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkFontChooserWidget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38723,7 +35954,6 @@ If the @gesture is active, this function returns %TRUE and
fills in @x and @y with the coordinates of the current point,
as an offset to the starting drag point.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38741,7 +35971,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the gesture is active
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38751,7 +35980,6 @@ If the @gesture is active, this function returns %TRUE
and fills in @x and @y with the drag start coordinates,
in window-relative coordinates.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38769,7 +35997,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the gesture is active
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38777,7 +36004,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes drags.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38787,7 +36013,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGestureDrag
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38804,7 +36029,6 @@ pixel distances, these will look as if constrained in an
infinitely small area, @rect width and height will thus be 0
regardless of the number of touchpoints.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38818,7 +36042,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if there are active touches, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38829,7 +36052,6 @@ this function returns %TRUE and fills in @x and @y with the center
of the bounding box containing all active touches. Otherwise, %FALSE
will be returned.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38847,7 +36069,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %FALSE if no active touches are present, %TRUE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38856,7 +36077,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns the master #GdkDevice that is currently operating
on @gesture, or %NULL if the gesture is not being interacted.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38866,7 +36086,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38874,7 +36093,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns all gestures in the group of @gesture
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38885,7 +36103,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameters>
<return> The list
of #GtkGestures, free with g_list_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38917,7 +36134,6 @@ a copy of the event.
<description>
Returns the #GdkEventSequence that was last updated on @gesture.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38927,7 +36143,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The last updated sequence
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38938,7 +36153,6 @@ function returns %TRUE and fills in @x and @y with the last coordinates
stored for that event sequence. The coordinates are always relative to the
widget allocation.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38960,7 +36174,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @sequence is currently interpreted
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38968,7 +36181,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns the @sequence state, as seen by @gesture.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -38982,7 +36194,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The sequence state in @gesture
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -38991,7 +36202,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns the list of #GdkEventSequences currently being interpreted
by @gesture.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39004,7 +36214,6 @@ Since: 3.14
of #GdkEventSequences, the list elements are owned by GTK+
and must not be freed or modified, the list itself must be deleted
through g_list_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39022,8 +36231,6 @@ Groups also perform an "implicit grabbing" of sequences, if a
every other gesture group attached to the same #GtkWidget will switch the
state for that sequence to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39043,7 +36250,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns %TRUE if @gesture is currently handling events corresponding to
@sequence.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39057,7 +36263,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @gesture is handling @sequence, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39067,7 +36272,6 @@ Returns %TRUE if the gesture is currently active.
A gesture is active meanwhile there are touch sequences
interacting with it.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39077,7 +36281,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if gesture is active
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39085,7 +36288,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns %TRUE if both gestures pertain to the same group.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39099,7 +36301,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the gestures are grouped
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39110,7 +36311,6 @@ A gesture is recognized if there are as many interacting
touch sequences as required by @gesture, and #GtkGesture::check
returned %TRUE for the sequences being currently interpreted.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39120,7 +36320,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if gesture is recognized
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39128,7 +36327,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes long presses.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39138,7 +36336,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGestureLongPress
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39149,7 +36346,6 @@ this function will return %TRUE and fill in @rect with the
press area. See gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area() for more
details on what the press area represents.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39163,7 +36359,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @rect was filled with the press area
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39172,7 +36367,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes single and multiple
presses.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39182,7 +36376,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGestureMultiPress
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39198,8 +36391,6 @@ Note: The rectangle is only used to determine whether any
non-first click falls within the expected area. This is not
akin to an input shape.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39218,7 +36409,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns the orientation of the pan gestures that this @gesture expects.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39228,7 +36418,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the expected orientation for pan gestures
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39236,7 +36425,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes pan gestures.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39250,7 +36438,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGesturePan
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39258,8 +36445,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Sets the orientation to be expected on pan gestures.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39280,7 +36465,6 @@ If @gesture is active, this function returns the angle difference
in radians since the gesture was first recognized. If @gesture is
not active, 0 is returned.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39290,7 +36474,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the angle delta in radians
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39299,7 +36482,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes 2-touch
rotation gestures.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39309,7 +36491,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGestureRotate
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39358,7 +36539,6 @@ the gesture emitting the event, the sequence will be already
be initialized to the group's global state when the second
gesture processes the event.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39377,7 +36557,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @sequence is handled by @gesture,
and the state is changed successfully
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39387,7 +36566,6 @@ Sets the state of all sequences that @gesture is currently
interacting with. See gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state()
for more details on sequence states.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39402,7 +36580,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the state of at least one sequence
was changed successfully
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39411,7 +36588,6 @@ was changed successfully
Returns the button number @gesture listens for, or 0 if @gesture
reacts to any button press.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39421,7 +36597,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The button number, or 0 for any button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39430,7 +36605,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns the button number currently interacting with @gesture, or 0 if there
is none.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39440,7 +36614,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current button number
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39449,7 +36622,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns the event sequence currently interacting with @gesture.
This is only meaningful if gtk_gesture_is_active() returns %TRUE.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39459,7 +36631,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current sequence
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39468,7 +36639,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Gets whether a gesture is exclusive. For more information, see
gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive().
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39478,7 +36648,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Whether the gesture is exclusive
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39486,7 +36655,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns %TRUE if the gesture is only triggered by touch events.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39496,7 +36664,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the gesture only handles touch events
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39506,8 +36673,6 @@ Sets the button number @gesture listens to. If non-0, every
button press from a different button number will be ignored.
Touch events implicitly match with button 1.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39529,8 +36694,6 @@ only handle pointer and "pointer emulated" touch events, so at
any given time, there is only one sequence able to interact with
those.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39551,8 +36714,6 @@ If @touch_only is %TRUE, @gesture will only handle events of type
#GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, #GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE or #GDK_TOUCH_END. If %FALSE,
mouse events will be handled too.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39573,7 +36734,6 @@ If the gesture is recognized, this function returns %TRUE and fill in
@velocity_x and @velocity_y with the recorded velocity, as per the
last event(s) processed.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39591,7 +36751,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether velocity could be calculated
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39599,7 +36758,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes swipes.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39609,7 +36767,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGestureSwipe
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39617,8 +36774,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Separates @gesture into an isolated group.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gesture">
@@ -39635,7 +36790,6 @@ If @gesture is active, this function returns the zooming difference
since the gesture was recognized (hence the starting point is
considered 1:1). If @gesture is not active, 1 is returned.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39645,7 +36799,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the scale delta
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39654,7 +36807,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes zoom
in/out gestures (usually known as pinch/zoom).
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39664,7 +36816,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkGestureZoom
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39675,13 +36826,11 @@ when building the GTK+ library the process is running against.
If `libtool` means nothing to you, don't
worry about it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the binary age of the GTK+ library
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39790,7 +36939,6 @@ If @event is %NULL or the event was not associated with any widget,
returns %NULL, otherwise returns the widget that is the deepmost
receiver of the event.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39800,7 +36948,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the target widget, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39810,7 +36957,6 @@ If @event is %NULL or the event was not associated with any widget,
returns %NULL, otherwise returns first widget found from the event
target to the toplevel that matches @type.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39825,7 +36971,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameters>
<return> the widget in the target stack
with the given type, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39855,13 +37000,11 @@ when building the GTK+ library the process is running against.
If `libtool` means nothing to you, don't
worry about it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the interface age of the GTK+ library
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39889,13 +37032,11 @@ direction = gtk_get_locale_direction ();
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (direction);
]|
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkTextDirection of the current locale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39909,13 +37050,11 @@ your code is running against. Contrast with the #GTK_MAJOR_VERSION
macro, which represents the major version of the GTK+ headers you
have included when compiling your code.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the major version number of the GTK+ library
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39929,13 +37068,11 @@ your code is are running against. Contrast with the
#GTK_MICRO_VERSION macro, which represents the micro version of the
GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the micro version number of the GTK+ library
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39949,13 +37086,11 @@ your code is are running against. Contrast with the
#GTK_MINOR_VERSION macro, which represents the minor version of the
GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the minor version number of the GTK+ library
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -39969,8 +37104,6 @@ This function is automatically called before emitting the
#GtkGLArea::render signal, and doesn't normally need to be called
by application code.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -39985,7 +37118,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Returns whether the area is in auto render mode or not.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -39995,7 +37127,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @area is auto rendering, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40003,7 +37134,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the #GdkGLContext used by @area.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40013,7 +37143,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkGLContext
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40021,7 +37150,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Gets the current error set on the @area.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40031,7 +37159,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GError or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40039,7 +37166,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Returns whether the area has a depth buffer.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40049,7 +37175,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @area has a depth buffer, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40057,7 +37182,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Returns whether the area has a stencil buffer.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40067,7 +37191,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the @area has a stencil buffer, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40076,8 +37199,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Retrieves the required version of OpenGL set
using gtk_gl_area_set_required_version().
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40100,7 +37221,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the value set by gtk_gl_area_set_use_es().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40111,7 +37231,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the #GtkGLArea should create an OpenGL ES context
and %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40124,8 +37243,6 @@ This function is automatically called before emitting the
#GtkGLArea::render signal, and doesn't normally need to be called
by application code.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40140,13 +37257,11 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Creates a new #GtkGLArea widget.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the newly created #GtkGLArea
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40160,8 +37275,6 @@ This is only needed when the gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render() has
been called with a %FALSE value. The default behaviour is to
emit #GtkGLArea::render on each draw.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40184,8 +37297,6 @@ unless the window is resized. In order to force a rendering
gtk_gl_area_queue_render() must be called. This mode is useful when
the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time to redraw.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40206,8 +37317,6 @@ Sets an error on the area which will be shown instead of the
GL rendering. This is useful in the #GtkGLArea::create-context
signal if GL context creation fails.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40228,8 +37337,6 @@ If @has_depth_buffer is %TRUE the widget will allocate and
enable a depth buffer for the target framebuffer. Otherwise
there will be none.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40250,8 +37357,6 @@ If @has_stencil_buffer is %TRUE the widget will allocate and
enable a stencil buffer for the target framebuffer. Otherwise
there will be none.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40273,8 +37378,6 @@ for the widget.
This function must be called before the area has been realized.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40300,8 +37403,6 @@ Sets whether the @area should create an OpenGL or an OpenGL ES context.
You should check the capabilities of the #GdkGLContext before drawing
with either API.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="area">
@@ -40453,7 +37554,6 @@ next to, or %NULL to place @child at the beginning or end
<description>
Returns which row defines the global baseline of @grid.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40463,7 +37563,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the row index defining the global baseline
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40472,7 +37571,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets the child of @grid whose area covers the grid
cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40490,7 +37588,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the child at the given position, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40532,7 +37629,6 @@ Returns the baseline position of @row as set
by gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position() or the default value
%GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40546,7 +37642,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the baseline position of @row
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40590,8 +37685,6 @@ Children which are attached at or to the right of this position
are moved one column to the right. Children which span across this
position are grown to span the new column.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40615,8 +37708,6 @@ determined by @side. If @side is %GTK_POS_TOP or %GTK_POS_BOTTOM,
a row is inserted. If @side is %GTK_POS_LEFT of %GTK_POS_RIGHT,
a column is inserted.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40644,8 +37735,6 @@ Children which are attached at or below this position
are moved one row down. Children which span across this
position are grown to span the new row.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40681,8 +37770,6 @@ spanning children that overlap this column have their
width reduced by one, and children after the column
are moved to the left.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40706,8 +37793,6 @@ spanning children that overlap this row have their
height reduced by one, and children below the row
are moved up.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40729,8 +37814,6 @@ Each row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only
one of those is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the
parent of the @grid.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40786,8 +37869,6 @@ Sets the amount of space between columns of @grid.
Sets how the baseline should be positioned on @row of the
grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="grid">
@@ -40847,7 +37928,6 @@ Sets the amount of space between rows of @grid.
Retrieves the custom title widget of the header. See
gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40858,7 +37938,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameters>
<return> the custom title widget
of the header, or %NULL if none has been set explicitly.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40867,7 +37946,6 @@ of the header, or %NULL if none has been set explicitly.
Gets the decoration layout set with
gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout().
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40877,7 +37955,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the decoration layout
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40886,7 +37963,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Retrieves whether the header bar reserves space for
a subtitle, regardless if one is currently set or not.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40897,7 +37973,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the header bar reserves space
for a subtitle
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40906,7 +37981,6 @@ for a subtitle
Returns whether this header bar shows the standard window
title buttons.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40916,7 +37990,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if title buttons are shown
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40924,7 +37997,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Retrieves the subtitle of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40936,7 +38008,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<return> the subtitle of the header, or %NULL if none has
been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40944,7 +38015,6 @@ and must not be modified or freed.
<description>
Retrieves the title of the header. See gtk_header_bar_set_title().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -40956,7 +38026,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<return> the title of the header, or %NULL if none has
been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40964,13 +38033,11 @@ and must not be modified or freed.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkHeaderBar widget.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkHeaderBar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -40979,8 +38046,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the
end of the @bar.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41000,8 +38065,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the
start of the @bar.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41029,8 +38092,6 @@ style classes.
You should set the custom title to %NULL, for the header title
label to be visible again.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41065,8 +38126,6 @@ for the fallback app menu).
For example, “menu:minimize,maximize,close” specifies a menu
on the left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41087,8 +38146,6 @@ unset the layout
Sets whether the header bar should reserve space
for a subtitle, even if none is currently set.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41108,8 +38165,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets whether this header bar shows the standard window
title buttons including close, maximize, and minimize.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41133,8 +38188,6 @@ Note that GtkHeaderBar by default reserves room for the subtitle,
even if none is currently set. If this is not desired, set the
#GtkHeaderBar:has-subtitle property to %FALSE.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41155,8 +38208,6 @@ Sets the title of the #GtkHeaderBar. The title should help a user
identify the current view. A good title should not include the
application name.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -41178,8 +38229,6 @@ Converts a color from HSV space to RGB.
Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range;
output values will be in the same range.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="h">
@@ -41210,6 +38259,28 @@ Since: 2.14
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_icon_cache_validate">
+<description>
+Validates the icon cache passed in the @cache and
+@cache_size fields of the @info structure. The
+validator checks that offsets specified in the
+cache do not point outside the mapped area, that
+strings look reasonable, and that pixbufs can
+be deserialized. The amount of validation can
+be controlled with the @flags field.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="info">
+<parameter_description> a CacheInfo structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the cache is valid
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale">
<description>
Gets the base scale for the icon. The base scale is a scale
@@ -41218,7 +38289,6 @@ For instance an icon drawn for a high-dpi monitor with window
scale 2 for a base size of 32 will be 64 pixels tall and have
a base scale of 2.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41228,7 +38298,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the base scale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41246,7 +38315,6 @@ they are attached.
Note that for scaled icons the base size does
not include the base scale.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41257,7 +38325,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> the base size, or 0, if no base
size is known for the icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41268,7 +38335,6 @@ flag was passed to gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon(), there may be no
filename if a builtin icon is returned; in this case, you should
use gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41281,7 +38347,6 @@ Since: 2.4
if gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf() should be used instead.
The return value is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified
or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41291,7 +38356,6 @@ Checks if the icon is symbolic or not. This currently uses only
the file name and not the file contents for determining this.
This behaviour may change in the future.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41301,7 +38365,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the icon is symbolic, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41319,7 +38382,6 @@ by passing the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE flag when obtaining
the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf
returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41337,7 +38399,6 @@ or %NULL.
created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
to the icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41349,8 +38410,6 @@ from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon() which is the synchronous
version of this call.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_info">
@@ -41378,7 +38437,6 @@ request is satisfied
<description>
Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41400,7 +38458,6 @@ or %NULL.
created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
to the icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41418,7 +38475,6 @@ by passing the %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE flag when obtaining
the #GtkIconInfo. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf
returned by this function will be scaled to the exact size.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41439,7 +38495,6 @@ Since: 3.10
created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to release your
reference to the icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41462,7 +38517,6 @@ SVG file itself.
See the [Symbolic Icons Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/SymbolicIcons)
for more information about symbolic icons.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41502,7 +38556,6 @@ or %NULL.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41514,8 +38567,6 @@ from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() which is the synchronous
version of this call.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_info">
@@ -41563,7 +38614,6 @@ request is satisfied
<description>
Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41591,7 +38641,6 @@ or %NULL.
created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
to the icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41608,7 +38657,6 @@ This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme.
See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41633,7 +38681,6 @@ or %NULL.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41645,8 +38692,6 @@ looked up from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context()
which is the synchronous version of this call.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_info">
@@ -41679,7 +38724,6 @@ request is satisfied
<description>
Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41707,7 +38751,6 @@ or %NULL.
created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
to the icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41716,7 +38759,6 @@ to the icon.
Returns a texture object that can be used to render the icon
with GSK.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41728,7 +38770,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<return> the icon texture; this may be a newly
created texture or a new reference to an exiting texture. Use
g_object_unref() to release your reference.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41736,7 +38777,6 @@ g_object_unref() to release your reference.
<description>
Creates a #GtkIconInfo for a #GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41750,7 +38790,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkIconInfo
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41768,8 +38807,6 @@ hicolor icon theme, such as `@path/16x16/actions/run.png`.
Icons that are directly placed in the resource path instead
of a subdirectory are also considered as ultimate fallback.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -41789,8 +38826,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Appends a directory to the search path.
See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -41817,7 +38852,6 @@ If @icon_names contains more than one name, this function
tries them all in the given order before falling back to
inherited icon themes.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41842,7 +38876,6 @@ icon names to lookup
<return> a #GtkIconInfo object
containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t
found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41858,7 +38891,6 @@ If @icon_names contains more than one name, this function
tries them all in the given order before falling back to
inherited icon themes.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41887,7 +38919,6 @@ array of icon names to lookup
<return> a #GtkIconInfo object
containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the
icon wasn’t found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41896,7 +38927,6 @@ icon wasn’t found.
Gets the icon theme for the default display. See
gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41905,7 +38935,6 @@ Since: 2.4
the default display. This icon theme is associated with
the display and can be used as long as the display
is open. Do not ref or unref it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41915,7 +38944,6 @@ Gets the name of an icon that is representative of the
current theme (for instance, to use when presenting
a list of themes to the user.)
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41926,7 +38954,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> the name of an example icon or %NULL.
Free with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41941,7 +38968,6 @@ is usually a better choice than calling than gtk_icon_theme_new()
and setting the display yourself; by using this function
a single icon theme object will be shared between users.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41954,7 +38980,6 @@ Since: 3.94
the given display. This icon theme is associated with
the display and can be used as long as the display
is open. Do not ref or unref it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41965,7 +38990,6 @@ the icon is available without scaling. A size of -1 means
that the icon is available in a scalable format. The array
is zero-terminated.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -41982,7 +39006,6 @@ Since: 2.6
allocated array describing the sizes at which the icon is
available. The array should be freed with g_free() when it is no
longer needed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -41990,8 +39013,6 @@ longer needed.
<description>
Gets the current search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -42017,7 +39038,6 @@ The stored value should be freed with g_strfreev().
Checks whether an icon theme includes an icon
for a particular name.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42032,7 +39052,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @icon_theme includes an
icon for @icon_name.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42042,7 +39061,6 @@ Gets the list of contexts available within the current
hierarchy of icon themes.
See gtk_icon_theme_list_icons() for details about contexts.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42055,7 +39073,6 @@ Since: 2.12
holding the names of all the contexts in the theme. You must first
free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list
itself with g_list_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42071,7 +39088,6 @@ The standard contexts are listed in the
[Icon Naming Specification](http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/icon-naming-spec).
Also see gtk_icon_theme_list_contexts().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42089,7 +39105,6 @@ icon, or %NULL to list all icons.
holding the names of all the icons in the theme. You must
first free each element in the list with g_free(), then
free the list itself with g_list_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42108,7 +39123,6 @@ using gdk_pixbuf_copy() to make a private copy of the pixbuf
returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old
icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42139,7 +39153,6 @@ or %NULL.
a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release
your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42159,7 +39172,6 @@ using gdk_pixbuf_copy() to make a private copy of the pixbuf
returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old
icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42194,7 +39206,6 @@ or %NULL.
a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release
your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42210,7 +39221,6 @@ Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and
update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the
GtkWidget::style-set signal.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42250,7 +39260,6 @@ a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
you must not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to
release your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t
found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42266,7 +39275,6 @@ like gdk_window_get_scale_factor(). Instead, you should use
gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale(), as the assets loaded
for a given scaling factor may be different.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42290,7 +39298,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<return> a #GtkIconInfo containing
information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t
found. Unref with g_object_unref()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42300,7 +39307,6 @@ Looks up an icon and returns a #GtkIconInfo containing information
such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into
a pixbuf using gtk_icon_info_load_icon().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42328,7 +39334,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<return> a #GtkIconInfo containing
information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t
found. Unref with g_object_unref()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42346,7 +39351,6 @@ like gdk_window_get_scale_factor(). Instead, you should use
gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale(), as the assets loaded
for a given scaling factor may be different.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42370,7 +39374,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> a #GtkIconInfo object
containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the
icon wasn’t found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42382,7 +39385,6 @@ icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using
gtk_icon_info_load_icon(). (gtk_icon_theme_load_icon() combines
these two steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42410,7 +39412,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<return> a #GtkIconInfo object
containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the
icon wasn’t found.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42422,13 +39423,11 @@ Usually, you’ll want to use gtk_icon_theme_get_default()
or gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display() rather than creating
a new icon theme object for scratch.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the newly created #GtkIconTheme object.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42437,8 +39436,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Prepends a directory to the search path.
See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -42459,7 +39456,6 @@ Checks to see if the icon theme has changed; if it has, any
currently cached information is discarded and will be reloaded
next time @icon_theme is accessed.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42470,7 +39466,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the icon theme has changed and needed
to be reloaded.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42481,8 +39476,6 @@ overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called
on the icon theme objects returned from gtk_icon_theme_get_default()
and gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -42504,8 +39497,6 @@ Sets the display for an icon theme; the display is used
to track the user’s currently configured icon theme,
which might be different for different displays.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -42537,8 +39528,6 @@ the right name is found directly in one of the elements of
into the fallback icon theme, which is called hicolor,
rather than directly on the icon path.)
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_theme">
@@ -42563,7 +39552,6 @@ directories that are searched for icon themes
Creates a #cairo_surface_t representation of the item at @path.
This image is used for a drag icon.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42577,7 +39565,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42586,8 +39573,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Turns @icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this
method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -42612,8 +39597,6 @@ widget
Turns @icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -42641,7 +39624,6 @@ widget
<description>
Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42651,7 +39633,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42662,7 +39643,6 @@ Fills the bounding rectangle in widget coordinates for the cell specified by
This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42684,7 +39664,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %FALSE if there is no such item, %TRUE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42692,7 +39671,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42702,7 +39680,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the space between columns
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42710,7 +39687,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the value of the ::columns property.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42720,7 +39696,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of columns, or -1
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42732,7 +39707,6 @@ If no cell currently has focus, then *@cell will be %NULL.
The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42752,7 +39726,6 @@ focus cell, or %NULL
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the cursor is set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42760,7 +39733,6 @@ focus cell, or %NULL
<description>
Determines the destination item for a given position.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42787,7 +39759,6 @@ or %NULL.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether there is an item at the given position.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42795,8 +39766,6 @@ or %NULL.
<description>
Gets information about the item that is highlighted for feedback.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -42818,7 +39787,6 @@ the highlighted item, or %NULL.
<function name="gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos">
<description>
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42845,7 +39813,6 @@ responsible for the cell at (@x, @y), or %NULL
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if an item exists at the specified position
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42854,7 +39821,6 @@ responsible for the cell at (@x, @y), or %NULL
Gets the column in which the item @path is currently
displayed. Column numbers start at 0.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42868,7 +39834,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The column in which the item is displayed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42877,7 +39842,6 @@ Since: 2.22
Returns the value of the ::item-orientation property which determines
whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42887,7 +39851,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the relative position of texts and icons
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42895,7 +39858,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the value of the ::item-padding property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42905,7 +39867,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the padding around items
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42914,7 +39875,6 @@ Since: 2.18
Gets the row in which the item @path is currently
displayed. Row numbers start at 0.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42928,7 +39888,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The row in which the item is displayed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42936,7 +39895,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Returns the value of the ::item-width property.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42946,7 +39904,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the width of a single item, or -1
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42954,7 +39911,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the value of the ::margin property.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42964,7 +39920,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the space at the borders
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42972,7 +39927,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -42982,7 +39936,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the markup column, or -1 if it’s unset.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -42991,7 +39944,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Returns the model the #GtkIconView is based on. Returns %NULL if the
model is unset.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43002,13 +39954,11 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is
currently being used.
-
</return>
</function>
<function name="gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos">
<description>
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43027,7 +39977,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> The #GtkTreePath corresponding
to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43035,7 +39984,6 @@ to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position.
<description>
Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43045,7 +39993,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the pixbuf column, or -1 if it’s unset.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43054,7 +40001,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop.
See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable().
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43064,7 +40010,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the list can be reordered.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43072,7 +40017,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43082,7 +40026,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the space between rows
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43098,7 +40041,6 @@ To free the return value, use:
g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
]|
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43108,7 +40050,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected row.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43116,7 +40057,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43126,7 +40066,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current selection mode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43134,7 +40073,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the value of the ::spacing property.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43144,7 +40082,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the space between cells
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43152,7 +40089,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns the column with text for @icon_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43162,7 +40098,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the text column, or -1 if it’s unset.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43171,7 +40106,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Returns the column of @icon_view’s model which is being used for
displaying tooltips on @icon_view’s rows.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43182,7 +40116,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
used, or -1 if this is disabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43199,7 +40132,6 @@ tooltips the item returned will be the cursor item. When %TRUE, then any of
@model, @path and @iter which have been provided will be set to point to
that row and the corresponding model.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43234,7 +40166,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether or not the given tooltip context points to a item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43245,7 +40176,6 @@ Note that there may be invisible paths in between.
Both paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43264,7 +40194,6 @@ or %NULL
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43272,8 +40201,6 @@ or %NULL
<description>
Activates the item determined by @path.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43292,13 +40219,11 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Creates a new #GtkIconView widget
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkIconView widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43307,7 +40232,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Creates a new #GtkIconView widget using the
specified @area to layout cells inside the icons.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43317,7 +40241,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkIconView widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43325,7 +40248,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43335,7 +40257,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkIconView widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43344,7 +40265,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Returns %TRUE if the icon pointed to by @path is currently
selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -43358,7 +40278,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @path is selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -43379,8 +40298,6 @@ This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on
the model. If the model changes before the @icon_view is realized, the
centered path will be modified to reflect this change.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43412,8 +40329,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set
to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43428,8 +40343,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Selects the row at @path.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43449,8 +40362,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Calls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or
selection cannot be modified from within this function.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43474,8 +40385,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on
a single click instead of a double click.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43495,8 +40404,6 @@ Since: 3.8
Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space
which is inserted between the columns of the icon view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43518,8 +40425,6 @@ many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is
-1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically
to fill the available area.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43546,8 +40451,6 @@ This function is often followed by `gtk_widget_grab_focus
(icon_view)` in order to give keyboard focus to the widget.
Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43574,8 +40477,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Sets the item that is highlighted for feedback.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43599,8 +40500,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels
are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43620,8 +40519,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the #GtkIconView:item-padding property which specifies the padding
around each of the icon view’s items.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43642,8 +40539,6 @@ Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width
to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will
automatically determine a suitable item size.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43664,8 +40559,6 @@ Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space
which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right
of the icon view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43687,8 +40580,6 @@ Sets the column with markup information for @icon_view to be
If the markup column is set to something, it overrides
the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43710,8 +40601,6 @@ If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove
it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then
it will unset the old model.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43731,8 +40620,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf
column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43762,8 +40649,6 @@ This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any
reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably
handle drag and drop manually.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43783,8 +40668,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space
which is inserted between the rows of the icon view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43803,8 +40686,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43825,8 +40706,6 @@ Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space
which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and
the text) of an item.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43846,8 +40725,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text
column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43869,8 +40746,6 @@ the item pointed to by @path. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43906,8 +40781,6 @@ When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and
Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43928,8 +40801,6 @@ Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the item at @path.
See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43952,8 +40823,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Unselects all the icons.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43968,8 +40837,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Unselects the row at @path.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -43989,8 +40856,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this
method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -44006,8 +40871,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this
method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_view">
@@ -44349,7 +41212,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkIMContextSimple.
<description>
Gets the id of the currently active slave of the @context.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44359,7 +41221,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the id of the currently active slave
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44382,8 +41243,6 @@ Sets the context id for @context.
This causes the currently active slave of @context to be
replaced by the slave corresponding to the new context id.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -44402,8 +41261,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Resets the image to be empty.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44426,7 +41283,6 @@ Note: This function was changed in 3.94 not to use out parameters
anymore, but return the GIcon directly. See gtk_image_get_icon_size()
for a way to get the icon size.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44436,7 +41292,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GIcon, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44452,7 +41307,6 @@ Note: This function was changed in 3.94 not to use out parameters
anymore, but return the icon name directly. See gtk_image_get_icon_size()
for a way to get the icon size.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44462,7 +41316,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the icon name, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44470,7 +41323,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Gets the icon size used by the @image when rendering icons.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44480,7 +41332,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the image size used by icons
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44488,7 +41339,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Gets the pixel size used for named icons.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44498,7 +41348,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the pixel size used for named icons.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44528,7 +41377,6 @@ The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or
The caller of this function does not own a reference to the
returned surface.
-Since: 3.94.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44550,7 +41398,6 @@ The storage type of the image must be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY or
The caller of this function does not own a reference to the
returned texture.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44561,7 +41408,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> the displayed texture, or %NULL if
the image is empty
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44615,7 +41461,6 @@ Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size
argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set
the icon size.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44625,7 +41470,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44640,7 +41484,6 @@ Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size
argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set
the icon size.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44650,7 +41493,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44695,7 +41537,6 @@ The storage type (gtk_image_get_storage_type()) of the returned
image is not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for
displaying the file.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44705,7 +41546,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkImage
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44716,7 +41556,6 @@ The #GtkImage does not assume a reference to the
surface; you still need to unref it if you own references.
#GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44726,7 +41565,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkImage
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -44779,8 +41617,6 @@ Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size
argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set
the icon size.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44803,8 +41639,6 @@ Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size
argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set
the icon size.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44863,8 +41697,6 @@ See gtk_image_new_from_resource() for details.
<description>
See gtk_image_new_from_surface() for details.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44883,8 +41715,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
See gtk_image_new_from_texture() for details.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44903,8 +41733,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Suggests an icon size to the theme for named icons.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44925,8 +41753,6 @@ Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set
to a value != -1, it is used instead of the icon size set by
gtk_image_set_from_icon_name().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="image">
@@ -44948,8 +41774,6 @@ connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkInfoBar::response
signal on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget
is appended to the end of the message areas action area.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -44976,7 +41800,6 @@ response_id. The button is appended to the end of the info bars's
action area. The button widget is returned, but usually you don't
need it.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -44995,7 +41818,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkButton widget
that was added
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45006,8 +41828,6 @@ repeatedly. The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated
as with gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons(). Each button must have both
text and response ID.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45031,7 +41851,6 @@ ending with %NULL
<description>
Returns the action area of @info_bar.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45041,7 +41860,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the action area
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45049,7 +41867,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Returns the content area of @info_bar.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45059,7 +41876,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the content area
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45067,7 +41883,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Returns the message type of the message area.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45077,13 +41892,11 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the message type of the message area.
-
</return>
</function>
<function name="gtk_info_bar_get_revealed">
<description>
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45093,7 +41906,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current value of the #GtkInfoBar:revealed property.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45101,7 +41913,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Returns whether the widget will display a standard close button.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45111,7 +41922,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget displays standard close button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45119,13 +41929,11 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkInfoBar object.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkInfoBar object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45159,8 +41967,6 @@ with %NULL
<description>
Emits the “response” signal with the given @response_id.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45184,8 +41990,6 @@ Pressing “Enter” normally activates the default widget.
Note that this function currently requires @info_bar to
be added to a widget hierarchy.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45206,8 +42010,6 @@ Sets the message type of the message area.
GTK+ uses this type to determine how the message is displayed.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45228,8 +42030,6 @@ Calls gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting) for each
widget in the info bars’s action area with the given response_id.
A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45256,8 +42056,6 @@ Sets the #GtkInfoBar:revealed property to @revealed. Changing this will make
Note: this does not show or hide @info_bar in the #GtkWidget:visible sense,
so revealing has no effect if #GtkWidget:visible is %FALSE.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45277,8 +42075,6 @@ Since: 3.90
If true, a standard close button is shown. When clicked it emits
the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info_bar">
@@ -45344,7 +42140,6 @@ initialized, %FALSE otherwise
<description>
Returns the #GdkDisplay object associated with @invisible
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45354,7 +42149,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the associated #GdkDisplay.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45374,7 +42168,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkInvisible.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkInvisible object for a specified display.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45385,7 +42178,6 @@ the new #GtkInvisible will be created.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkInvisible object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45393,8 +42185,6 @@ the new #GtkInvisible will be created.
<description>
Sets the #GdkDisplay where the #GtkInvisible object will be displayed.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="invisible">
@@ -45455,7 +42245,6 @@ positioned.
This function is intended for use in a #GtkLabel::activate-link handler
or for use in a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip handler.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45466,7 +42255,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameters>
<return> the currently active URI. The string is owned by GTK+ and must
not be freed or modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45474,7 +42262,6 @@ not be freed or modified.
<description>
Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45484,7 +42271,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> #PangoEllipsizeMode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45592,7 +42378,6 @@ See gtk_label_set_line_wrap().
<description>
Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45602,7 +42387,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45611,7 +42395,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping
label should be limited. See gtk_label_set_lines().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45621,7 +42404,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of lines
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45630,7 +42412,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Retrieves the desired maximum width of @label, in characters. See
gtk_label_set_width_chars().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45640,7 +42421,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the maximum width of the label in characters.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45752,7 +42532,6 @@ if there’s a selection.
<description>
Returns whether the label is in single line mode.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45762,7 +42541,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE when the label is in single line mode.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45790,7 +42568,6 @@ string used by the label, and must not be modified.
Returns whether the label is currently keeping track
of clicked links.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45800,7 +42577,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if clicked links are remembered
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45845,7 +42621,6 @@ the mnemonic accelerator keys.
Retrieves the desired width of @label, in characters. See
gtk_label_set_width_chars().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45855,7 +42630,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the width of the label in characters.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45863,7 +42637,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Gets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45873,7 +42646,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the xalign property
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45881,7 +42653,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Gets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -45891,7 +42662,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the yalign property
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -45998,8 +42768,6 @@ to the label after the markup string is parsed.
Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text
if there is not enough space to render the entire string.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46090,8 +42858,6 @@ If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how
the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD which means
wrap on word boundaries.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46113,8 +42879,6 @@ should be limited. This has no effect if the label is not wrapping
or ellipsized. Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the
number of lines.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46202,8 +42966,6 @@ automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().
<description>
Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46293,8 +43055,6 @@ copy-and-paste.
<description>
Sets whether the label is in single line mode.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46363,8 +43123,6 @@ automatically, or explicitly using gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget().
Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked
links (and use a different color for them).
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46422,8 +43180,6 @@ used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
<description>
Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46442,8 +43198,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46462,8 +43216,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Sets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="label">
@@ -46614,8 +43366,6 @@ when rendering the level bar fill.
If another offset marker named @name exists, its value will be
replaced by @value.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46638,7 +43388,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46648,7 +43397,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the level bar is inverted
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46656,7 +43404,6 @@ Since: 3.8
<description>
Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46666,7 +43413,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a positive value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46674,7 +43420,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46684,7 +43429,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a positive value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46692,7 +43436,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46702,7 +43445,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkLevelBarMode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46711,7 +43453,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Fetches the value specified for the offset marker @name in @self,
returning %TRUE in case an offset named @name was found.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46729,7 +43470,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the specified offset is found
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46737,7 +43477,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46748,7 +43487,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameters>
<return> a value in the interval between
#GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46756,13 +43494,11 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Creates a new #GtkLevelBar.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkLevelBar.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46771,7 +43507,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Utility constructor that creates a new #GtkLevelBar for the specified
interval.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46785,7 +43520,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkLevelBar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46794,8 +43528,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Removes an offset marker previously added with
gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value().
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46814,8 +43546,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46837,8 +43567,6 @@ Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.
You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling
this function.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46860,8 +43588,6 @@ Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property.
You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling
this function.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46880,8 +43606,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46900,8 +43624,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -46921,7 +43643,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Retrieves the URI set using gtk_link_button_set_uri().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46932,7 +43653,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a valid URI. The returned string is owned by the link button
and should not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46944,7 +43664,6 @@ is changed on the button, the “visited” state is unset again.
The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46954,7 +43673,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the link has been visited, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46962,7 +43680,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Creates a new #GtkLinkButton with the URI as its text.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46972,7 +43689,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new link button widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -46980,7 +43696,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkLinkButton containing a label.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -46994,7 +43709,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new link button widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47003,8 +43717,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets @uri as the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. As a side-effect
this unsets the “visited” state of the button.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="link_button">
@@ -47024,8 +43736,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets the “visited” state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton
points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="link_button">
@@ -47059,8 +43769,6 @@ Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting
functionality in GtkListBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting
should be implemented by the model.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47097,8 +43805,6 @@ and any previously highlighted row will be unhighlighted.
The row will also be unhighlighted when the widget gets
a drag leave event.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47118,8 +43824,6 @@ Since: 3.10
If a row has previously been highlighted via gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row()
it will have the highlight removed.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47134,7 +43838,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Returns whether rows activate on single clicks.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47144,7 +43847,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if rows are activated on single click, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47153,7 +43855,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets the adjustment (if any) that the widget uses to
for vertical scrolling.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47163,7 +43864,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the adjustment
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47173,7 +43873,6 @@ Gets the n-th child in the list (not counting headers).
If @_index is negative or larger than the number of items in the
list, %NULL is returned.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47187,7 +43886,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the child #GtkWidget or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47195,7 +43893,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Gets the row at the @y position.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47210,7 +43907,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameters>
<return> the row or %NULL
in case no row exists for the given y coordinate.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47222,7 +43918,6 @@ Note that the box may allow multiple selection, in which
case you should use gtk_list_box_selected_foreach() to
find all selected rows.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47232,7 +43927,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the selected row
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47240,7 +43934,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Creates a list of all selected children.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47252,7 +43945,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<return>
A #GList containing the #GtkWidget for each selected child.
Free with g_list_free() when done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47260,7 +43952,6 @@ Free with g_list_free() when done.
<description>
Gets the selection mode of the listbox.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47270,7 +43961,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkSelectionMode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47283,8 +43973,6 @@ this function has the same effect of gtk_container_add().
If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of items in the
@box, then the @child will be appended to the end.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47311,8 +43999,6 @@ to an external factor. For instance, this would be used
if the filter function just looked for a specific search
string and the entry with the search string has changed.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47329,8 +44015,6 @@ Update the separators for all rows. Call this when result
of the header function on the @box is changed due
to an external factor.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47347,8 +44031,6 @@ Update the sorting for all rows. Call this when result
of the sort function on the @box is changed due
to an external factor.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47363,13 +44045,11 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkListBox container.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkListBox
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47379,8 +44059,6 @@ Prepend a widget to the list. If a sort function is set, the widget will
actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has the
same effect of gtk_container_add().
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47414,8 +44092,6 @@ row functions into the row widgets themselves. Another alternative
is to call gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort() on any model change,
but that is more expensive.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="row">
@@ -47431,7 +44107,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets the value of the #GtkListBoxRow:activatable property
for this row.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47441,7 +44116,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the row is activatable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47451,7 +44125,6 @@ Returns the current header of the @row. This can be used
in a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc to see if there is a header
set already, and if so to update the state of it.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47461,7 +44134,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current header, or %NULL if none
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47469,7 +44141,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Gets the current index of the @row in its #GtkListBox container.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47479,7 +44150,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the index of the @row, or -1 if the @row is not in a listbox
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47488,7 +44158,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets the value of the #GtkListBoxRow:selectable property
for this row.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47498,7 +44167,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the row is selectable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47507,7 +44175,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns whether the child is currently selected in its
#GtkListBox container.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -47517,7 +44184,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @row is selected
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47525,13 +44191,11 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Creates a new #GtkListBoxRow, to be used as a child of a #GtkListBox.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkListBoxRow
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -47539,8 +44203,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Set the #GtkListBoxRow:activatable property for this row.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="row">
@@ -47561,8 +44223,6 @@ Sets the current header of the @row. This is only allowed to be called
from a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc. It will replace any existing
header in the row, and be shown in front of the row in the listbox.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="row">
@@ -47581,8 +44241,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Set the #GtkListBoxRow:selectable property for this row.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="row">
@@ -47601,8 +44259,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Select all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47617,8 +44273,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Make @row the currently selected row.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47639,8 +44293,6 @@ Calls a function for each selected child.
Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47664,8 +44316,6 @@ Since: 3.14
If @single is %TRUE, rows will be activated when you click on them,
otherwise you need to double-click.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47691,8 +44341,6 @@ a #GtkScrolledWindow the adjustment from that will
be picked up automatically, so there is no need
to manually do that.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47720,8 +44368,6 @@ when gtk_list_box_invalidate_filter() is called.
Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model
(see gtk_list_box_bind_model()).
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47765,8 +44411,6 @@ the row before changes (either by gtk_list_box_row_changed() on the previous row
the previous row becomes a different row). It is also called for all rows when
gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers() is called.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47794,8 +44438,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Sets the placeholder widget that is shown in the list when
it doesn't display any visible children.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47815,8 +44457,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Sets how selection works in the listbox.
See #GtkSelectionMode for details.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47843,8 +44483,6 @@ gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort() is called.
Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
(see gtk_list_box_bind_model()).
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47871,8 +44509,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Unselect all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -47887,8 +44523,6 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Unselects a single row of @box, if the selection mode allows it.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="box">
@@ -48048,8 +44682,6 @@ repeatedly can affect the performance of the program,
gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when
inserting rows in a sorted list store.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="list_store">
@@ -48080,8 +44712,6 @@ takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of
varargs. This function is mainly intended for
language-bindings.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="list_store">
@@ -48119,7 +44749,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48133,7 +44762,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48143,8 +44771,6 @@ Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this
function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
will be moved to the start of the list.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="store">
@@ -48169,8 +44795,6 @@ Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this
function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
will be moved to the end of the list.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="store">
@@ -48283,8 +44907,6 @@ to the last row in @list_store.
Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that
this function only works with unsorted stores.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="store">
@@ -48418,8 +45040,6 @@ varargs. This function is mainly intended for
language-bindings and in case the number of columns to
change is not known until run-time.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="list_store">
@@ -48451,8 +45071,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with
unsorted stores.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="store">
@@ -48475,7 +45093,6 @@ Since: 2.2
<description>
Obtains the #GPermission object that controls @button.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48485,7 +45102,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GPermission of @button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48493,7 +45109,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Creates a new lock button which reflects the @permission.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48503,7 +45118,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkLockButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48511,8 +45125,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Sets the #GPermission object that controls @button.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -48657,8 +45269,6 @@ rightmost, uppermost and lower column and row numbers of the table.
Note that this function is not related to gtk_menu_detach().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -48724,7 +45334,6 @@ that will be called when the menu calls gtk_menu_detach()
Retrieves the current child pack direction of the menubar.
See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction().
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48734,7 +45343,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the child pack direction
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48743,7 +45351,6 @@ Since: 2.8
Retrieves the current pack direction of the menubar.
See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48753,7 +45360,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the pack direction
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48779,7 +45385,6 @@ The created menu items are connected to actions found in the
by means of being contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows
widget hierarchy.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48789,7 +45394,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkMenuBar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48797,8 +45401,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Sets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menubar">
@@ -48817,8 +45419,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menubar">
@@ -48837,7 +45437,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Returns the parent #GtkWidget to use to line up with menu.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48847,7 +45446,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkWidget value or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48855,7 +45453,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Returns the direction the popup will be pointing at when popped up.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48865,7 +45462,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkArrowType value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48873,7 +45469,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Returns the #GMenuModel used to generate the popup.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48883,7 +45478,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GMenuModel or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48893,7 +45487,6 @@ Returns the #GtkPopover that pops out of the button.
If the button is not using a #GtkPopover, this function
returns %NULL.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48903,7 +45496,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkPopover or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48913,7 +45505,6 @@ Returns the #GtkMenu that pops out of the button.
If the button does not use a #GtkMenu, this function
returns %NULL.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48923,7 +45514,6 @@ Since: 3.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkMenu or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48932,7 +45522,6 @@ Since: 3.6
Returns whether a #GtkPopover or a #GtkMenu will be constructed
from the menu model.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -48942,7 +45531,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if using a #GtkPopover
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48952,13 +45540,11 @@ Creates a new #GtkMenuButton widget with downwards-pointing
arrow as the only child. You can replace the child widget
with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> The newly created #GtkMenuButton widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -48973,8 +45559,6 @@ button itself.
Note that this property is only used with menus currently,
and not for popovers.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_button">
@@ -49001,8 +45585,6 @@ GTK+ will its best to keep it inside the screen and fully visible.
If you pass %GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the popup will behave
as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows).
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_button">
@@ -49030,8 +45612,6 @@ actions will be connected as documented for these functions.
If #GtkMenuButton:popup or #GtkMenuButton:popover are already set,
their content will be lost and replaced by the newly created popup.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_button">
@@ -49052,8 +45632,6 @@ Sets the #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is
clicked, or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model
or #GtkMenuButton:popup are set, they will be set to %NULL.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_button">
@@ -49074,8 +45652,6 @@ Sets the #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked,
or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model or
#GtkMenuButton:popover are set, they will be set to %NULL.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_button">
@@ -49096,8 +45672,6 @@ Sets whether to construct a #GtkPopover instead of #GtkMenu
when gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() is called. Note that
this property is only consulted when a new menu model is set.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_button">
@@ -49149,7 +45723,6 @@ menu. See gtk_menu_set_accel_group().
<description>
Retrieves the accelerator path set on the menu.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49159,7 +45732,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the accelerator path set on the menu.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49203,7 +45775,6 @@ Returns the #GtkWidget that the menu is attached to.
Returns a list of the menus which are attached to this widget.
This list is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49214,7 +45785,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> the list
of menus attached to his widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49222,7 +45792,6 @@ of menus attached to his widget.
<description>
Retrieves the number of the monitor on which to show the menu.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49233,7 +45802,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> the number of the monitor on which the menu should
be popped up or -1, if no monitor has been set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49242,7 +45810,6 @@ be popped up or -1, if no monitor has been set
Returns whether the menu reserves space for toggles and
icons, regardless of their actual presence.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49252,7 +45819,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Whether the menu reserves toggle space
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49290,7 +45856,6 @@ Retrieve the accelerator path that was previously set on @menu_item.
See gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() for details.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49301,7 +45866,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> the accelerator path corresponding to
this menu item’s functionality, or %NULL if not set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49309,7 +45873,6 @@ this menu item’s functionality, or %NULL if not set
<description>
Sets @text on the @menu_item label
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49320,7 +45883,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
string used by the label, and must not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49330,7 +45892,6 @@ Returns whether the @menu_item reserves space for
the submenu indicator, regardless if it has a submenu
or not.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49341,7 +45902,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @menu_item always reserves space for the
submenu indicator
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49367,7 +45927,6 @@ See gtk_menu_item_set_submenu().
Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character
should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49378,7 +45937,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if an embedded underline in the label
indicates the mnemonic accelerator key.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49485,8 +46043,6 @@ item’s functionality, or %NULL to unset the current path.
<description>
Sets @text on the @menu_item label
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_item">
@@ -49510,8 +46066,6 @@ a submenu or not.
There should be little need for applications to call
this functions.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_item">
@@ -49550,8 +46104,6 @@ submenu is passed.
If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character
should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_item">
@@ -49627,7 +46179,6 @@ that is contained within the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy.
Actions can also be added using gtk_widget_insert_action_group() on the menu's
attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -49637,7 +46188,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkMenu
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -49645,8 +46195,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Places @menu on the given monitor.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -49749,9 +46297,6 @@ Properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
#GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find
out how it was actually positioned.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -49788,9 +46333,6 @@ Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
#GtkMenu:anchor-hints and #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the
#GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -49845,9 +46387,6 @@ Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
#GtkMenu:anchor-hints and #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the
#GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Unstable
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -49897,8 +46436,6 @@ a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup.
Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can
be used instead.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -50067,8 +46604,6 @@ from 0 to n-1
<description>
Sets the #GdkDisplay on which the menu will be displayed.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -50096,8 +46631,6 @@ returned by a #GtkMenuPositionFunc, since, for very long menus,
these coordinates may extend beyond the monitor boundaries or even
the screen boundaries.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -50118,8 +46651,6 @@ be popped up
Sets whether the menu should reserve space for drawing toggles
or icons, regardless of their actual presence.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -50212,8 +46743,6 @@ gtk_menu_new_from_model() or gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model() or just
directly passing the #GMenuModel to gtk_application_set_app_menu() or
gtk_application_set_menubar().
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_shell">
@@ -50242,8 +46771,6 @@ separators between them
<description>
Cancels the selection within the menu shell.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_shell">
@@ -50293,7 +46820,6 @@ Gets the parent menu shell.
The parent menu shell of a submenu is the #GtkMenu or #GtkMenuBar
from which it was opened up.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50303,7 +46829,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the parent #GtkMenuShell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50311,7 +46836,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the currently selected item.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50321,7 +46845,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the currently selected item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50329,7 +46852,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50339,7 +46861,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50390,8 +46911,6 @@ item list.
<description>
Select the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_shell">
@@ -50455,8 +46974,6 @@ To avoid confusing the user, menus with @take_focus set to %FALSE
should not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it cannot be
guaranteed that they will work.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu_shell">
@@ -50476,7 +46993,6 @@ focus on popup
<description>
Gets the #GtkMenu associated with #GtkMenuToolButton.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50487,7 +47003,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkMenu associated
with #GtkMenuToolButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50496,7 +47011,6 @@ with #GtkMenuToolButton
Creates a new #GtkMenuToolButton using @icon_widget as icon and
@label as label.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50510,7 +47024,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkMenuToolButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50520,8 +47033,6 @@ Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button
which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting
a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -50542,8 +47053,6 @@ Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which
pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip
on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -50563,8 +47072,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow.
If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -50617,9 +47124,6 @@ positioning @menu. Connect this to the #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to keep the
contents of the menu vertically aligned with their ideal position, for combo
boxes for example.
-Since: 3.22
-Stability: Private
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="menu">
@@ -50671,8 +47175,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (message_dialog,
g_free (msg);
]|
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="message_dialog">
@@ -50697,8 +47199,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Sets the secondary text of the message dialog to be @message_format
(with printf()-style).
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="message_dialog">
@@ -50725,7 +47225,6 @@ own extra content to that box and it will appear below those labels.
See gtk_dialog_get_content_area() for the corresponding
function in the parent #GtkDialog.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50736,7 +47235,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameters>
<return> A #GtkBox corresponding to the
“message area” in the @message_dialog.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50807,7 +47305,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_set_markup (GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG (dialog),
markup);
]|
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50837,7 +47334,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkMessageDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50846,8 +47342,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Sets the text of the message dialog to be @str, which is marked
up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="message_dialog">
@@ -50866,13 +47360,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new GtkModelButton.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the newly created #GtkModelButton widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50881,7 +47373,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Gets the display on which windows of the #GtkMountOperation
will be shown.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50891,7 +47382,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the display on which windows of @op are shown
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50899,7 +47389,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Gets the transient parent used by the #GtkMountOperation
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50909,7 +47398,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the transient parent for windows shown by @op
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50918,7 +47406,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Returns whether the #GtkMountOperation is currently displaying
a window.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50928,7 +47415,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @op is currently displaying a window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50936,7 +47422,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Creates a new #GtkMountOperation
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -50946,7 +47431,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkMountOperation
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -50954,8 +47438,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Sets the display to show windows of the #GtkMountOperation on.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -50975,8 +47457,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the
#GtkMountOperation.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -51003,8 +47483,6 @@ Note that this does not release any reference to the object (as opposed to
destroying a GtkWindow) because there is no reference from the windowing
system to the #GtkNativeDialog.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -51019,7 +47497,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Returns whether the dialog is modal. See gtk_native_dialog_set_modal().
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51029,7 +47506,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the dialog is set to be modal
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51037,7 +47513,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Gets the title of the #GtkNativeDialog.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51049,7 +47524,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<return> the title of the dialog, or %NULL if none has
been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
and must not be modified or freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51058,7 +47532,6 @@ and must not be modified or freed.
Fetches the transient parent for this window. See
gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for().
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51069,7 +47542,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> the transient parent for this window,
or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51077,7 +47549,6 @@ or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.
<description>
Determines whether the dialog is visible.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51087,7 +47558,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the dialog is visible
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51099,8 +47569,6 @@ until after the next call to gtk_native_dialog_show().
If the dialog is not visible this does nothing.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -51143,7 +47611,6 @@ windows in the same window group while the dialog is run), callbacks
such as timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will
be triggered during a gtk_nautilus_dialog_run() call.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51153,7 +47620,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> response ID
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51166,8 +47632,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for() to make the dialog transient for the
parent; most [window managers][gtk-X11-arch]
will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -51186,8 +47650,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Sets the title of the #GtkNativeDialog.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -51212,8 +47674,6 @@ main window.
Passing %NULL for @parent unsets the current transient window.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -51237,8 +47697,6 @@ will be emitted.
Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -51320,8 +47778,6 @@ but additionally informs the notebook that the removal
is happening as part of a tab DND operation, which should
not be cancelled.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -51340,7 +47796,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Gets one of the action widgets. See gtk_notebook_set_action_widget().
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51355,7 +47810,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> The action widget with the given
@pack_type or %NULL when this action widget has not been set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51381,7 +47835,6 @@ then -1 will be returned.
<description>
Gets the current group name for @notebook.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51391,7 +47844,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the group name, or %NULL if none is set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51445,7 +47897,6 @@ freed.
<description>
Gets the number of pages in a notebook.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51455,7 +47906,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of pages in the notebook
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51536,7 +47986,6 @@ See gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs().
<description>
Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51550,7 +47999,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the tab is detachable.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51620,7 +48068,6 @@ notebook are drawn.
<description>
Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -51634,7 +48081,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the tab is reorderable.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -51920,8 +48366,6 @@ a #GtkBox if you need to pack more than one widget on the same side.
Note that action widgets are “internal” children of the notebook and thus
not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach().
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -51974,8 +48418,6 @@ Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs
via drag and drop. A notebook with a %NULL group name will
not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -52137,8 +48579,6 @@ gtk_notebook_detach_tab (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), *child);
If you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets,
you will have to set your own DnD code to do it.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -52229,8 +48669,6 @@ notebook are drawn.
Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered
via drag and drop or not.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="notebook">
@@ -52253,7 +48691,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52263,7 +48700,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the orientation of the @orientable.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52271,8 +48707,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="orientable">
@@ -52297,8 +48731,6 @@ added with gtk_container_add().
The position at which @widget is placed is determined
from its #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="overlay">
@@ -52318,7 +48750,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Convenience function to get the value of the #GtkOverlay:pass-through
child property for @widget.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52332,7 +48763,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the widget is a pass through child.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52340,13 +48770,11 @@ Since: 3.18
<description>
Creates a new #GtkOverlay.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkOverlay object.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52360,8 +48788,6 @@ A widget’s index in the @overlay children list determines which order
the children are drawn if they overlap. The first child is drawn at
the bottom. It also affects the default focus chain order.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="overlay">
@@ -52387,8 +48813,6 @@ the list
Convenience function to set the value of the #GtkOverlay:pass-through
child property for @widget.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="overlay">
@@ -52419,7 +48843,6 @@ The #GtkPadController is created with no mapped actions. In order to map pad
events to actions, use gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries() or
gtk_pad_controller_set_action().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52437,7 +48860,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkPadController
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52452,8 +48874,6 @@ The given @label should be considered user-visible, so internationalization
rules apply. Some windowing systems may be able to use those for user
feedback.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="controller">
@@ -52490,8 +48910,6 @@ be deemed user-visible.
This is a convenience function to add a group of action entries on
@controller. See #GtkPadActionEntry and gtk_pad_controller_set_action().
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="controller">
@@ -52514,7 +48932,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Copies a #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52524,7 +48941,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a copy of @other
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52532,7 +48948,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the bottom margin in units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52546,7 +48961,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the bottom margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52554,7 +48968,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the left margin in units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52568,7 +48981,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the left margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52576,7 +48988,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52586,7 +48997,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the page orientation
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52598,7 +49008,6 @@ Note that this function takes orientation and
margins into consideration.
See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52612,7 +49021,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the page height.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52624,7 +49032,6 @@ Note that this function takes orientation and
margins into consideration.
See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52638,7 +49045,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the page width.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52650,7 +49056,6 @@ Note that this function takes orientation, but
not margins into consideration.
See gtk_page_setup_get_page_height().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52664,7 +49069,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper height.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52672,7 +49076,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52682,7 +49085,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper size
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52694,7 +49096,6 @@ Note that this function takes orientation, but
not margins into consideration.
See gtk_page_setup_get_page_width().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52708,7 +49109,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper width.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52716,7 +49116,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the right margin in units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52730,7 +49129,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the right margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52738,7 +49136,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the top margin in units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52752,7 +49149,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the top margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52761,7 +49157,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Reads the page setup from the file @file_name.
See gtk_page_setup_to_file().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52779,7 +49174,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52788,7 +49182,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file
@key_file.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52811,7 +49204,6 @@ to use the default name “Page Setup”
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52819,13 +49211,11 @@ to use the default name “Page Setup”
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPageSetup.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52835,7 +49225,6 @@ Reads the page setup from the file @file_name. Returns a
new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored page setup,
or %NULL if an error occurred. See gtk_page_setup_to_file().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52849,7 +49238,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the restored #GtkPageSetup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52858,7 +49246,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Desrialize a page setup from an a{sv} variant in
the format produced by gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52868,7 +49255,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPageSetup object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52878,7 +49264,6 @@ Reads the page setup from the group @group_name in the key file
@key_file. Returns a new #GtkPageSetup object with the restored
page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -52897,7 +49282,6 @@ to use the default name “Page Setup”
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the restored #GtkPageSetup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -52905,8 +49289,6 @@ to use the default name “Page Setup”
<description>
Sets the bottom margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -52929,8 +49311,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the left margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -52953,8 +49333,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -52975,8 +49353,6 @@ Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup without
changing the margins. See
gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -52996,8 +49372,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup and modifies
the margins according to the new paper size.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -53016,8 +49390,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the right margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -53040,8 +49412,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the top margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -53064,7 +49434,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
This function saves the information from @setup to @file_name.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53082,7 +49451,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53092,8 +49460,6 @@ Serialize page setup to an a{sv} variant.
Return: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -53108,8 +49474,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
This function adds the page setup from @setup to @key_file.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setup">
@@ -53133,7 +49497,6 @@ or %NULL to use the default name “Page Setup”
<description>
Gets the currently selected page setup from the dialog.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53143,7 +49506,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current page setup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53151,7 +49513,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the current print settings from the dialog.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53161,7 +49522,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current print settings
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53169,7 +49529,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Creates a new page setup dialog.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53183,7 +49542,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkPageSetupUnixDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53192,8 +49550,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets the #GtkPageSetup from which the page setup
dialog takes its values.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -53213,8 +49569,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets the #GtkPrintSettings from which the page setup dialog
takes its values.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -53273,7 +49627,6 @@ is equivalent to
<description>
Obtains the first child of the paned widget.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53283,7 +49636,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> first child, or %NULL if it is not set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53291,7 +49643,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Obtains the second child of the paned widget.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53301,7 +49652,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> second child, or %NULL if it is not set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53325,7 +49675,6 @@ Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes.
<description>
Gets the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53335,7 +49684,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the paned should have a wide handle
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53343,7 +49691,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPaned widget.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53353,7 +49700,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaned.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53432,8 +49778,6 @@ is unset.
<description>
Sets the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="paned">
@@ -53452,7 +49796,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Copies an existing #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53462,7 +49805,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a copy of @other
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53470,8 +49812,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Free the given #GtkPaperSize object.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="size">
@@ -53487,14 +49827,12 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns the name of the default paper size, which
depends on the current locale.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the name of the default paper size. The string
is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53502,7 +49840,6 @@ is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
<description>
Gets the default bottom margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53516,7 +49853,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default bottom margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53524,7 +49860,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the default left margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53538,7 +49873,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default left margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53546,7 +49880,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the default right margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53560,7 +49893,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default right margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53568,7 +49900,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the default top margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53582,7 +49913,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default top margin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53590,7 +49920,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the human-readable name of the #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53600,7 +49929,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the human-readable name of @size
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53609,7 +49937,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the paper height of the #GtkPaperSize, in
units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53623,7 +49950,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper height
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53631,7 +49957,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the name of the #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53641,7 +49966,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the name of @size
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53649,7 +49973,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Creates a list of known paper sizes.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53661,7 +49984,6 @@ as defined in the page setup dialog
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated list of newly
allocated #GtkPaperSize objects
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53670,7 +49992,6 @@ allocated #GtkPaperSize objects
Gets the PPD name of the #GtkPaperSize, which
may be %NULL.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53680,7 +50001,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the PPD name of @size
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53689,7 +50009,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the paper width of the #GtkPaperSize, in
units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53703,7 +50022,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper width
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53727,7 +50045,6 @@ Returns %TRUE if @size is not a standard paper size.
<description>
Compares two #GtkPaperSize objects.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53742,7 +50059,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if @size1 and @size2
represent the same paper size
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53771,7 +50087,6 @@ paper name.
If @name is %NULL, the default paper size is returned,
see gtk_paper_size_get_default().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53782,7 +50097,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
to free it
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53791,7 +50105,6 @@ to free it
Creates a new #GtkPaperSize object with the
given parameters.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53818,7 +50131,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaperSize object, use gtk_paper_size_free()
to free it
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53827,7 +50139,6 @@ to free it
Deserialize a paper size from an a{sv} variant in
the format produced by gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53837,7 +50148,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaperSize object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53850,7 +50160,6 @@ If @ipp_name is not a recognized paper name,
@width and @height are used to
construct a custom #GtkPaperSize object.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53869,7 +50178,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
to free it
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53878,7 +50186,6 @@ to free it
Reads a paper size from the group @group_name in the key file
@key_file.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53898,7 +50205,6 @@ or %NULL to read the first group
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaperSize object with the restored
paper size, or %NULL if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53911,7 +50217,6 @@ If @ppd_name is not a recognized PPD paper name,
@ppd_display_name, @width and @height are used to
construct a custom #GtkPaperSize object.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53934,7 +50239,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
to free it
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53942,8 +50246,6 @@ to free it
<description>
Changes the dimensions of a @size to @width x @height.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="size">
@@ -53970,7 +50272,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Serialize a paper size to an a{sv} variant.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -53980,7 +50281,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new, floating, #GVariant
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -53988,8 +50288,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
This function adds the paper size from @size to @key_file.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="size">
@@ -54035,8 +50333,6 @@ group with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup”
then you would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your
#GMenuModel.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54061,7 +50357,6 @@ binding
Returns the constraint for placing this popover.
See gtk_popover_set_constrain_to().
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54071,7 +50366,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the constraint for placing this popover.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54080,7 +50374,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Gets the widget that should be set as the default while
the popover is shown.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54091,7 +50384,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameters>
<return> the default widget,
or %NULL if there is none
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54100,7 +50392,6 @@ or %NULL if there is none
Returns whether the popover is modal, see gtk_popover_set_modal to
see the implications of this.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54110,7 +50401,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> #TRUE if @popover is modal
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54157,7 +50447,6 @@ Returns the preferred position of @popover.
<description>
Returns the widget @popover is currently attached to
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54167,7 +50456,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkWidget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54175,13 +50463,11 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Creates a new popover menu.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPopoverMenu
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54197,8 +50483,6 @@ when the #GtkModelButton:menu-name property is set,
so this function is only needed when you are using
other kinds of widgets to initiate menu changes.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54217,7 +50501,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Creates a new popover to point to @relative_to
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54227,7 +50510,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPopover
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54244,7 +50526,6 @@ the #GtkApplicationWindows widget hierarchy.
Actions can also be added using gtk_widget_insert_action_group()
on the menus attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54258,7 +50539,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkPopover
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54268,8 +50548,6 @@ Pops @popover down.This is different than a gtk_widget_hide() call
in that it shows the popover with a transition. If you want to hide
the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_hide().
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54286,8 +50564,6 @@ Pops @popover up. This is different than a gtk_widget_show() call
in that it shows the popover with a transition. If you want to show
the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_show().
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54305,8 +50581,6 @@ Sets a constraint for positioning this popover.
Note that not all platforms support placing popovers freely,
and may already impose constraints.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54328,8 +50602,6 @@ the popover is shown (see gtk_window_set_default()). #GtkPopover
remembers the previous default widget and reestablishes it
when the popover is dismissed.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54351,8 +50623,6 @@ within the toplevel and grab the keyboard focus on it when being
displayed. Clicking outside the popover area or pressing Esc will
dismiss the popover and ungrab input.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54373,8 +50643,6 @@ Sets the rectangle that @popover will point to, in the
coordinate space of the widget @popover is attached to,
see gtk_popover_set_relative_to().
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54398,8 +50666,6 @@ This preference will be respected where possible, although
on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the
#GtkPopover may choose to appear on the opposite side
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54424,8 +50690,6 @@ widget, so if @relative_to is set to %NULL on an attached @popover, it
will be detached from its previous widget, and consequently destroyed
unless extra references are kept.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="popover">
@@ -54469,7 +50733,6 @@ with g_list_free().
Creates a new #PangoContext that can be used with the
#GtkPrintContext.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54479,7 +50742,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new Pango context for @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54488,7 +50750,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Creates a new #PangoLayout that is suitable for use
with the #GtkPrintContext.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54498,7 +50759,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new Pango layout for @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54507,7 +50767,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Obtains the cairo context that is associated with the
#GtkPrintContext.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54517,7 +50776,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the cairo context of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54526,7 +50784,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Obtains the horizontal resolution of the #GtkPrintContext,
in dots per inch.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54536,7 +50793,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the horizontal resolution of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54545,7 +50801,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Obtains the vertical resolution of the #GtkPrintContext,
in dots per inch.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54555,7 +50810,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the vertical resolution of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54563,7 +50817,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Obtains the hardware printer margins of the #GtkPrintContext, in units.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54589,7 +50842,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the hard margins were retrieved
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54597,7 +50849,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Obtains the height of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54607,7 +50858,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the height of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54616,7 +50866,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Obtains the #GtkPageSetup that determines the page
dimensions of the #GtkPrintContext.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54626,7 +50875,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the page setup of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54635,7 +50883,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns a #PangoFontMap that is suitable for use
with the #GtkPrintContext.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54645,7 +50892,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the font map of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54653,7 +50899,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Obtains the width of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54663,7 +50908,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the width of @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54676,8 +50920,6 @@ an internal print preview, it is not needed for printing,
since GTK+ itself creates a suitable cairo context in that
case.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -54734,13 +50976,11 @@ set the hard margins in pixel coordinates
<description>
Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54748,7 +50988,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets whether this job is printed collated.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54758,7 +50997,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the job is printed collated
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54766,7 +51004,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the n-up setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54776,7 +51013,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the n-up setting
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54784,7 +51020,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the n-up layout setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54794,7 +51029,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the n-up layout
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54802,7 +51036,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the number of copies of this job.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54812,7 +51045,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of copies
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54820,7 +51052,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the page ranges for this job.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54835,7 +51066,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> a pointer to an
array of #GtkPageRange structs
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54843,7 +51073,6 @@ array of #GtkPageRange structs
<description>
Gets the #GtkPageSet setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54853,7 +51082,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkPageSet setting
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54861,7 +51089,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the #GtkPrintPages setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54871,7 +51098,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkPrintPages setting
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54879,7 +51105,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the #GtkPrinter of the print job.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54889,7 +51114,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the printer of @job
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54897,7 +51121,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets whether this job is printed reversed.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54907,7 +51130,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the job is printed reversed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54915,7 +51137,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets whether the job is printed rotated.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54925,7 +51146,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the job is printed rotated
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54933,7 +51153,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the scale for this job (where 1.0 means unscaled).
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54943,7 +51162,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the scale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54951,7 +51169,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the #GtkPrintSettings of the print job.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54961,7 +51178,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the settings of @job
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54969,7 +51185,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the status of the print job.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -54979,7 +51194,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the status of @job
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -54988,7 +51202,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets a cairo surface onto which the pages of
the print job should be rendered.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55002,7 +51215,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the cairo surface of @job
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55010,7 +51222,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the job title.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55020,7 +51231,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the title of @job
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55029,7 +51239,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns wheter jobs will be tracked after printing.
For details, see gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55039,7 +51248,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if print job status will be reported after printing
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55047,7 +51255,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPrintJob.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55069,7 +51276,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrintJob
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55077,8 +51283,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sends the print job off to the printer.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55105,8 +51309,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets whether this job is printed collated.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55125,8 +51327,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the n-up setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55145,8 +51345,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the n-up layout setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55165,8 +51363,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the number of copies for this job.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55185,8 +51381,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the page ranges for this job.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55210,8 +51404,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the #GtkPageSet setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55230,8 +51422,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the #GtkPrintPages setting for this job.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55250,8 +51440,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets whether this job is printed reversed.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55270,8 +51458,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets whether this job is printed rotated.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55290,8 +51476,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the scale for this job (where 1.0 means unscaled).
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55318,7 +51502,6 @@ This is similar to gtk_print_job_set_source_file(),
but takes expects an open file descriptor for the file,
instead of a filename.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55336,7 +51519,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %FALSE if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55348,7 +51530,6 @@ by the platforms printing system (typically PostScript,
but on many platforms PDF may work too). See
gtk_printer_accepts_pdf() and gtk_printer_accepts_ps().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55366,7 +51547,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %FALSE if an error occurred
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55380,8 +51560,6 @@ and when the print job actually reaches the printer.
This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should
not be enabled unless needed.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="job">
@@ -55404,8 +51582,6 @@ be called from a #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print,
signal handler to stop the currently running print
operation.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55426,8 +51602,6 @@ If gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing() was called before, then this function
has to be called by application. In another case it is called by the library
itself.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55443,7 +51617,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Returns the default page setup, see
gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55453,7 +51626,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default page setup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55461,7 +51633,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55471,7 +51642,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether page setup selection combos are embedded
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55482,8 +51652,6 @@ Call this when the result of a print operation is
gtk_print_operation_run(), or in the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal
handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55502,7 +51670,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:has-selection property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55512,7 +51679,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether there is a selection
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55528,7 +51694,6 @@ and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when
print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA.
This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55538,7 +51703,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of pages that will be printed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55550,7 +51714,6 @@ Note that the return value is %NULL until either
gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings() or
gtk_print_operation_run() have been called.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55560,7 +51723,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current print settings of @op.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55569,7 +51731,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns the status of the print operation.
Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55579,7 +51740,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the status of the print operation
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55592,7 +51752,6 @@ for displaying the print status e.g. in a #GtkStatusbar.
Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to obtain a status
value that is suitable for programmatic use.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55603,7 +51762,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a string representation of the status
of the print operation
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55611,7 +51769,6 @@ of the print operation
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:support-selection property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55621,7 +51778,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the application supports print of selection
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55635,7 +51791,6 @@ Note: when you enable print status tracking the print operation
can be in a non-finished state even after done has been called, as
the operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55645,7 +51800,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if the print operation is finished.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55653,13 +51807,11 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPrintOperation.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrintOperation
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55669,8 +51821,6 @@ Ends a preview.
This function must be called to finish a custom print preview.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="preview">
@@ -55686,7 +51836,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that
have been selected for printing.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55700,7 +51849,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55716,8 +51864,6 @@ handler to render the currently selected page.
Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to
be associated with the print context.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="preview">
@@ -55790,7 +51936,6 @@ settings = g_object_ref (gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (print));
Note that gtk_print_operation_run() can only be called once on a
given #GtkPrintOperation.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -55819,7 +51964,6 @@ and store them for reuse with the next print operation. A value of
%GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS means the operation is running
asynchronously, and will emit the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal when
done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -55829,8 +51973,6 @@ Sets whether the gtk_print_operation_run() may return
before the print operation is completed. Note that
some platforms may not allow asynchronous operation.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55854,8 +51996,6 @@ the user will be able to select to print only the current page.
Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55874,8 +52014,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55898,8 +52036,6 @@ This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(),
but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting
to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55922,8 +52058,6 @@ be used for drawing page in another thread.
This function must be called in the callback of “draw-page” signal.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55939,8 +52073,6 @@ Since: 2.16
Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page.
Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in #GtkPrintOperation.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55966,8 +52098,6 @@ is the only supported format.
by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the list
of printers in the print dialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -55990,8 +52120,6 @@ Application has to set number of pages to which the selection
will draw by gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages() in a callback of
#GtkPrintOperation::begin-print.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56014,8 +52142,6 @@ the job (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups).
If you don’t set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by
numbering successive print jobs.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56044,8 +52170,6 @@ and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if
the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal
will be for page @n_pages - 1.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56066,8 +52190,6 @@ Sets the print settings for @op. This is typically used to
re-establish print settings from a previous print operation,
see gtk_print_operation_run().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56087,8 +52209,6 @@ Since: 2.10
If @show_progress is %TRUE, the print operation will show a
progress dialog during the print operation.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56107,8 +52227,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets whether selection is supported by #GtkPrintOperation.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56133,8 +52251,6 @@ and when the print job actually reaches the printer.
This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should
not be enabled unless needed.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56155,8 +52271,6 @@ Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from
#GtkPrintContext in such a way that distances are measured in
units of @unit.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56180,8 +52294,6 @@ sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per
sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the
imageable area (i.e. inside the margins).
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="op">
@@ -56207,7 +52319,6 @@ Note that this function may use a recursive mainloop to show the page
setup dialog. See gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async() if this is
a problem.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56225,7 +52336,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPageSetup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56237,8 +52347,6 @@ In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after
showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb
from a signal handler for the ::response signal of the dialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="parent">
@@ -56270,7 +52378,6 @@ the modified page setup
<description>
Copies a #GtkPrintSettings object.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56280,7 +52387,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated copy of @other
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56288,8 +52394,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Calls @func for each key-value pair of @settings.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -56312,7 +52416,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Looks up the string value associated with @key.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56326,7 +52429,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the string value for @key
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56338,7 +52440,6 @@ that is associated with @key.
The string “true” represents %TRUE, any other
string %FALSE.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56352,7 +52453,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if @key maps to a true value.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56365,7 +52465,6 @@ if the value does not represent a boolean.
The string “true” represents %TRUE, the string
“false” represents %FALSE.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56383,7 +52482,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the boolean value associated with @key
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56391,7 +52489,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56401,7 +52498,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether to collate the printed pages
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56409,7 +52505,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56419,7 +52514,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the default source
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56427,7 +52521,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56437,7 +52530,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the dithering that is used
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56445,7 +52537,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns the double value associated with @key, or 0.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56459,7 +52550,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the double value of @key
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56471,7 +52561,6 @@ if the value does not represent a floating point number.
Floating point numbers are parsed with g_ascii_strtod().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56489,7 +52578,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the floating point number associated with @key
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56497,7 +52585,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56507,7 +52594,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether to print the output in duplex.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56515,7 +52601,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56525,7 +52610,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the finishings
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56533,7 +52617,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns the integer value of @key, or 0.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56547,7 +52630,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the integer value of @key
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56556,7 +52638,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns the value of @key, interpreted as
an integer, or the default value.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56574,7 +52655,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the integer value of @key
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56583,7 +52663,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns the value associated with @key, interpreted
as a length. The returned value is converted to @units.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56601,7 +52680,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the length value of @key, converted to @unit
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56611,7 +52689,6 @@ Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE.
The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56621,7 +52698,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the media type
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56629,7 +52705,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56639,7 +52714,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of copies to print
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56647,7 +52721,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56657,7 +52730,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of pages per sheet
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56665,7 +52737,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56675,7 +52746,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> layout of page in number-up mode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56684,7 +52754,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Get the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION,
converted to a #GtkPageOrientation.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56694,7 +52763,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the orientation
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56702,7 +52770,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56712,7 +52779,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the output bin
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56720,7 +52786,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56736,7 +52801,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<return> an array
of #GtkPageRanges. Use g_free() to free the array when
it is no longer needed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56744,7 +52808,6 @@ it is no longer needed.
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56754,7 +52817,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the set of pages to print
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56763,7 +52825,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT,
converted to @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56777,7 +52838,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper height, in units of @unit
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56786,7 +52846,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT,
converted to a #GtkPaperSize.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56796,7 +52855,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper size
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56805,7 +52863,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH,
converted to @unit.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56819,7 +52876,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the paper width, in units of @unit
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56827,7 +52883,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56837,7 +52892,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> which pages to print
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56846,7 +52900,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Convenience function to obtain the value of
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56856,7 +52909,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the printer name
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56864,7 +52916,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56874,7 +52925,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the resolution in lpi (lines per inch)
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56882,7 +52932,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56892,7 +52941,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the print quality
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56900,7 +52948,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56910,7 +52957,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the resolution in dpi
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56918,7 +52964,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56928,7 +52973,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the horizontal resolution in dpi
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56936,7 +52980,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56946,7 +52989,6 @@ Since: 2.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the vertical resolution in dpi
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56954,7 +52996,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56964,7 +53005,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether to reverse the order of the printed pages
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56972,7 +53012,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -56982,7 +53021,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the scale in percent
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -56990,7 +53028,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57000,7 +53037,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether to use color
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57008,7 +53044,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns %TRUE, if a value is associated with @key.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57022,7 +53057,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if @key has a value
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57032,7 +53066,6 @@ Reads the print settings from @file_name. If the file could not be loaded
then error is set to either a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
See gtk_print_settings_to_file().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57050,7 +53083,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57060,7 +53092,6 @@ Reads the print settings from the group @group_name in @key_file. If the
file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or
#GKeyFileError.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57083,7 +53114,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57091,13 +53121,11 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPrintSettings object.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrintSettings object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57108,7 +53136,6 @@ object with the restored settings, or %NULL if an error occurred. If the
file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or
#GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57122,7 +53149,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the restored #GtkPrintSettings
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57131,7 +53157,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Deserialize print settings from an a{sv} variant in
the format produced by gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant().
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57141,7 +53166,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrintSettings object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57152,7 +53176,6 @@ new #GtkPrintSettings object with the restored settings, or %NULL if an
error occurred. If the file could not be loaded then error is set to either
a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57171,7 +53194,6 @@ the default “Print Settings”
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the restored #GtkPrintSettings
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57179,8 +53201,6 @@ the default “Print Settings”
<description>
Associates @value with @key.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57203,8 +53223,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets @key to a boolean value.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57227,8 +53245,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57247,8 +53263,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57267,8 +53281,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57287,8 +53299,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets @key to a double value.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57311,8 +53321,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57331,8 +53339,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57351,8 +53357,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets @key to an integer value.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57375,8 +53379,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Associates a length in units of @unit with @key.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57405,8 +53407,6 @@ Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE.
The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57425,8 +53425,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57445,8 +53443,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57465,8 +53461,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57485,8 +53479,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57505,8 +53497,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57525,8 +53515,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57549,8 +53537,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57569,8 +53555,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57595,8 +53579,6 @@ Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT,
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH and
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57615,8 +53597,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57639,8 +53619,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57660,8 +53638,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Convenience function to set %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER
to @printer.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57680,8 +53656,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57700,8 +53674,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57722,8 +53694,6 @@ Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION,
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57744,8 +53714,6 @@ Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION,
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and
%GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57768,8 +53736,6 @@ Since: 2.16
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57788,8 +53754,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57808,8 +53772,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57830,7 +53792,6 @@ This function saves the print settings from @settings to @file_name. If the
file could not be loaded then error is set to either a #GFileError or
#GKeyFileError.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57848,7 +53809,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57856,7 +53816,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Serialize print settings to an a{sv} variant.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57866,7 +53825,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new, floating, #GVariant
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57874,8 +53832,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
This function adds the print settings from @settings to @key_file.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57900,8 +53856,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Removes any value associated with @key.
This has the same effect as setting the value to %NULL.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -57920,8 +53874,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Adds a custom tab to the print dialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -57944,7 +53896,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the current page of the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57954,7 +53905,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current page of @dialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57962,7 +53912,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:embed-page-setup property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57972,7 +53921,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether there is a selection
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57980,7 +53928,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:has-selection property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -57990,7 +53937,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether there is a selection
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -57998,7 +53944,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:manual-capabilities property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58008,7 +53953,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the printing capabilities
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58016,7 +53960,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Gets the page setup that is used by the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58026,7 +53969,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the page setup of @dialog.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58034,7 +53976,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the page setup that is used by the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58044,7 +53985,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether a page setup was set by user.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58052,7 +53992,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Gets the currently selected printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58062,7 +54001,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the currently selected printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58073,7 +54011,6 @@ current values in the print dialog. Note that this creates a
new object, and you need to unref it
if don’t want to keep it.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58083,7 +54020,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the values from @dialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58091,7 +54027,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:support-selection property.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58101,7 +54036,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the application supports print of selection
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58109,7 +54043,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58123,7 +54056,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58132,8 +54064,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Sets the current page number. If @current_page is not -1, this enables
the current page choice for the range of pages to print.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58152,8 +54082,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58172,8 +54100,6 @@ Since: 2.18
<description>
Sets whether a selection exists.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58196,8 +54122,6 @@ you pass #GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_SCALE. If you don’t pass that, then
the dialog will only let you select the scale if the printing
system automatically handles scaling.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58216,8 +54140,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets the page setup of the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58238,8 +54160,6 @@ Sets the #GtkPrintSettings for the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. Typically,
this is used to restore saved print settings from a previous print
operation before the print dialog is shown.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58258,8 +54178,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Sets whether the print dialog allows user to print a selection.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="dialog">
@@ -58279,7 +54197,6 @@ Since: 2.18
Returns whether the printer accepts input in
PDF format.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58289,7 +54206,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer accepts PDF
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58298,7 +54214,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns whether the printer accepts input in
PostScript format.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58308,7 +54223,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer accepts PostScript
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58316,7 +54230,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Compares two printers.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58331,7 +54244,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> 0 if the printer match, a negative value if @a < @b,
or a positive value if @a > @b
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58339,7 +54251,6 @@ or a positive value if @a > @b
<description>
Returns the backend of the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58349,7 +54260,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the backend of @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58364,7 +54274,6 @@ you must handle yourself.
This will return 0 unless the printer’s details are available, see
gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58374,7 +54283,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the printer’s capabilities
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58382,7 +54290,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Returns default page size of @printer.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58392,7 +54299,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated #GtkPageSetup with default page size of the printer.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58400,7 +54306,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Gets the description of the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58410,7 +54315,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the description of @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58422,7 +54326,6 @@ the area at the borders of the paper that the printer cannot print to.
Note: This will not succeed unless the printer’s details are available,
see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58448,7 +54351,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE iff the hard margins were retrieved
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58456,7 +54358,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Gets the name of the icon to use for the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58466,7 +54367,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the icon name for @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58474,7 +54374,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Gets the number of jobs currently queued on the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58484,7 +54383,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of jobs on @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58492,7 +54390,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns a description of the location of the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58502,7 +54399,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the location of @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58510,7 +54406,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns the name of the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58520,7 +54415,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the name of @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58529,7 +54423,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Returns the state message describing the current state
of the printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58539,7 +54432,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the state message of @printer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58547,7 +54439,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns whether the printer details are available.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58557,7 +54448,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer details are available
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58565,7 +54455,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Returns whether the printer is accepting jobs
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58575,7 +54464,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer is accepting jobs
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58584,7 +54472,6 @@ Since: 2.14
Returns whether the printer is currently active (i.e.
accepts new jobs).
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58594,7 +54481,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer is active
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58602,7 +54488,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns whether the printer is the default printer.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58612,7 +54497,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer is the default
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58622,7 +54506,6 @@ Returns whether the printer is currently paused.
A paused printer still accepts jobs, but it is not
printing them.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58632,7 +54515,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer is paused
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58642,7 +54524,6 @@ Returns whether the printer is virtual (i.e. does not
represent actual printer hardware, but something like
a CUPS class).
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58652,7 +54533,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @printer is virtual
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58662,7 +54542,6 @@ Lists all the paper sizes @printer supports.
This will return and empty list unless the printer’s details are
available, see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58672,7 +54551,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated list of newly allocated #GtkPageSetup s.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58680,7 +54558,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Creates a new #GtkPrinter.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58698,7 +54575,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkPrinter
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58723,8 +54599,6 @@ Gets the groups in this set.
Requests the printer details. When the details are available,
the #GtkPrinter::details-acquired signal will be emitted on @printer.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="printer">
@@ -58740,7 +54614,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Returns the ellipsizing position of the progress bar.
See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58750,7 +54623,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> #PangoEllipsizeMode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58807,7 +54679,6 @@ Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step().
Gets the value of the #GtkProgressBar:show-text property.
See gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -58817,7 +54688,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if text is shown in the progress bar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -58876,8 +54746,6 @@ per pulse is determined by gtk_progress_bar_set_pulse_step()).
Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the
text if there is not enough space to render the entire string.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="pbar">
@@ -58961,8 +54829,6 @@ To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for containing
text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to
%TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text to the empty string (not %NULL).
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="pbar">
@@ -59276,8 +55142,6 @@ last_button = radio_button;
}
]|
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="radio_button">
@@ -59484,8 +55348,6 @@ last_item = radio_item;
}
]|
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="radio_menu_item">
@@ -59523,7 +55385,6 @@ radio menu item is to be attached, or %NULL
<description>
Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem adding it to the same group as @group.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59533,7 +55394,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59563,7 +55423,6 @@ group the radio menu item is inside, or %NULL
Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple GtkLabel.
The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59577,7 +55436,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59613,7 +55471,6 @@ indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.
The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59628,7 +55485,6 @@ mnemonic character
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59654,7 +55510,6 @@ Sets the group of a radio menu item, or changes it.
<description>
Returns the radio button group @button belongs to.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59664,7 +55519,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The group @button belongs to.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59672,7 +55526,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59683,7 +55536,6 @@ existing radio button group, or %NULL if you are creating a new group
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The new #GtkRadioToolButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59691,7 +55543,6 @@ existing radio button group, or %NULL if you are creating a new group
<description>
Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @gruup
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59701,7 +55552,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The new #GtkRadioToolButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59709,8 +55559,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Adds @button to @group, removing it from the group it belonged to before.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -59748,7 +55596,6 @@ be unreferenced.
<description>
Gets the current position of the fill level indicator.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59758,7 +55605,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current fill level
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59766,7 +55612,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_flippable().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59776,7 +55621,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the range is flippable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59803,8 +55647,6 @@ in coordinates relative to @range's origin.
This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -59823,7 +55665,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59833,7 +55674,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @range is restricted to the fill level.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59842,7 +55682,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Gets the number of digits to round the value to when
it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59852,7 +55691,6 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of digits to round to
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59860,7 +55698,6 @@ Since: 2.24
<description>
Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59870,7 +55707,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @range shows the fill level.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59881,8 +55717,6 @@ in widget->window coordinates.
This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -59909,7 +55743,6 @@ This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed().
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -59919,7 +55752,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the range’s slider has a fixed size.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -59983,8 +55815,6 @@ to values which are smaller than the fill level. This is controller
by gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level() and is by default
enabled.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -60006,8 +55836,6 @@ horizontal and its direction is %GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL.
See gtk_widget_get_direction().
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -60098,8 +55926,6 @@ Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. See
gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill
level concept.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -60119,8 +55945,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Sets the number of digits to round the value to when
it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.
-Since: 2.24
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -60141,8 +55965,6 @@ Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. See
gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill
level concept.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -60164,8 +55986,6 @@ depends on its adjustment’s page size.
This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="range">
@@ -60319,1136 +56139,6 @@ has been set to the resulting #GtkRequisition.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_add_filter">
-<description>
-Adds @filter to the list of #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser.
-
-If no previous filter objects were defined, this function will call
-gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog. This function is analogous to
-gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="title">
-<parameter_description> Title of the dialog, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="parent">
-<parameter_description> Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL,
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_button_text">
-<parameter_description> text to go in the first button, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> response ID for the first button, then additional (button, id)
-pairs, ending with %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new_for_manager">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog with a specified recent manager.
-
-This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you
-have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="title">
-<parameter_description> Title of the dialog, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="parent">
-<parameter_description> Transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL,
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentManager
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="first_button_text">
-<parameter_description> text to go in the first button, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="Varargs">
-<parameter_description> response ID for the first button, then additional (button, id)
-pairs, ending with %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentChooserDialog
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_item">
-<description>
-Gets the #GtkRecentInfo currently selected by @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GtkRecentInfo. Use gtk_recent_info_unref() when
-when you have finished using it.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_uri">
-<description>
-Gets the URI currently selected by @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string holding a URI.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_filter">
-<description>
-Gets the #GtkRecentFilter object currently used by @chooser to affect
-the display of the recently used resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a #GtkRecentFilter object.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_items">
-<description>
-Gets the list of recently used resources in form of #GtkRecentInfo objects.
-
-The return value of this function is affected by the “sort-type” and
-“limit” properties of @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> A newly allocated
-list of #GtkRecentInfo objects. You should
-use gtk_recent_info_unref() on every item of the list, and then free
-the list itself using g_list_free().
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_limit">
-<description>
-Gets the number of items returned by gtk_recent_chooser_get_items()
-and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> A positive integer, or -1 meaning that all items are
-returned.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_local_only">
-<description>
-Gets whether only local resources should be shown in the recently used
-resources selector. See gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only()
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if only local resources should be shown.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_select_multiple">
-<description>
-Gets whether @chooser can select multiple items.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @chooser can select more than one item.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_icons">
-<description>
-Retrieves whether @chooser should show an icon near the resource.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the icons should be displayed, %FALSE otherwise.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_not_found">
-<description>
-Retrieves whether @chooser should show the recently used resources that
-were not found.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the resources not found should be displayed, and
-%FALSE otheriwse.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_private">
-<description>
-Returns whether @chooser should display recently used resources
-registered as private.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the recent chooser should show private items,
-%FALSE otherwise.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_tips">
-<description>
-Gets whether @chooser should display tooltips containing the full path
-of a recently user resource.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the recent chooser should show tooltips,
-%FALSE otherwise.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_sort_type">
-<description>
-Gets the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the sorting order of the @chooser.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris">
-<description>
-Gets the URI of the recently used resources.
-
-The return value of this function is affected by the “sort-type” and “limit”
-properties of @chooser.
-
-Since the returned array is %NULL terminated, @length may be %NULL.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="length">
-<parameter_description> return location for a the length of the
-URI list, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return>
-A newly allocated, %NULL-terminated array of strings. Use
-g_strfreev() to free it.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_list_filters">
-<description>
-Gets the #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> A singly linked list
-of #GtkRecentFilter objects. You
-should just free the returned list using g_slist_free().
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_menu_get_show_numbers">
-<description>
-Returns the value set by gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="menu">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooserMenu
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if numbers should be shown.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget.
-
-This kind of widget shows the list of recently used resources as
-a menu, each item as a menu item. Each item inside the menu might
-have an icon, representing its MIME type, and a number, for mnemonic
-access.
-
-This widget implements the #GtkRecentChooser interface.
-
-This widget creates its own #GtkRecentManager object. See the
-gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager() function to know how to create
-a #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget bound to another #GtkRecentManager object.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu widget using @manager as
-the underlying recently used resources manager.
-
-This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager,
-or if you have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager
-object or if you wish to share a common #GtkRecentManager object
-among multiple #GtkRecentChooser widgets.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentManager
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentChooserMenu, bound to @manager.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers">
-<description>
-Sets whether a number should be added to the items of @menu. The
-numbers are shown to provide a unique character for a mnemonic to
-be used inside ten menu item’s label. Only the first the items
-get a number to avoid clashes.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="menu">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooserMenu
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="show_numbers">
-<parameter_description> whether to show numbers
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_remove_filter">
-<description>
-Removes @filter from the list of #GtkRecentFilter objects held by @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_select_all">
-<description>
-Selects all the items inside @chooser, if the @chooser supports
-multiple selection.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_select_uri">
-<description>
-Selects @uri inside @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @uri was found.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_current_uri">
-<description>
-Sets @uri as the current URI for @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="error">
-<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the URI was found.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter">
-<description>
-Sets @filter as the current #GtkRecentFilter object used by @chooser
-to affect the displayed recently used resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_limit">
-<description>
-Sets the number of items that should be returned by
-gtk_recent_chooser_get_items() and gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="limit">
-<parameter_description> a positive integer, or -1 for all items
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only">
-<description>
-Sets whether only local resources, that is resources using the file:// URI
-scheme, should be shown in the recently used resources selector. If
-@local_only is %TRUE (the default) then the shown resources are guaranteed
-to be accessible through the operating system native file system.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="local_only">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if only local files can be shown
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_select_multiple">
-<description>
-Sets whether @chooser can select multiple items.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="select_multiple">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if @chooser can select more than one item
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_icons">
-<description>
-Sets whether @chooser should show an icon near the resource when
-displaying it.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="show_icons">
-<parameter_description> whether to show an icon near the resource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_not_found">
-<description>
-Sets whether @chooser should display the recently used resources that
-it didn’t find. This only applies to local resources.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="show_not_found">
-<parameter_description> whether to show the local items we didn’t find
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_private">
-<description>
-Whether to show recently used resources marked registered as private.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="show_private">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE to show private items, %FALSE otherwise
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_tips">
-<description>
-Sets whether to show a tooltips containing the full path of each
-recently used resource in a #GtkRecentChooser widget.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="show_tips">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if tooltips should be shown
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func">
-<description>
-Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be @sort_func. If
-the @chooser has the sort type set to #GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM then
-the chooser will sort using this function.
-
-To the comparison function will be passed two #GtkRecentInfo structs and
-@sort_data; @sort_func should return a positive integer if the first
-item comes before the second, zero if the two items are equal and
-a negative integer if the first item comes after the second.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sort_func">
-<parameter_description> the comparison function
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sort_data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to @sort_func, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_destroy">
-<parameter_description> destroy notifier for @sort_data, or %NULL
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type">
-<description>
-Changes the sorting order of the recently used resources list displayed by
-@chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="sort_type">
-<parameter_description> sort order that the chooser should use
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_unselect_all">
-<description>
-Unselects all the items inside @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_unselect_uri">
-<description>
-Unselects @uri inside @chooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="chooser">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentChooser
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="uri">
-<parameter_description> a URI
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget object. This is an embeddable widget
-used to access the recently used resources list.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new_for_manager">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget with a specified recent manager.
-
-This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if you
-have a customized instance of a #GtkRecentManager object.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentManager
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentChooserWidget
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_age">
-<description>
-Adds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the number
-of days elapsed since they were last modified.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="days">
-<parameter_description> number of days
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_application">
-<description>
-Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application
-that has registered them.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="application">
-<parameter_description> an application name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_custom">
-<description>
-Adds a rule to a filter that allows resources based on a custom callback
-function. The bitfield @needed which is passed in provides information
-about what sorts of information that the filter function needs;
-this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when
-it isn’t needed by the filter.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="needed">
-<parameter_description> bitfield of flags indicating the information that the custom
-filter function needs.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> callback function; if the function returns %TRUE, then
-the file will be displayed.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> data to pass to @func
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data_destroy">
-<parameter_description> function to call to free @data when it is no longer needed.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_group">
-<description>
-Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group
-to which they belong
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a group name
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type">
-<description>
-Adds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mime_type">
-<parameter_description> a MIME type
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern">
-<description>
-Adds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their
-display name.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pattern">
-<parameter_description> a file pattern
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_add_pixbuf_formats">
-<description>
-Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
-by GdkPixbuf.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_filter">
-<description>
-Tests whether a file should be displayed according to @filter.
-The #GtkRecentFilterInfo @filter_info should include
-the fields returned from gtk_recent_filter_get_needed(), and
-must set the #GtkRecentFilterInfo.contains field of @filter_info
-to indicate which fields have been set.
-
-This function will not typically be used by applications; it
-is intended principally for use in the implementation of
-#GtkRecentChooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="filter_info">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilterInfo containing information
-about a recently used resource
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the file should be displayed
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_get_name">
-<description>
-Gets the human-readable name for the filter.
-See gtk_recent_filter_set_name().
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the name of the filter, or %NULL. The returned string
-is owned by the filter object and should not be freed.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_get_needed">
-<description>
-Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the #GtkRecentFilterInfo
-passed to gtk_recent_filter_filter()
-
-This function will not typically be used by applications; it
-is intended principally for use in the implementation of
-#GtkRecentChooser.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
-calling gtk_recent_filter_filter()
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GtkRecentFilter with no rules added to it.
-Such filter does not accept any recently used resources, so is not
-particularly useful until you add rules with
-gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern(), gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type(),
-gtk_recent_filter_add_application(), gtk_recent_filter_add_age().
-To create a filter that accepts any recently used resource, use:
-|[<!-- language="C" -->
-GtkRecentFilter *filter = gtk_recent_filter_new ();
-gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
-]|
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkRecentFilter
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_recent_filter_set_name">
-<description>
-Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
-that will be displayed in the recently used resources selector
-user interface if there is a selectable list of filters.
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="filter">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkRecentFilter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> then human readable name of @filter
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gtk_recent_info_create_app_info">
<description>
Creates a #GAppInfo for the specified #GtkRecentInfo
@@ -61483,7 +56173,6 @@ Checks whether the resource pointed by @info still exists.
At the moment this check is done only on resources pointing
to local files.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61493,7 +56182,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the resource exists
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61502,7 +56190,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the resource
was added to the recently used resources list.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61513,7 +56200,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61522,7 +56208,6 @@ the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure.
Gets the number of days elapsed since the last update
of the resource pointed by @info.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61533,7 +56218,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a positive integer containing the number of days
elapsed since the time this resource was last modified
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61545,7 +56229,6 @@ pointed by @info.
If the command line contains any escape characters defined inside the
storage specification, they will be expanded.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61576,7 +56259,6 @@ for this application
resource inside the recently used list, or %FALSE otherwise. The
@app_exec string is owned by the #GtkRecentInfo and should not be
modified or freed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61584,7 +56266,6 @@ modified or freed
<description>
Retrieves the list of applications that have registered this resource.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61600,7 +56281,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<return>
a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
Use g_strfreev() to free it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61608,7 +56288,6 @@ Use g_strfreev() to free it.
<description>
Gets the (short) description of the resource.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61619,7 +56298,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the description of the resource. The returned string
is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61628,7 +56306,6 @@ is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
Gets the name of the resource. If none has been defined, the basename
of the resource is obtained.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61639,7 +56316,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the display name of the resource. The returned string
is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61647,7 +56323,6 @@ is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
<description>
Retrieves the icon associated to the resource MIME type.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61658,7 +56333,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameters>
<return> a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL.
Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61668,7 +56342,6 @@ Returns all groups registered for the recently used item @info.
The array of returned group names will be %NULL terminated, so
length might optionally be %NULL.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61684,7 +56357,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<return>
a newly allocated %NULL terminated array of strings.
Use g_strfreev() to free it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61692,7 +56364,6 @@ Use g_strfreev() to free it.
<description>
Gets the MIME type of the resource.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61703,7 +56374,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the MIME type of the resource. The returned string
is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61712,7 +56382,6 @@ is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the meta-data
for the resource was last modified.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61723,7 +56392,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
the resource was last modified, or -1 on failure.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61733,7 +56401,6 @@ Gets the value of the “private” flag. Resources in the recently used
list that have this flag set to %TRUE should only be displayed by the
applications that have registered them.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61743,7 +56410,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the private flag was found, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61754,7 +56420,6 @@ name of the item in a menu or list. For example, calling
this function on an item that refers to
“file:///foo/bar.txt” will yield “bar.txt”.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61765,7 +56430,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> A newly-allocated string in UTF-8 encoding
free it with g_free()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61773,7 +56437,6 @@ free it with g_free()
<description>
Gets the URI of the resource.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61784,7 +56447,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the URI of the resource. The returned string is
owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61794,7 +56456,6 @@ Gets a displayable version of the resource’s URI. If the resource
is local, it returns a local path; if the resource is not local,
it returns the UTF-8 encoded content of gtk_recent_info_get_uri().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61805,7 +56466,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated UTF-8 string containing the
resource’s URI or %NULL. Use g_free() when done using it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61814,7 +56474,6 @@ resource’s URI or %NULL. Use g_free() when done using it.
Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the meta-data
for the resource was last visited.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61825,7 +56484,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61833,7 +56491,6 @@ the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure.
<description>
Checks whether an application registered this resource using @app_name.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61848,7 +56505,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if an application with name @app_name was found,
%FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61857,7 +56513,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Checks whether @group_name appears inside the groups
registered for the recently used item @info.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61871,7 +56526,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the group was found
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61880,7 +56534,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Checks whether the resource is local or not by looking at the
scheme of its URI.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61890,7 +56543,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the resource is local
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61899,7 +56551,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Gets the name of the last application that have registered the
recently used resource represented by @info.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61909,7 +56560,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> an application name. Use g_free() to free it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61918,7 +56568,6 @@ Since: 2.10
Checks whether two #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to the same
resource.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61933,7 +56582,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if both #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to the same
resource, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61941,7 +56589,6 @@ resource, %FALSE otherwise
<description>
Increases the reference count of @recent_info by one.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -61952,7 +56599,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the recent info object with its reference count
increased by one
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -61961,8 +56607,6 @@ increased by one
Decreases the reference count of @info by one. If the reference
count reaches zero, @info is deallocated, and the memory freed.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="info">
@@ -61995,7 +56639,6 @@ the URI; a short description of the item; whether the item should
be considered private - that is, should be displayed only by the
applications that have registered it.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62014,7 +56657,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the
recently used resources list, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62030,7 +56672,6 @@ it then feeds the data to gtk_recent_manager_add_full().
See gtk_recent_manager_add_full() if you want to explicitly
define the metadata for the resource pointed by @uri.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62045,7 +56686,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the new item was successfully added
to the recently used resources list
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62054,14 +56694,12 @@ to the recently used resources list
Gets a unique instance of #GtkRecentManager, that you can share
in your application without caring about memory management.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A unique #GtkRecentManager. Do not ref or
unref it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62069,7 +56707,6 @@ unref it.
<description>
Gets the list of recently used resources.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62082,7 +56719,6 @@ Since: 2.10
newly allocated #GtkRecentInfo objects. Use
gtk_recent_info_unref() on each item inside the list, and then
free the list itself using g_list_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62091,7 +56727,6 @@ free the list itself using g_list_free().
Checks whether there is a recently used resource registered
with @uri inside the recent manager.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62105,7 +56740,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the resource was found, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62115,7 +56749,6 @@ Searches for a URI inside the recently used resources list, and
returns a #GtkRecentInfo-struct containing informations about the resource
like its MIME type, or its display name.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62136,7 +56769,6 @@ Since: 2.10
about the resource pointed by @uri, or %NULL if the URI was
not registered in the recently used resources list. Free with
gtk_recent_info_unref().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62147,7 +56779,6 @@ Changes the location of a recently used resource from @uri to @new_uri.
Please note that this function will not affect the resource pointed
by the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62170,7 +56801,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62184,13 +56814,11 @@ each time something inside the list changes.
#GtkRecentManager objects are expensive: be sure to create them only when
needed. You should use gtk_recent_manager_get_default() instead.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkRecentManager object
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62198,7 +56826,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Purges every item from the recently used resources list.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62213,7 +56840,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> the number of items that have been removed from the
recently used resources list
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62222,7 +56848,6 @@ recently used resources list
Removes a resource pointed by @uri from the recently used resources
list handled by a recent manager.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62241,7 +56866,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the item pointed by @uri has been successfully
removed by the recently used resources list, and %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62251,8 +56875,6 @@ Renders an activity indicator (such as in #GtkSpinner).
The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED determines whether there is
activity going on.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62291,8 +56913,6 @@ Typical arrow rendering at 0, 1⁄2 π;, π; and 3⁄2 π:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62332,8 +56952,6 @@ Typical background rendering, showing the effect of
-Since: 3.0.
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62370,8 +56988,6 @@ Returns the area that will be affected (i.e. drawn to) when
calling gtk_render_background() for the given @context and
rectangle.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62414,8 +57030,6 @@ Typical checkmark rendering:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62456,8 +57070,6 @@ Typical expander rendering:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62496,8 +57108,6 @@ Typical focus rendering:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62537,8 +57147,6 @@ Examples of frame rendering, showing the effect of `border-image`,
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62580,8 +57188,6 @@ Typical rendering of a frame with a gap:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62634,8 +57240,6 @@ Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62677,8 +57281,6 @@ drawing on displays with high pixel densities.
You probably want to use gtk_render_icon_surface() instead, if you
already have a Cairo surface.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62709,8 +57311,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Renders the icon in @surface at the specified @x and @y coordinates.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62741,8 +57341,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Draws a text caret on @cr at the specified index of @layout.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62781,8 +57379,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Renders @layout on the coordinates @x, @y
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62813,8 +57409,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Renders a line from (x0, y0) to (x1, y1).
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62855,8 +57449,6 @@ Typical option mark rendering:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62897,8 +57489,6 @@ Typical slider rendering:
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -62967,14 +57557,12 @@ Frees a #GtkRequisition.
<description>
Allocates a new #GtkRequisition-struct and initializes its elements to zero.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -62983,7 +57571,6 @@ be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
Returns whether the child is fully revealed, in other words whether
the transition to the revealed state is completed.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62993,7 +57580,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the child is fully revealed
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63007,7 +57593,6 @@ is to the revealed state is started. To learn whether
the child is fully revealed (ie the transition is completed),
use gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63017,7 +57602,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the child is revealed.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63026,7 +57610,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that
transitions will take.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63036,7 +57619,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the transition duration
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63045,7 +57627,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets the type of animation that will be used
for transitions in @revealer.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63055,7 +57636,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current transition type of @revealer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63063,13 +57643,11 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkRevealer.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkRevealer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63080,8 +57658,6 @@ Tells the #GtkRevealer to reveal or conceal its child.
The transition will be animated with the current
transition type of @revealer.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="revealer">
@@ -63100,8 +57676,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Sets the duration that transitions will take.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="revealer">
@@ -63122,8 +57696,6 @@ Sets the type of animation that will be used for
transitions in @revealer. Available types include
various kinds of fades and slides.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="revealer">
@@ -63145,8 +57717,6 @@ Converts a color from RGB space to HSV.
Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range;
output values will be in the same range.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="r">
@@ -63189,8 +57759,6 @@ If @markup is not %NULL, text is shown next to the tick mark.
To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scale">
@@ -63222,7 +57790,6 @@ the left of the scale, anything else to the right.
Gets the #GtkAdjustment associated with the #GtkScaleButton’s scale.
See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63232,7 +57799,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the adjustment associated with the scale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63240,7 +57806,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Retrieves the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63250,7 +57815,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton as a #GtkButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63258,7 +57822,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63268,7 +57831,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton as a #GtkButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63276,7 +57838,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the popup of the #GtkScaleButton.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63286,7 +57847,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the popup of the #GtkScaleButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63294,7 +57854,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Gets the current value of the scale button.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63304,7 +57863,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> current value of the scale button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63313,7 +57871,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Creates a #GtkScaleButton, with a range between @min and @max, with
a stepping of @step.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63338,7 +57895,6 @@ later with gtk_scale_button_set_icons()
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkScaleButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63348,8 +57904,6 @@ Sets the #GtkAdjustment to be used as a model
for the #GtkScaleButton’s scale.
See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -63369,8 +57923,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Sets the icons to be used by the scale button.
For details, see the #GtkScaleButton:icons property.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -63392,8 +57944,6 @@ the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit
inside them. The scale button emits the #GtkScaleButton::value-changed
signal if the value changes.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -63412,8 +57962,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Removes any marks that have been added with gtk_scale_add_mark().
-Since: 2.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scale">
@@ -63461,7 +58009,6 @@ next to the slider.
<description>
Returns whether the scale has an origin.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63471,7 +58018,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the scale has an origin.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63481,7 +58027,6 @@ Gets the #PangoLayout used to display the scale. The returned
object is owned by the scale so does not need to be freed by
the caller.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63492,7 +58037,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> the #PangoLayout for this scale,
or %NULL if the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63506,8 +58050,6 @@ and from pixels using PANGO_PIXELS() or #PANGO_SCALE.
If the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE, the return
values are undefined.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scale">
@@ -63546,7 +58088,6 @@ Gets the position in which the current value is displayed.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkScale.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63561,7 +58102,6 @@ of the scale, or %NULL to create a new adjustment.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkScale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63577,7 +58117,6 @@ Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if @step
is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is not suitable for your
needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63599,7 +58138,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkScale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63656,8 +58194,6 @@ If #GtkScale:has-origin is set to %TRUE (the default), the scale will
highlight the part of the trough between the origin (bottom or left side)
and the current value.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scale">
@@ -63698,7 +58234,6 @@ be treeview headers. GTK+ can use this information to
display overlayed graphics, like the overshoot indication,
at the right position.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63712,7 +58247,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @border has been set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63720,7 +58254,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for horizontal scrolling.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63730,7 +58263,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> horizontal #GtkAdjustment.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63738,7 +58270,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63748,7 +58279,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63756,7 +58286,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for vertical scrolling.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63766,7 +58295,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> vertical #GtkAdjustment.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63774,7 +58302,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63784,7 +58311,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63792,8 +58318,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the horizontal adjustment of the #GtkScrollable.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrollable">
@@ -63814,8 +58338,6 @@ Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether
horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or
below the natural width.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrollable">
@@ -63834,8 +58356,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the vertical adjustment of the #GtkScrollable.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrollable">
@@ -63856,8 +58376,6 @@ Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether
vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or
below the natural height.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrollable">
@@ -63892,7 +58410,6 @@ Returns the scrollbar's adjustment.
<description>
Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63906,7 +58423,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkScrollbar.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63933,7 +58449,6 @@ Makes the scrollbar use the given adjustment.
Return whether button presses are captured during kinetic
scrolling. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press().
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63943,7 +58458,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63969,7 +58483,6 @@ functionality.
<description>
Returns the horizontal scrollbar of @scrolled_window.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63979,7 +58492,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the horizontal scrollbar of the scrolled window.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -63987,7 +58499,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -63997,7 +58508,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the scrolling behavior flags.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64005,7 +58515,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Returns the maximum content height set.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64015,7 +58524,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the maximum content height, or -1
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64023,7 +58531,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Returns the maximum content width set.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64033,7 +58540,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the maximum content width, or -1
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64041,7 +58547,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64051,7 +58556,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the minimal content height
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64059,7 +58563,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64069,7 +58572,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the minimum content width
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64077,7 +58579,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns whether overlay scrolling is enabled for this scrolled window.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64087,7 +58588,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if overlay scrolling is enabled
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64141,7 +58641,6 @@ for the vertical scrollbar, or %NULL
Reports whether the natural height of the child will be calculated and propagated
through the scrolled windows requested natural height.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64151,7 +58650,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether natural height propagation is enabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64160,7 +58658,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Reports whether the natural width of the child will be calculated and propagated
through the scrolled windows requested natural width.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64170,7 +58667,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether natural width propagation is enabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64212,7 +58708,6 @@ vertical scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll functionality.
<description>
Returns the vertical scrollbar of @scrolled_window.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64222,7 +58717,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the vertical scrollbar of the scrolled window.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64265,8 +58759,6 @@ to %FALSE.
This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64305,8 +58797,6 @@ Turns kinetic scrolling on or off.
Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source
%GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64330,8 +58820,6 @@ the content.
It is a programming error to set the maximum content height to a value
smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-height.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64355,8 +58843,6 @@ the content.
It is a programming error to set the maximum content width to a value
smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-width.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64380,8 +58866,6 @@ size of the content.
It is a programming error to set the minimum content height to a
value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-height.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64405,8 +58889,6 @@ size of the content.
It is a programming error to set the minimum content width to a
value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-width.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64425,8 +58907,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Enables or disables overlay scrolling for this scrolled window.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64502,8 +58982,6 @@ than the trough — the display is larger than the page size).
Sets whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated
through the scrolled windows requested natural height.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64523,8 +59001,6 @@ Since: 3.22
Sets whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated
through the scrolled windows requested natural width.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64585,8 +59061,6 @@ window, it defaults to %GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT.
See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and
gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement().
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -64604,8 +59078,6 @@ this search bar. The entry should be a descendant of the search bar.
This is only required if the entry isn’t the direct child of the
search bar (as in our main example).
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -64624,7 +59096,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Returns whether the search mode is on or off.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64634,7 +59105,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether search mode is toggled on
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64642,7 +59112,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Returns whether the close button is shown.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64652,7 +59121,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the close button is shown
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64697,7 +59165,6 @@ search_bar);
}
]|
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64713,7 +59180,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<return> %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted
in text being entered in the search entry (and revealing
the search bar if necessary), %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64723,13 +59189,11 @@ Creates a #GtkSearchBar. You will need to tell it about
which widget is going to be your text entry using
gtk_search_bar_connect_entry().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkSearchBar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64737,8 +59201,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Switches the search mode on or off.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -64760,8 +59222,6 @@ already have a “search” toggle button should not show a close
button in their search bar, as it duplicates the role of the
toggle button.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="bar">
@@ -64790,7 +59250,6 @@ or continues a search, %GDK_EVENT_STOP will be returned.
The caller should ensure that the entry is shown in this
case, and not propagate the event further.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64806,7 +59265,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<return> %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted
in a search beginning or continuing, %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE
otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64815,13 +59273,11 @@ otherwise.
Creates a #GtkSearchEntry, with a find icon when the search field is
empty, and a clear icon when it isn't.
-Since: 3.6
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkSearchEntry
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64860,7 +59316,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_copy().
<description>
Retrieves the raw data of the selection.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64871,7 +59326,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the raw data of the selection.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64879,7 +59333,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the data type of the selection.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64889,7 +59342,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the data type of the selection.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64897,7 +59349,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the raw data of the selection along with its length.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64911,7 +59362,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the raw data of the selection
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64919,7 +59369,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Retrieves the display of the selection.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64929,7 +59378,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the display of the selection.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64937,7 +59385,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the format of the selection.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64947,7 +59394,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the format of the selection.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64955,7 +59401,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Retrieves the length of the raw data of the selection.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64965,7 +59410,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the length of the data of the selection.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64973,7 +59417,6 @@ Since: 2.14
<description>
Gets the contents of the selection data as a #GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -64987,7 +59430,6 @@ contained a recognized image type and it could be converted to a
#GdkPixbuf, a newly allocated pixbuf is returned, otherwise
%NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with
g_object_unref().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -64995,7 +59437,6 @@ g_object_unref().
<description>
Gets the contents of the selection data as a cairo surface.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65009,7 +59450,6 @@ contained a recognized image type and it could be converted to a
cairo surface, a newly allocated surface is returned, otherwise
%NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with
g_object_unref().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65017,7 +59457,6 @@ g_object_unref().
<description>
Retrieves the target of the selection.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65027,7 +59466,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the target of the selection.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65084,7 +59522,6 @@ If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with g_free().
<description>
Gets the contents of the selection data as a #GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65098,7 +59535,6 @@ contained a recognized image type and it could be converted to a
#GdkTexture, a newly allocated texture is returned, otherwise
%NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with
g_object_unref().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65106,7 +59542,6 @@ g_object_unref().
<description>
Gets the contents of the selection data as array of URIs.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65120,7 +59555,6 @@ the selection data contains a list of
URIs, a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array
containing the URIs, otherwise %NULL. If the result is
non-%NULL it must be freed with g_strfreev().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65162,7 +59596,6 @@ Sets the contents of the selection from a #GdkPixbuf
The pixbuf is converted to the form determined by
@selection_data->target.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65177,7 +59610,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65187,7 +59619,6 @@ Sets the contents of the selection from a cairo image surface.
The surface is converted to the form determined by
@selection_data->target.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65202,7 +59633,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65239,7 +59669,6 @@ Sets the contents of the selection from a #GdkTexture.
The surface is converted to the form determined by
@selection_data->target.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65254,7 +59683,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65264,7 +59692,6 @@ Sets the contents of the selection from a list of URIs.
The string is converted to the form determined by
@selection_data->target.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65280,7 +59707,6 @@ strings holding URIs
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65290,7 +59716,6 @@ Given a #GtkSelectionData object holding a list of targets,
determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
provide a #GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65306,7 +59731,6 @@ how to convert a pixbuf into the format
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
and a suitable target for images is included, otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65335,7 +59759,6 @@ Given a #GtkSelectionData object holding a list of targets,
determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
provide a list or URIs.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65346,7 +59769,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
and a suitable target for URI lists is included, otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65366,7 +59788,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkSeparatorMenuItem.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkSeparator with the given orientation.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65376,7 +59797,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkSeparator.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65385,7 +59805,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns whether @item is drawn as a line, or just blank.
See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65395,7 +59814,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @item is drawn as a line, or just blank.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65403,13 +59821,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65419,8 +59835,6 @@ Whether @item is drawn as a vertical line, or just blank.
Setting this to %FALSE along with gtk_tool_item_set_expand() is useful
to create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="item">
@@ -65463,7 +59877,6 @@ no default display, then returns %NULL.
<description>
Gets the #GtkSettings object for @display, creating it if necessary.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65473,7 +59886,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkSettings object.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65484,8 +59896,6 @@ application-specific value for a setting. After this call,
the setting will again follow the session-wide value for
this setting.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="settings">
@@ -65504,7 +59914,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Retrieves the current accelerator of @self.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65514,7 +59923,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current accelerator.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65522,7 +59930,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Retrieves the text that is displayed when no accelerator is set.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65533,7 +59940,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameters>
<return> the current text displayed when no
accelerator is set.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65541,7 +59947,6 @@ accelerator is set.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkShortcutLabel with @accelerator set.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65551,7 +59956,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly-allocated #GtkShortcutLabel
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65559,8 +59963,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Sets the accelerator to be displayed by @self.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -65579,8 +59981,6 @@ Since: 3.22
<description>
Sets the text to be displayed by @self when no accelerator is set.
-Since: 3.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="self">
@@ -65601,8 +60001,6 @@ This is a convenience function for showing an application’s about box.
The constructed dialog is associated with the parent window and
reused for future invocations of this function.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="parent">
@@ -65639,7 +60037,6 @@ the gtk_show_uri_on_window() call. If timestamp is not known you can take
This is the recommended call to be used as it passes information
necessary for sandbox helpers to parent their dialogs properly.
-Since: 3.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65661,7 +60058,6 @@ Since: 3.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65710,7 +60106,6 @@ Gets the current mode of the size group. See gtk_size_group_set_mode().
<description>
Returns the list of widgets associated with @size_group.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65721,7 +60116,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a #GSList of
widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65787,7 +60181,6 @@ or should all have the same requisition in both directions
Creates a new render node and appends it to the current render
node of @snapshot, without changing the current node.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65810,7 +60203,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameters>
<return> a cairo_t suitable for drawing the contents of the newly
created render node
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65903,7 +60295,6 @@ to the current render node of @snapshot.
<description>
Tests whether the rectangle is entirely outside the clip region of @snapshot.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65917,7 +60308,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @bounds is entirely outside the clip region
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65957,7 +60347,6 @@ you.
Obtains the #GskRenderer that this snapshot will be
rendered with.
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -65967,7 +60356,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GskRenderer
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -65975,8 +60363,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Appends a translation by (@x, @y) to the current transformation.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66000,8 +60386,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Removes the top element from the stack of render nodes,
and appends it to the node underneath it.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66017,8 +60401,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Creates a new render node, appends it to the current render
node of @snapshot, and makes it the new current render node.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66114,8 +60496,6 @@ Creates a render node for the CSS background according to @context,
and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing
the current node.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66152,8 +60532,6 @@ Creates a render node for the focus outline according to @context,
and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing
the current node.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66190,8 +60568,6 @@ Creates a render node for the CSS border according to @context,
and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing
the current node.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66226,8 +60602,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Draws a text caret using @snapshot at the specified index of @layout.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66268,8 +60642,6 @@ Creates a render node for rendering @layout according to the style
information in @context, and appends it to the current node of @snapshot,
without changing the current node.
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="snapshot">
@@ -66387,7 +60759,6 @@ spin button. This is especially important for horizontal spinbuttons.
See also #GtkEntry:max-width-chars
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -66397,7 +60768,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the maximum width of the spin button, in characters
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -66460,7 +60830,6 @@ See gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks().
<function name="gtk_spin_button_get_text">
<description>
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -66470,7 +60839,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current text shown in the entry area of @spin_button.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -66528,7 +60896,6 @@ Get the value @spin_button represented as an integer.
Get the value set by gtk_spin_button_set_width_chars(). Note that this
value only applies to the entry area of @spin_button.
-Since: 3.92
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -66539,7 +60906,6 @@ Since: 3.92
</parameters>
<return> The number of characters to request space for in the entry
area of @spin_button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -66685,8 +61051,6 @@ Sets the desired maximum width of @spin_button, in characters.
Note that this only applies to the entry area of @spin_button, not the
spin button. This is especially important for horizontal spinbuttons.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="spin_button">
@@ -66770,8 +61134,6 @@ providing an invalid value.
Sets the current text of the spinbutton. Note that setting this will not change
the value of the adjustment @spin_button.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="spin_button">
@@ -66829,8 +61191,6 @@ Sets the value of @spin_button.
Changes the size request of the entry area of @spin_button
to be about the right size for @width_chars characters.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="spin_button">
@@ -66906,13 +61266,11 @@ Manually force an update of the spin button.
<description>
Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkSpinner
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -66920,8 +61278,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Starts the animation of the spinner.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="spinner">
@@ -66936,8 +61292,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Stops the animation of the spinner.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="spinner">
@@ -66953,8 +61307,6 @@ Since: 2.20
Adds a child to @stack.
The child is identified by the @name.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -66980,8 +61332,6 @@ The child is identified by the @name. The @title
will be used by #GtkStackSwitcher to represent
@child in a tab bar, so it should be short.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67010,7 +61360,6 @@ Finds the child of the #GtkStack with the name given as
the argument. Returns %NULL if there is no child with this
name.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67024,7 +61373,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the requested child of the #GtkStack
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67033,7 +61381,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Gets whether @stack is horizontally homogeneous.
See gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67043,7 +61390,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @stack is horizontally homogeneous.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67052,7 +61398,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Gets whether @stack is homogeneous.
See gtk_stack_set_homogeneous().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67062,7 +61407,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @stack is homogeneous.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67071,7 +61415,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Returns wether the #GtkStack is set up to interpolate between
the sizes of children on page switch.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67081,7 +61424,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if child sizes are interpolated
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67090,7 +61432,6 @@ Since: 3.18
Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that
transitions between pages in @stack will take.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67100,7 +61441,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the transition duration
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67109,7 +61449,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Returns whether the @stack is currently in a transition from one page to
another.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67119,7 +61458,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the transition is currently running, %FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67128,7 +61466,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Gets the type of animation that will be used
for transitions between pages in @stack.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67138,7 +61475,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current transition type of @stack
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67147,7 +61483,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets whether @stack is vertically homogeneous.
See gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67157,7 +61492,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @stack is vertically homogeneous.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67166,7 +61500,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Gets the currently visible child of @stack, or %NULL if
there are no visible children.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67176,7 +61509,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the visible child of the #GtkStack
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67185,7 +61517,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Returns the name of the currently visible child of @stack, or
%NULL if there is no visible child.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67195,7 +61526,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the name of the visible child of the #GtkStack
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67203,13 +61533,11 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Creates a new #GtkStack container.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkStack
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67220,8 +61548,6 @@ If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same
width for all its children. If it isn't, the stack
may change width when a different child becomes visible.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67247,8 +61573,6 @@ Since 3.16, homogeneity can be controlled separately
for horizontal and vertical size, with the
#GtkStack:hhomogeneous and #GtkStack:vhomogeneous.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67271,8 +61595,6 @@ property is set to %TRUE, @stack will interpolate its size between
the current one and the one it'll take after changing the
visible child, according to the set transition duration.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67292,8 +61614,6 @@ Since: 3.18
Sets the duration that transitions between pages in @stack
will take.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67318,8 +61638,6 @@ The transition type can be changed without problems
at runtime, so it is possible to change the animation
based on the page that is about to become current.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67341,8 +61659,6 @@ If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same
height for all its children. If it isn't, the stack
may change height when a different child becomes visible.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67370,8 +61686,6 @@ Note that the @child widget has to be visible itself
(see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible
child of @stack.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67394,8 +61708,6 @@ Note that the child widget has to be visible itself
(see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible
child of @stack.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67427,8 +61739,6 @@ Note that the child widget has to be visible itself
(see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible
child of @stack.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="stack">
@@ -67448,7 +61758,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Retrieves the stack.
See gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67459,7 +61768,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameters>
<return> the associated #GtkStack or
%NULL if none has been set explicitly
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67467,13 +61775,11 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Creates a new sidebar.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkStackSidebar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67484,8 +61790,6 @@ Set the #GtkStack associated with this #GtkStackSidebar.
The sidebar widget will automatically update according to the order
(packing) and items within the given #GtkStack.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="sidebar">
@@ -67505,7 +61809,6 @@ Since: 3.16
Retrieves the stack.
See gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67516,7 +61819,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameters>
<return> the stack, or %NULL if
none has been set explicitly.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67524,13 +61826,11 @@ none has been set explicitly.
<description>
Create a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67538,8 +61838,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Sets the stack to control.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="switcher">
@@ -67581,7 +61879,6 @@ the new message is being used in
<description>
Retrieves the box containing the label widget.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67591,7 +61888,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkBox
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67684,8 +61980,6 @@ The exact @context_id and @message_id must be specified.
Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's
stack with the exact @context_id.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="statusbar">
@@ -67719,8 +62013,6 @@ matched by:
.search { ... }
]|
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -67747,8 +62039,6 @@ Note: If both priorities are the same, a #GtkStyleProvider
added through this function takes precedence over another added
through gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -67783,8 +62073,6 @@ Note: If both priorities are the same, A #GtkStyleProvider
added through gtk_style_context_add_provider() takes precedence
over another added through this function.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -67820,8 +62108,6 @@ memory in the appropriate manner for the type. For example, by calling
g_free() or g_object_unref(). Non-pointer-valued properties, such as
integers, are returned by value and do not need to be freed.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -67853,8 +62139,6 @@ to use the returned value to draw the background with it; the correct way to
achieve this result is to use gtk_render_background() instead, along with CSS
style classes to modify the color to be rendered.
-Since: 3.0
-
Deprecated: 3.16: Use gtk_render_background() instead.
</description>
@@ -67878,8 +62162,6 @@ Gets the border for a given state as a #GtkBorder.
See gtk_style_context_get_property() and
#GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH for details.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -67898,8 +62180,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the border color for a given state.
-Since: 3.0
-
Deprecated: 3.16: Use gtk_render_frame() instead.
</description>
@@ -67944,8 +62224,6 @@ Gets the foreground color for a given state.
See gtk_style_context_get_property() and
#GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR for details.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -67964,7 +62242,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @context is attached.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67974,7 +62251,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkDisplay.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -67982,7 +62258,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Returns the #GdkFrameClock to which @context is attached.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -67993,7 +62268,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkFrameClock, or %NULL
if @context does not have an attached frame clock.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68003,8 +62277,6 @@ Gets the margin for a given state as a #GtkBorder.
See gtk_style_property_get() and #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN
for details.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68025,8 +62297,6 @@ Gets the padding for a given state as a #GtkBorder.
See gtk_style_context_get() and #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING
for details.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68046,7 +62316,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Gets the parent context set via gtk_style_context_set_parent().
See that function for details.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68056,7 +62325,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the parent context or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68064,7 +62332,6 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Returns the widget path used for style matching.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68074,7 +62341,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A #GtkWidgetPath
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68090,8 +62356,6 @@ with this function.
When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called
to free any allocated memory.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68114,7 +62378,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the scale used for assets.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68124,7 +62387,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the scale
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68169,7 +62431,6 @@ to pass to #GtkStyleContext methods, like gtk_style_context_get_padding().
If you need to retrieve the current state of a #GtkWidget, use
gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68179,7 +62440,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the state flags
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68195,8 +62455,6 @@ memory in the appropriate manner for the type. For example, by calling
g_free() or g_object_unref(). Non-pointer-valued properties, such as
integers, are returned by value and do not need to be freed.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68220,7 +62478,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns %TRUE if @context currently has defined the
given class name.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68234,7 +62491,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @context has @class_name defined
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68242,7 +62498,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns the list of classes currently defined in @context.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68255,7 +62510,6 @@ Since: 3.0
strings with the currently defined classes. The contents
of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
itself with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68306,8 +62560,6 @@ in order to get a style context ready to theme the widget.
<description>
Removes @class_name from @context.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68326,8 +62578,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Removes @provider from the style providers list in @context.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68346,8 +62596,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Removes @provider from the global style providers list in @display.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -68371,8 +62619,6 @@ style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information about
its appearance. As an example, it is used when the color scheme changes
in the related #GtkSettings object.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -68388,8 +62634,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Restores @context state to a previous stage.
See gtk_style_context_save().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68410,8 +62654,6 @@ in one go through gtk_style_context_restore().
The matching call to gtk_style_context_restore() must be done
before GTK returns to the main loop.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68433,8 +62675,6 @@ If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to
call this yourself.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68459,8 +62699,6 @@ If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to
call this yourself.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68485,8 +62723,6 @@ of properties.
If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
gtk_widget_get_style_context(), the parent will be set for you.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68511,8 +62747,6 @@ If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call
this yourself.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68531,8 +62765,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Sets the scale to use when getting image assets for the style.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68551,8 +62783,6 @@ Since: 3.10
<description>
Sets the state to be used for style matching.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -68580,7 +62810,6 @@ This function is intended for testing and debugging of the
CSS implementation in GTK+. There are no guarantees about
the format of the returned string, it may change.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68594,7 +62823,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a newly allocated string representing @context
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68602,7 +62830,6 @@ Since: 3.20
<description>
Gets whether the #GtkSwitch is in its “on” or “off” state.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68612,7 +62839,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the #GtkSwitch is active, and %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68620,7 +62846,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the underlying state of the #GtkSwitch.
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68630,7 +62855,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the underlying state
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68638,13 +62862,11 @@ Since: 3.14
<description>
Creates a new #GtkSwitch widget.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the newly created #GtkSwitch instance
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68652,8 +62874,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Changes the state of @sw to the desired one.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="sw">
@@ -68678,8 +62898,6 @@ called from a #GtkSwitch::state-set signal handler.
See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="sw">
@@ -68699,7 +62917,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
provide a #GdkPixbuf.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68719,7 +62936,6 @@ how to convert a pixbuf into the format
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for images,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68728,7 +62944,6 @@ otherwise %FALSE.
Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
provide text.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68743,7 +62958,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for text,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68752,7 +62966,6 @@ otherwise %FALSE.
Determines if any of the targets in @targets can be used to
provide an uri list.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68767,7 +62980,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for uri lists,
otherwise %FALSE.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68784,8 +62996,6 @@ environments as deterministic as possible.
Like gtk_init() and g_test_init(), any known arguments will be
processed and stripped from @argc and @argv.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="argcp">
@@ -68813,7 +63023,6 @@ stripped before return.
Return the type ids that have been registered after
calling gtk_test_register_all_types().
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -68824,7 +63033,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return>
0-terminated array of type ids
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -68834,8 +63042,6 @@ Force registration of all core Gtk+ and Gdk object types.
This allowes to refer to any of those object types via
g_type_from_name() after calling this function.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
@@ -68852,8 +63058,6 @@ This function is intended to be used for syncing with actions that
depend on @widget relayouting or on interaction with the display
server.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -68954,8 +63158,6 @@ be another mark in the buffer with the same name.
Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the mark's
initial placement.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -69063,7 +63265,6 @@ Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become
invalid after calling this function; however, the @iter will be
re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -69085,7 +63286,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the buffer was modified
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -69483,7 +63683,6 @@ character position 0) to the end iterator.
<description>
Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -69493,7 +63692,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the there is text selected
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -70061,8 +64259,6 @@ in its entirety and must be nul-terminated and valid UTF-8. Emits the
actually occurs in the default handler for the signal. @iter will point
to the end of the inserted text on return.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -70485,8 +64681,6 @@ inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff
to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can
be optimized.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="buffer">
@@ -70646,8 +64840,6 @@ is not useful in applications, because iterators can be assigned
with `GtkTextIter i = j;`. The
function is used by language bindings.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="iter">
@@ -70955,7 +65147,6 @@ if no toggle is found.
Moves @iter forward to the previous visible cursor position. See
gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -70965,7 +65156,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -70974,7 +65164,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Moves up to @count visible cursor positions. See
gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -70988,7 +65177,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71002,7 +65190,6 @@ the line and the function returns %TRUE. (Note that this implies that
in a loop calling this function, the line number may not change on
every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.)
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71012,7 +65199,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @iter moved
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71026,7 +65212,6 @@ moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0,
the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative,
moves forward by 0 - @count lines.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71040,7 +65225,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71052,7 +65236,6 @@ are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any
language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
algorithms).
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71062,7 +65245,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71070,7 +65252,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start() up to @count times.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71084,7 +65265,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71686,7 +65866,6 @@ if no toggle is found.
Moves @iter forward to the next visible cursor position. See
gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71696,7 +65875,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71705,7 +65883,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Moves up to @count visible cursor positions. See
gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71719,7 +65896,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71730,7 +65906,6 @@ was a next line to move to, and %FALSE if @iter was simply moved to
the end of the buffer and is now not dereferenceable, or if @iter was
already at the end of the buffer.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71740,7 +65915,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @iter can be dereferenced
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71754,7 +65928,6 @@ moved onto the end iterator, then %FALSE is returned. If @count is 0,
the function does nothing and returns %FALSE. If @count is negative,
moves backward by 0 - @count lines.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71768,7 +65941,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71780,7 +65952,6 @@ are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any
language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
algorithms).
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71790,7 +65961,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -71798,7 +65968,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end() up to @count times.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -71812,7 +65981,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -72615,7 +66783,6 @@ words, unlike gtk_text_iter_ends_tag(), if gtk_text_iter_starts_tag() returns
%TRUE, gtk_text_iter_has_tag() will also return %TRUE for the same
parameters.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -73247,7 +67414,6 @@ right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is a
mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the right
side of the text you’re typing).
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -73261,7 +67427,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> new #GtkTextMark
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -73296,8 +67461,6 @@ the tag is included.
The signal is already emitted when setting a #GtkTextTag property. This
function is useful for a #GtkTextTag subclass.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tag">
@@ -73704,7 +67867,6 @@ views, since they depend on the contents of the #GtkTextBuffer.
Returns whether pressing the Tab key inserts a tab characters.
gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -73715,7 +67877,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab character,
%FALSE if pressing the Tab key moves the keyboard focus.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -73744,7 +67905,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_border_window_size().
<description>
Gets the bottom margin for text in the @text_view.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -73754,7 +67914,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> bottom margin in pixels
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -73798,8 +67957,6 @@ The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use
gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these
coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -73879,8 +68036,6 @@ The indentation may be negative.
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-hints property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -73895,8 +68050,6 @@ Since: 3.6
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -73952,7 +68105,6 @@ Note that this is different from gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_location(),
which returns cursor locations, i.e. positions between
characters.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -73981,7 +68133,6 @@ zero, or the number of characters in the grapheme.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the position is over text
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -74108,8 +68259,6 @@ Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:monospace property.
Return: %TRUE if monospace fonts are desired
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74124,7 +68273,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Returns whether the #GtkTextView is in overwrite mode or not.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -74134,7 +68282,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether @text_view is in overwrite mode or not.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -74232,7 +68379,6 @@ with pango_tab_array_free().
<description>
Gets the top margin for text in the @text_view.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -74242,7 +68388,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> top margin in pixels
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -74315,7 +68460,6 @@ return GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (gtk_foo_bar_parent_class)->key_press_event (widget,
}
]|
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -74329,7 +68473,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -74478,8 +68621,6 @@ This function should be called in response to user input
(e.g. from derived classes that override the textview's
#GtkWidget::key-press-event handler).
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74497,8 +68638,6 @@ Reset the input method context of the text view if needed.
This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer
would confuse on-going input method behavior.
-Since: 2.22
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74626,8 +68765,6 @@ If @accepts_tab is %TRUE, a tab character is inserted. If @accepts_tab
is %FALSE the keyboard focus is moved to the next widget in the focus
chain.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74679,8 +68816,6 @@ Sets the bottom margin for text in @text_view.
Note that this function is confusingly named.
In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74784,8 +68919,6 @@ Tags in the buffer may override the default.
Sets the #GtkTextView:input-hints property, which
allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74806,8 +68939,6 @@ Sets the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property which
can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
methods to adjust their behaviour.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74870,8 +69001,6 @@ Sets the #GtkTextView:monospace property, which
indicates that the text view should use monospace
fonts.
-Since: 3.16
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -74890,8 +69019,6 @@ Since: 3.16
<description>
Changes the #GtkTextView overwrite mode.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -75013,8 +69140,6 @@ Sets the top margin for text in @text_view.
Note that this function is confusingly named.
In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="text_view">
@@ -75213,7 +69338,6 @@ application ever to call this function.
Queries a #GtkToggleToolButton and returns its current state.
Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75223,7 +69347,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the toggle tool button is pressed in, %FALSE if not
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75231,13 +69354,11 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Returns a new #GtkToggleToolButton
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a newly created #GtkToggleToolButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75247,8 +69368,6 @@ Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to %TRUE if you
want the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and %FALSE to raise it.
This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -75268,7 +69387,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns the name of the themed icon for the tool button,
see gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name().
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75279,7 +69397,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameters>
<return> the icon name or %NULL if the tool button has
no themed icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75288,7 +69405,6 @@ no themed icon
Return the widget used as icon widget on @button.
See gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75299,7 +69415,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The widget used as icon
on @button, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75309,7 +69424,6 @@ Returns the label used by the tool button, or %NULL if the tool button
doesn’t have a label. The returned
string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75319,7 +69433,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The label, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75328,7 +69441,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns the widget used as label on @button.
See gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75339,7 +69451,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The widget used as label
on @button, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75348,7 +69459,6 @@ on @button, or %NULL.
Returns whether underscores in the label property are used as mnemonics
on menu items on the overflow menu. See gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75359,7 +69469,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if underscores in the label property are used as
mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75368,7 +69477,6 @@ mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu.
Creates a new #GtkToolButton using @icon_widget as contents and @label as
label.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75382,7 +69490,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkToolButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75394,8 +69501,6 @@ The #GtkToolButton:icon-name property only has an effect if not
overridden by non-%NULL #GtkToolButton:label-widget or
#GtkToolButton:icon-widget properties.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -75414,8 +69519,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Sets @icon as the widget used as icon on @button.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -75437,8 +69540,6 @@ property only has an effect if not overridden by a non-%NULL
#GtkToolButton:label-widget property. If both the #GtkToolButton:label-widget
and #GtkToolButton:label properties are %NULL, @button will not have a label.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -75459,8 +69560,6 @@ Sets @label_widget as the widget that will be used as the label
for @button. If @label_widget is %NULL the #GtkToolButton:label property is used
as label. If #GtkToolButton:label is also %NULL, @button does not have a label.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -75486,8 +69585,6 @@ menu will have an underlined “O”.
Labels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this property
only affects the menu item on the overflow menu.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="button">
@@ -75508,7 +69605,6 @@ Returns the ellipsize mode used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of
#GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should
be ellipsized.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75519,7 +69615,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> a #PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in @tool_item
should be ellipsized.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75528,7 +69623,6 @@ should be ellipsized.
Returns whether @tool_item is allocated extra space.
See gtk_tool_item_set_expand().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75538,7 +69632,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tool_item is allocated extra space.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75547,7 +69640,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns whether @tool_item is the same size as other homogeneous
items. See gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75558,7 +69650,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the item is the same size as other homogeneous
items.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75567,7 +69658,6 @@ items.
Returns whether @tool_item is considered important. See
gtk_tool_item_set_is_important()
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75577,7 +69667,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tool_item is considered important.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75587,7 +69676,6 @@ Returns the orientation used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of
#GtkToolItem should call this function to find out what size icons
they should use.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75598,7 +69686,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkOrientation indicating the orientation
used for @tool_item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75612,7 +69699,6 @@ update their menu item when the #GtkToolItem changes. That the
@menu_item_ids must match ensures that a #GtkToolItem
will not inadvertently change a menu item that they did not create.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75628,7 +69714,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> The #GtkMenuItem passed to
gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), if the @menu_item_ids
match.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75638,7 +69723,6 @@ Returns the text alignment used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of
#GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should
be aligned.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75649,7 +69733,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> a #gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment
used for @tool_item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75659,7 +69742,6 @@ Returns the text orientation used for @tool_item. Custom subclasses of
#GtkToolItem should call this function to find out how text should
be orientated.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75670,7 +69752,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkOrientation indicating the text orientation
used for @tool_item
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75680,7 +69761,6 @@ Returns the size group used for labels in @tool_item.
Custom subclasses of #GtkToolItem should call this function
and use the size group for labels.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75690,7 +69770,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkSizeGroup
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75709,7 +69788,6 @@ both an icon and a label, stacked vertically
- %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ, meaning the tool item should show
both an icon and a label, arranged horizontally
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75720,7 +69798,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> A #GtkToolbarStyle indicating the toolbar style used
for @tool_item.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75729,7 +69806,6 @@ for @tool_item.
Returns whether the @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are
docked horizontally.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75740,7 +69816,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are
docked horizontally.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -75749,7 +69824,6 @@ docked horizontally.
Returns whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically.
See gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -75759,375 +69833,18 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> Whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_collapsed">
-<description>
-Gets whether @group is collapsed or expanded.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @group is collapsed, %FALSE if it is expanded
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_drop_item">
-<description>
-Gets the tool item at position (x, y).
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> the x position
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> the y position
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkToolItem at position (x, y)
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_ellipsize">
-<description>
-Gets the ellipsization mode of @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #PangoEllipsizeMode of @group
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_header_relief">
-<description>
-Gets the relief mode of the header button of @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkReliefStyle
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_item_position">
-<description>
-Gets the position of @item in @group as index.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="item">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItem
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the index of @item in @group or -1 if @item is no child of @group
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_label">
-<description>
-Gets the label of @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the label of @group. The label is an internal string of @group
-and must not be modified. Note that %NULL is returned if a custom
-label has been set with gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget()
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_label_widget">
-<description>
-Gets the label widget of @group.
-See gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the label widget of @group
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_n_items">
-<description>
-Gets the number of tool items in @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the number of tool items in @group
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_get_nth_item">
-<description>
-Gets the tool item at @index in group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="index">
-<parameter_description> the index
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkToolItem at index
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_insert">
-<description>
-Inserts @item at @position in the list of children of @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="item">
-<parameter_description> the #GtkToolItem to insert into @group
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="position">
-<parameter_description> the position of @item in @group, starting with 0.
-The position -1 means end of list.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new tool item group with label @label.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="label">
-<parameter_description> the label of the new group
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkToolItemGroup.
-
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_set_collapsed">
-<description>
-Sets whether the @group should be collapsed or expanded.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="collapsed">
-<parameter_description> whether the @group should be collapsed or expanded
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_set_ellipsize">
-<description>
-Sets the ellipsization mode which should be used by labels in @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="ellipsize">
-<parameter_description> the #PangoEllipsizeMode labels in @group should use
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_set_header_relief">
-<description>
-Set the button relief of the group header.
-See gtk_button_set_relief() for details.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="style">
-<parameter_description> the #GtkReliefStyle
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_set_item_position">
-<description>
-Sets the position of @item in the list of children of @group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="item">
-<parameter_description> the #GtkToolItem to move to a new position, should
-be a child of @group.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="position">
-<parameter_description> the new position of @item in @group, starting with 0.
-The position -1 means end of list.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_set_label">
-<description>
-Sets the label of the tool item group. The label is displayed in the header
-of the group.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="label">
-<parameter_description> the new human-readable label of of the group
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget">
-<description>
-Sets the label of the tool item group.
-The label widget is displayed in the header of the group, in place
-of the usual label.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="label_widget">
-<parameter_description> the widget to be displayed in place of the usual label
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gtk_tool_item_new">
<description>
Creates a new #GtkToolItem
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the new #GtkToolItem
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76141,8 +69858,6 @@ the menu will be rebuilt.
The function must be called when the tool item changes what it
will do in response to the #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy signal.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76159,7 +69874,6 @@ Returns the #GtkMenuItem that was last set by
gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), ie. the #GtkMenuItem
that is going to appear in the overflow menu.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76170,7 +69884,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the
overflow menu for @tool_item.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76181,8 +69894,6 @@ is more room on the toolbar then needed for the items. The
effect is that the item gets bigger when the toolbar gets bigger
and smaller when the toolbar gets smaller.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76203,8 +69914,6 @@ Sets whether @tool_item is to be allocated the same size as other
homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items will have
the same width as the widest of the items.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76227,8 +69936,6 @@ when the toolbar style is %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ. The result is that
only tool buttons with the “is_important” property set have labels, an
effect known as “priority text”
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76251,8 +69958,6 @@ should also be used with gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item().
See also #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76276,8 +69981,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Sets the markup text to be displayed as tooltip on the item.
See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76297,8 +70000,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Sets the text to be displayed as tooltip on the item.
See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76317,8 +70018,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked horizontally.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76340,8 +70039,6 @@ vertically. Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide to be
useful on a vertically docked toolbar. If @visible_vertical is %FALSE
@tool_item will not appear on toolbars that are docked vertically.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76363,8 +70060,6 @@ Emits the signal #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured on @tool_item.
#GtkToolbar and other #GtkToolShell implementations use this function
to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tool_item">
@@ -76375,391 +70070,12 @@ Since: 2.14
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_add_drag_dest">
-<description>
-Sets @palette as drag source (see gtk_tool_palette_set_drag_source())
-and sets @widget as a drag destination for drags from @palette.
-See gtk_drag_dest_set().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="widget">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget which should be a drag destination for @palette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="flags">
-<parameter_description> the flags that specify what actions GTK+ should take for drops
-on that widget
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="targets">
-<parameter_description> the #GtkToolPaletteDragTargets which the widget
-should support
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="actions">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkDragActions which the widget should suppport
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_item">
-<description>
-Get the dragged item from the selection.
-This could be a #GtkToolItem or a #GtkToolItemGroup.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="selection">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkSelectionData
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the dragged item in selection
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_target_group">
-<description>
-Get the target entry for a dragged #GtkToolItemGroup.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkTargetEntry for a dragged group
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_target_item">
-<description>
-Gets the mime type for a dragged #GtkToolItem.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkTargetEntry for a dragged item.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_group">
-<description>
-Gets the group at position (x, y).
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> the x position
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> the y position
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkToolItemGroup at position
-or %NULL if there is no such group
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_item">
-<description>
-Gets the item at position (x, y).
-See gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_group().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> the x position
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> the y position
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkToolItem at position or %NULL if there is no such item
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_exclusive">
-<description>
-Gets whether @group is exclusive or not.
-See gtk_tool_palette_set_exclusive().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @group is exclusive
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_expand">
-<description>
-Gets whether group should be given extra space.
-See gtk_tool_palette_set_expand().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if group should be given extra space, %FALSE otherwise
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_group_position">
-<description>
-Gets the position of @group in @palette as index.
-See gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the index of group or -1 if @group is not a child of @palette
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_get_style">
-<description>
-Gets the style (icons, text or both) of items in the tool palette.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GtkToolbarStyle of items in the tool palette.
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new tool palette.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GtkToolPalette
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_set_drag_source">
-<description>
-Sets the tool palette as a drag source.
-Enables all groups and items in the tool palette as drag sources
-on button 1 and button 3 press with copy and move actions.
-See gtk_drag_source_set().
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="targets">
-<parameter_description> the #GtkToolPaletteDragTargets
-which the widget should support
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_set_exclusive">
-<description>
-Sets whether the group should be exclusive or not.
-If an exclusive group is expanded all other groups are collapsed.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="exclusive">
-<parameter_description> whether the group should be exclusive or not
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_set_expand">
-<description>
-Sets whether the group should be given extra space.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="expand">
-<parameter_description> whether the group should be given extra space
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position">
-<description>
-Sets the position of the group as an index of the tool palette.
-If position is 0 the group will become the first child, if position is
--1 it will become the last child.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolItemGroup which is a child of palette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="position">
-<parameter_description> a new index for group
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_set_style">
-<description>
-Sets the style (text, icons or both) of items in the tool palette.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="style">
-<parameter_description> the #GtkToolbarStyle that items in the tool palette shall have
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gtk_tool_palette_unset_style">
-<description>
-Unsets a toolbar style set with gtk_tool_palette_set_style(),
-so that user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.
-
-Since: 2.20
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="palette">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkToolPalette
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gtk_tool_shell_get_ellipsize_mode">
<description>
Retrieves the current ellipsize mode for the tool shell. Tool items must not
call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode()
instead.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76769,7 +70085,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current ellipsize mode of @shell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76779,7 +70094,6 @@ Retrieves the current orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must not
call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_orientation()
instead.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76789,7 +70103,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current orientation of @shell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76799,7 +70112,6 @@ Retrieves whether the tool shell has text, icons, or both. Tool items must
not call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style()
instead.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76809,7 +70121,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current style of @shell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76819,7 +70130,6 @@ Retrieves the current text alignment for the tool shell. Tool items must not
call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment()
instead.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76829,7 +70139,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current text alignment of @shell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76839,7 +70148,6 @@ Retrieves the current text orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must not
call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation()
instead.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76849,7 +70157,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current text orientation of @shell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76859,7 +70166,6 @@ Retrieves the current text size group for the tool shell. Tool items must not
call this function directly, but rely on gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group()
instead.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76869,7 +70175,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current text size group of @shell
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76882,8 +70187,6 @@ when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt.
Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on
gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu() instead.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="shell">
@@ -76903,7 +70206,6 @@ inserted.
@x and @y are in @toolbar coordinates.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76921,7 +70223,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The position corresponding to the point (@x, @y) on the toolbar.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76930,7 +70231,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns the position of @item on the toolbar, starting from 0.
It is an error if @item is not a child of the toolbar.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76944,7 +70244,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the position of item on the toolbar.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76952,7 +70251,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Returns the number of items on the toolbar.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76962,7 +70260,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of items on the toolbar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76971,7 +70268,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Returns the @n'th item on @toolbar, or %NULL if the
toolbar does not contain an @n'th item.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -76986,7 +70282,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> The @n'th #GtkToolItem on @toolbar,
or %NULL if there isn’t an @n'th item.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -76995,7 +70290,6 @@ or %NULL if there isn’t an @n'th item.
Returns whether the toolbar has an overflow menu.
See gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -77005,7 +70299,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the toolbar has an overflow menu.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -77032,8 +70325,6 @@ Insert a #GtkToolItem into the toolbar at position @pos. If @pos is
0 the item is prepended to the start of the toolbar. If @pos is
negative, the item is appended to the end of the toolbar.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="toolbar">
@@ -77076,8 +70367,6 @@ hierarchy. When an item is set as drop highlight item it can not
added to any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for another
toolbar.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="toolbar">
@@ -77105,8 +70394,6 @@ or #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy, will be available in an overflow menu,
which can be opened by an added arrow button. If %FALSE, @toolbar will
request enough size to fit all of its child items without any overflow.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="toolbar">
@@ -77163,9 +70450,6 @@ By default a box with a #GtkImage and #GtkLabel is embedded in
the tooltip, which can be configured using gtk_tooltip_set_markup()
and gtk_tooltip_set_icon().
-
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77185,8 +70469,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
@texture. If @texure is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77207,8 +70489,6 @@ Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text)
to be the icon indicated by @gicon with the size indicated
by @size. If @gicon is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77229,8 +70509,6 @@ Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
the icon indicated by @icon_name with the size indicated
by @size. If @icon_name is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
-Since: 2.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77251,8 +70529,6 @@ Sets the text of the tooltip to be @markup, which is marked up
with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
If @markup is %NULL, the label will be hidden.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77272,8 +70548,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Sets the text of the tooltip to be @text. If @text is %NULL, the label
will be hidden. See also gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77299,8 +70573,6 @@ For setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView, please refer to the convenience
functions for this: gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row() and
gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tooltip">
@@ -77322,8 +70594,6 @@ visible tooltip, or to show/hide the current tooltip. This function is
useful to call when, for example, the state of the widget changed by a
key press.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="display">
@@ -77544,8 +70814,6 @@ being filtered is static (and doesn’t change often) and there has been
a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function,
all unreffed iters will be invalid.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -77562,7 +70830,6 @@ Sets @filter_iter to point to the row in @filter that corresponds to the
row pointed at by @child_iter. If @filter_iter was not set, %FALSE is
returned.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -77581,7 +70848,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if @filter_iter was set, i.e. if @child_iter is a
valid iterator pointing to a visible row in child model.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -77593,7 +70859,6 @@ same row in the filtered model. If @child_path isn’t a valid path on the
child model or points to a row which is not visible in @filter, then %NULL
is returned.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -77607,7 +70872,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -77615,8 +70879,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @filter_iter.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -77642,7 +70904,6 @@ Converts @filter_path to a path on the child model of @filter. That is,
point to the same location in the model not being filtered. If @filter_path
does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -77656,7 +70917,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -77664,7 +70924,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -77674,7 +70933,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -77683,7 +70941,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Creates a new #GtkTreeModel, with @child_model as the child_model
and @root as the virtual root.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -77697,7 +70954,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A new #GtkTreeModel.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -77706,8 +70962,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Emits ::row_changed for each row in the child model, which causes
the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -77731,8 +70985,6 @@ modify function.
Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func()
can only be called once for a given filter model.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -77774,8 +71026,6 @@ Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or
gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called
once for a given filter model.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -77828,8 +71078,6 @@ Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or
gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called
once for a given filter model.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="filter">
@@ -78069,7 +71317,6 @@ This string is a “:” separated list of numbers.
For example, “4:10:0:3” would be an acceptable
return value for this string.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -78084,7 +71331,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameters>
<return> a newly-allocated string.
Must be freed with g_free().
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -78310,7 +71556,6 @@ Sets @iter to point to the previous node at the current level.
If there is no previous @iter, %FALSE is returned and @iter is
set to be invalid.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -78324,7 +71569,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -78496,8 +71740,6 @@ Emits the #GtkTreeModel::rows-reordered signal on @tree_model.
This should be called by models when their rows have been
reordered.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_model">
@@ -78668,7 +71910,6 @@ Returns the model the #GtkTreeModelSort is sorting.
Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -78682,7 +71923,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -78898,7 +72138,6 @@ This is an array of integers, each representing a node in a tree.
It also returns the number of elements in the array.
The array should not be freed.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -78914,7 +72153,6 @@ returned in the integer array, or %NULL
</parameters>
<return> The current
indices, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -78989,7 +72227,6 @@ The string representation of this path is “0”.
<description>
Creates a new path with @first_index and @varargs as indices.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79003,7 +72240,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79011,7 +72247,6 @@ Since: 2.2
<description>
Creates a new path with the given @indices array of @length.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79025,7 +72260,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79144,7 +72378,6 @@ Moves the @path to point to its parent node, if it has a parent.
<description>
Copies a #GtkTreeRowReference.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79154,7 +72387,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a copy of @reference
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79196,7 +72428,6 @@ Free’s @reference. @reference may be %NULL
<description>
Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79206,7 +72437,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the model
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79368,7 +72598,6 @@ a current valid path.
<description>
Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79378,7 +72607,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of rows selected.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79403,7 +72631,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_mode().
<description>
Returns the current selection function.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79413,7 +72640,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The function.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79457,7 +72683,6 @@ To free the return value, use:
g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
]|
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -79471,7 +72696,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected row.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -79752,8 +72976,6 @@ Unselects the row at @path.
Unselects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path
inclusive.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="selection">
@@ -80117,8 +73339,6 @@ repeatedly can affect the performance of the program,
gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when
inserting rows in a sorted tree store.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80151,8 +73371,6 @@ A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes
the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
function is mainly intended for language bindings.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80240,7 +73458,6 @@ purposes.
Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -80254,7 +73471,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -80265,8 +73481,6 @@ Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position after @position. @iter and
works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved
to the start of the level.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80292,8 +73506,6 @@ Moves @iter in @tree_store to the position before @position. @iter and
works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be
moved to the end of the level.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80412,8 +73624,6 @@ Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order
indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with
unsorted stores.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80575,8 +73785,6 @@ the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case
the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80608,8 +73816,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function
only works with unsorted stores.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_store">
@@ -80917,8 +74123,6 @@ Emits the “clicked” signal on the column. This function will only work if
Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @cell, if the column contains
2 or more editable and activatable cells.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_column">
@@ -80954,7 +74158,6 @@ between 0.0 and 1.0.
<description>
Returns the button used in the treeview column header
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -80964,7 +74167,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The button for the column header.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -80988,7 +74190,6 @@ Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column.
<description>
Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -80998,7 +74199,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -81191,7 +74391,6 @@ Returns the #GtkTreeView wherein @tree_column has been inserted.
If @column is currently not inserted in any tree view, %NULL is
returned.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -81202,7 +74401,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> The tree view wherein @column has
been inserted if any, %NULL otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -81261,7 +74459,6 @@ Returns the current size of @tree_column in pixels.
<description>
Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -81271,7 +74468,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The current X offset of @tree_column.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -81291,7 +74487,6 @@ Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn.
<description>
Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -81301,7 +74496,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -81401,8 +74595,6 @@ evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have
their sizes renegotiated.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_column">
@@ -81521,8 +74713,6 @@ column is created with this %FALSE.
Along with “fixed-width”, the “expand” property changes when the column is
resized by the user.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_column">
@@ -81827,8 +75017,6 @@ treeview has been realized.
Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the
tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -81859,8 +75047,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Converts bin_window coordinates to widget relative coordinates.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -81892,8 +75078,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
to bin_window coordinates.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -81925,8 +75109,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
to widget coordinates.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -81957,8 +75139,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<description>
Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -81990,8 +75170,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the
tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -82134,8 +75312,6 @@ Opens the row so its children are visible.
Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of
@path as necessary.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -82154,7 +75330,6 @@ Since: 2.2
<description>
Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82164,7 +75339,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82385,7 +75559,6 @@ by typing in text.
<description>
Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in @tree_view.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82396,7 +75569,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82421,7 +75593,6 @@ This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it.
<description>
Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82431,7 +75602,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82439,7 +75609,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns which grid lines are enabled in @tree_view.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82450,7 +75619,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
are enabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82458,7 +75626,6 @@ are enabled.
<description>
Returns whether all header columns are clickable.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82468,7 +75635,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82492,7 +75658,6 @@ Returns %TRUE if the headers on the @tree_view are visible.
<description>
Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82502,7 +75667,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82510,7 +75674,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82520,7 +75683,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82529,7 +75691,6 @@ Since: 2.6
Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
in @tree_view.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82540,7 +75701,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the amount of extra indentation for child levels in
@tree_view. A return value of 0 means that this feature is disabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82566,7 +75726,6 @@ none is currently being used.
<description>
Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82576,7 +75735,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The number of columns in the @tree_view
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82660,7 +75818,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().
<description>
Returns the current row separator function.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82670,7 +75827,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current row separator function.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82680,7 +75836,6 @@ Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for @tree_view. If the
selection mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the
user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82690,7 +75845,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82716,7 +75870,6 @@ Returns the #GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search
entry for @tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, %NULL
will be returned.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82726,7 +75879,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the entry currently in use as search entry.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82750,7 +75902,6 @@ Returns the compare function currently in use.
<description>
Returns the positioning function currently in use.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82760,7 +75911,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the currently used function for positioning the search dialog.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82784,7 +75934,6 @@ Gets the #GtkTreeSelection associated with @tree_view.
<description>
Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in @tree_view.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82795,7 +75944,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82804,7 +75952,6 @@ otherwise.
Returns the column of @tree_view’s model which is being used for
displaying tooltips on @tree_view’s rows.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82815,7 +75962,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
used, or -1 if this is disabled.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82833,7 +75979,6 @@ tooltips the row returned will be the cursor row. When %TRUE, then any of
that row and the corresponding model. @x and @y will always be converted
to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82868,7 +76013,6 @@ receive a #GtkTreeModel or %NULL
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -82879,7 +76023,6 @@ Note that there may be invisible paths in between.
The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -82898,7 +76041,6 @@ or %NULL.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -83052,7 +76194,6 @@ The @path, @column, @cell_x and @cell_y arguments will be filled in
likewise as for gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos(). Please see
gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -83087,7 +76228,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,
%FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -83096,7 +76236,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
in @tree_view.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -83107,7 +76246,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being
done in @tree_view.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -83328,8 +76466,6 @@ If either @tree_x or @tree_y are -1, then that direction isn’t scrolled.
Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted
on a single click instead of a double click.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83431,8 +76567,6 @@ realized.
If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset
and the function will return without failing.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83509,8 +76643,6 @@ using the “start-interactive-search” key binding.
Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view.
This does not have any visible effects for lists.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83556,8 +76688,6 @@ rows have the same height.
Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all
columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83576,8 +76706,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83635,8 +76763,6 @@ Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer
moves over them.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83658,8 +76784,6 @@ Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer.
Currently, this works only for the selection modes
%GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83682,8 +76806,6 @@ pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default
indentation will be used.
This does not have any visible effects for lists.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83755,8 +76877,6 @@ Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83785,8 +76905,6 @@ Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode
is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select
multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83835,8 +76953,6 @@ in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing %NULL for
@entry will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup
entry again.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83883,8 +76999,6 @@ that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
<description>
Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83918,8 +77032,6 @@ can set a custom indentation in this case using
gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation().
This does not have any visible effects for lists.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83948,8 +77060,6 @@ mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly.
See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -83989,8 +77099,6 @@ When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and
Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -84011,8 +77119,6 @@ Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path.
See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_view">
@@ -84125,13 +77231,11 @@ Creates a #GtkVolumeButton, with a range between 0.0 and 1.0, with
a stepping of 0.02. Volume values can be obtained and modified using
the functions from #GtkScaleButton.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> a new #GtkVolumeButton
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -84204,8 +77308,6 @@ widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -84243,7 +77345,6 @@ This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
#GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't
have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -84266,7 +77367,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameters>
<return> an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -84280,7 +77380,6 @@ handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
its ancestors mapped.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -84294,7 +77393,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -84368,8 +77466,6 @@ Binds a callback function defined in a template to the @widget_class.
This macro is a convenience wrapper around the
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full() function.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84392,8 +77488,6 @@ defined for @widget_type. See gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol().
Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84422,8 +77516,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() function.
This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
instance structure.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84467,8 +77559,6 @@ might be more convenient to use.
Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84505,8 +77595,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() function.
This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
instance structure.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84537,8 +77625,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full() function.
This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
private data structure.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84568,8 +77654,6 @@ This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
private data structure (it uses G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(), so the private struct
must be added with G_ADD_PRIVATE()).
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84593,7 +77677,6 @@ Since: 3.10
Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -84603,7 +77686,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the CSS name of the given class
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -84624,8 +77706,6 @@ and the accessible’s default role will be used instead.
This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84648,8 +77728,6 @@ accessibles of the parent class.
This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84672,8 +77750,6 @@ used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from this class’s template data.
Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84704,8 +77780,6 @@ Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
If this function is not called for a given class, the name
of the parent class is used.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84730,8 +77804,6 @@ For convenience, gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource() is also provided.
Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
in the widget’s instance initializer.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84753,8 +77825,6 @@ A convenience function to call gtk_widget_class_set_template().
Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
in the widget’s instance initializer.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget_class">
@@ -84836,7 +77906,6 @@ input and will therefor always return %FALSE here. See
gtk_widget_set_pass_through() and gtk_widget_set_sensitive() for
details about those functions.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -84854,7 +77923,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget contains (@x, @y).
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -84979,7 +78047,6 @@ events to @widget. This may be used in the
#GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -84994,7 +78061,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85018,8 +78084,6 @@ Note that special-purpose widgets may contain special code for
rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -85045,8 +78109,6 @@ Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
or window manager that is used.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -85138,7 +78200,6 @@ ancestry.
If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85152,7 +78213,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A #GActionGroup or %NULL.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85163,7 +78223,6 @@ This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
for the #GtkWidget::draw function, and when allocating child
widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85173,7 +78232,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85207,8 +78265,6 @@ the value returned by this function.
If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -85261,8 +78317,6 @@ gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -85310,7 +78364,6 @@ considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
gtk_widget_set_can_default().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85320,7 +78373,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85329,7 +78381,6 @@ Since: 2.18
Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85339,7 +78390,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85374,8 +78424,6 @@ happen. Other toolkits call it the bounding box.
Historically, in GTK+ the clip area has been equal to the allocation
retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -85398,7 +78446,6 @@ This is a utility function to get the clipboard object for the
Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
realized yet.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85408,7 +78455,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the appropriate clipboard object.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85417,7 +78463,6 @@ Since: 3.94
Queries the cursor set via gtk_widget_set_cursor(). See that function for
details.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85428,7 +78473,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> the cursor curently in use or %NULL
to use the default.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85472,7 +78516,6 @@ In general, you should only create display specific
resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85482,13 +78525,11 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
-
</return>
</function>
<function name="gtk_widget_get_first_child">
<description>
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85498,7 +78539,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The widget's first child
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85507,7 +78547,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
See gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click().
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85518,7 +78557,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
the mouse.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85526,7 +78564,6 @@ the mouse.
<description>
Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85536,7 +78573,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85545,7 +78581,6 @@ Since: 3.18
Returns the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering. When not set,
the defaults font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
-Since: 3.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85555,7 +78590,6 @@ Since: 3.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85583,7 +78617,6 @@ change the widget’s frame clock.
Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85594,7 +78627,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameters>
<return> a #GdkFrameClock,
or %NULL if widget is unrealized
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85624,7 +78656,6 @@ alignment.
Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
#GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85634,7 +78665,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85643,7 +78673,6 @@ Since: 2.12
Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
gtk_widget_set_has_window().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85653,7 +78682,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85663,7 +78691,6 @@ Returns the content height of the widget, as passed to its size-allocate impleme
This is the size you should be using in GtkWidgetClass.snapshot(). For pointer
events, see gtk_widget_contains().
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85673,7 +78700,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The height of @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85733,7 +78759,6 @@ for completeness and consistency.
<function name="gtk_widget_get_last_child">
<description>
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85743,7 +78768,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The widget's last child
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85751,7 +78775,6 @@ Since: 3.90
<description>
Whether the widget is mapped.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85761,7 +78784,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85769,7 +78791,6 @@ Since: 2.20
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85779,7 +78800,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The bottom margin of @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85787,7 +78807,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85797,7 +78816,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The end margin of @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85805,7 +78823,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85815,7 +78832,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The start margin of @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85823,7 +78839,6 @@ Since: 3.12
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85833,7 +78848,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The top margin of @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85844,7 +78858,6 @@ uses for a particular purpose.
See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85858,7 +78871,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the modifier mask used for @intent.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85882,7 +78894,6 @@ should not be modified or freed
<function name="gtk_widget_get_next_sibling">
<description>
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85892,7 +78903,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The widget's next sibling
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -85901,7 +78911,6 @@ Since: 3.90
Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
See gtk_widget_set_opacity().
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -85911,7 +78920,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the requested opacity for this widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86006,8 +79014,6 @@ the minimum width.
Use gtk_widget_measure() if you want to support
baseline alignment.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -86028,7 +79034,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<function name="gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling">
<description>
-Since: 3.90
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86038,7 +79043,6 @@ Since: 3.90
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The widget's previous sibling
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86050,7 +79054,6 @@ for the #GdkDisplay that @widget is using.
Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
realized yet.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86060,7 +79063,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the appropriate clipboard object.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86068,7 +79070,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Determines whether @widget is realized.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86078,7 +79079,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86090,7 +79090,6 @@ is the default.
See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86101,7 +79100,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
%FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86115,7 +79113,6 @@ their child, container widgets need to request something either in
context of their children or in context of their allocation
capabilities.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86125,7 +79122,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86137,7 +79133,6 @@ high density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).
See gdk_window_get_scale_factor().
-Since: 3.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86147,7 +79142,6 @@ Since: 3.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the scale factor for @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86159,7 +79153,6 @@ the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86169,7 +79162,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86232,7 +79224,6 @@ Also note that if you are looking for a way to obtain the
#GtkStateFlags to pass to a #GtkStyleContext method, you
should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86242,7 +79233,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The state flags for widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86317,7 +79307,6 @@ of the GObject structure offsets.
<description>
Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86328,7 +79317,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
returned string with g_free() when done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86336,7 +79324,6 @@ returned string with g_free() when done.
<description>
Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86347,7 +79334,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameters>
<return> the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
returned string with g_free() when done.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86357,7 +79343,6 @@ Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86367,7 +79352,6 @@ Since: 2.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86480,7 +79464,6 @@ This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
See gtk_widget_set_visible().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86490,7 +79473,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget is visible
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86500,7 +79482,6 @@ Returns the content width of the widget, as passed to its size-allocate implemen
This is the size you should be using in GtkWidgetClass.snapshot(). For pointer
events, see gtk_widget_contains().
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86510,7 +79491,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The width of @widget
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86518,7 +79498,6 @@ Since: 3.94
<description>
Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86528,7 +79507,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> @widget’s window.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86582,7 +79560,6 @@ will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86593,7 +79570,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86603,7 +79579,6 @@ Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86613,7 +79588,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86624,7 +79598,6 @@ is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
See also gtk_grab_add().
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86634,7 +79607,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86650,7 +79622,6 @@ about focus indication.
To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
gtk_widget_has_focus().
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86660,7 +79631,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86716,8 +79686,6 @@ composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets
before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new()
should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -86734,8 +79702,6 @@ Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -86760,8 +79726,6 @@ setting their “action-name” to
If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is removed
from @widget.
-Since: 3.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -86790,8 +79754,6 @@ After calling this function, gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling(widget) will return @pr
If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -86820,8 +79782,6 @@ After calling this function, gtk_widget_get_next_sibling(widget) will return @ne
If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
-Since: 3.92
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -86895,7 +79855,6 @@ grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
to if it is mapped and visible.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86905,7 +79864,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86933,7 +79891,6 @@ toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means
it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86943,7 +79900,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86954,7 +79910,6 @@ Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets.
Toplevel widgets have no parent widget.
-Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86964,7 +79919,6 @@ Since: 2.18
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -86977,7 +79931,6 @@ This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
-Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -86987,7 +79940,6 @@ Since: 3.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87021,7 +79973,6 @@ A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
that require entering license keys.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87037,7 +79988,6 @@ Since: 2.12
<return> %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87068,7 +80018,6 @@ a newly allocated #GList of closures
Retrieves a %NULL-terminated array of strings containing the prefixes of
#GActionGroup's available to @widget.
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87078,7 +80027,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87095,7 +80043,6 @@ must call `g_list_foreach (result,
(GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)` first, and then unref all the
widgets afterwards.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87107,7 +80054,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<return> the list of
mnemonic labels; free this list
with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87136,8 +80082,6 @@ it is allocated at a height of 300 pixels.
See [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management] for
a more details on implementing #GtkWidgetClass.measure().
-Since: 3.90
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -87235,7 +80179,6 @@ by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
@widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
adding the style classes from @widget.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87249,7 +80192,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the position where the data was inserted
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87257,7 +80199,6 @@ Since: 3.2
<description>
Appends a widget type to the widget hierarchy represented by @path.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87271,7 +80212,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the position where the element was inserted
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87285,7 +80225,6 @@ In turn, it requires a lot more care in widget implementations as
widgets need to make sure to call gtk_widget_reset_style() on all
involved widgets when the @siblings path changes.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87306,7 +80245,6 @@ positioned.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the position where the element was inserted.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87314,7 +80252,6 @@ positioned.
<description>
Returns a copy of @path
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87324,7 +80261,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a copy of @path
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87333,8 +80269,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure
if the reference count reaches 0.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87350,7 +80284,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns the topmost object type, that is, the object type this path
is representing.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87360,7 +80293,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The object type
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87369,7 +80301,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns %TRUE if any of the parents of the widget represented
in @path is of type @type, or any subtype of it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87383,7 +80314,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if any parent is of type @type
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87392,7 +80322,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns %TRUE if the widget type represented by this path
is @type, or a subtype of it.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87406,7 +80335,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget represented by @path is of type @type
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87416,8 +80344,6 @@ Adds the class @name to the widget at position @pos in
the hierarchy defined in @path. See
gtk_style_context_add_class().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87441,8 +80367,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Removes all classes from the widget at position @pos in the
hierarchy defined in @path.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87484,7 +80408,6 @@ the position @pos in the widget hierarchy defined by
Returns the object name that is at position @pos in the widget
hierarchy defined in @path.
-Since: 3.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87498,7 +80421,6 @@ Since: 3.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the name or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87507,7 +80429,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Returns the object #GType that is at position @pos in the widget
hierarchy defined in @path.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87521,7 +80442,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a widget type
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87575,7 +80495,6 @@ Returns the state flags corresponding to the widget found at
the position @pos in the widget hierarchy defined by
@path
-Since: 3.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87589,7 +80508,6 @@ Since: 3.14
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The state flags
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87598,7 +80516,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns %TRUE if the widget at position @pos has the class @name
defined, %FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87616,7 +80533,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the class @name is defined for the widget at @pos
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87625,7 +80541,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns %TRUE if the widget at position @pos has the name @name,
%FALSE otherwise.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87643,7 +80558,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87652,7 +80566,6 @@ Since: 3.0
See gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class(). This is a version that operates
with GQuarks.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87670,7 +80583,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget at @pos has the class defined.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87679,7 +80591,6 @@ Since: 3.0
See gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name(). This is a version
that operates on #GQuarks.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87697,7 +80608,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87706,7 +80616,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Returns a list with all the class names defined for the widget
at position @pos in the hierarchy defined in @path.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87723,7 +80632,6 @@ Since: 3.0
classes, This is a list of strings, the #GSList contents
are owned by GTK+, but you should use g_slist_free() to
free the list itself.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87732,8 +80640,6 @@ free the list itself.
Removes the class @name from the widget at position @pos in
the hierarchy defined in @path.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87757,8 +80663,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets the widget name for the widget found at position @pos
in the widget hierarchy defined by @path.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87785,8 +80689,6 @@ defined by @path.
When set, the object name overrides the object type when matching
CSS.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87810,8 +80712,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Sets the object type for a given position in the widget hierarchy
defined by @path.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87850,9 +80750,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (path,
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (path, pos) & ~flag);
]|
-
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87876,7 +80773,6 @@ Since: 3.14
Returns the number of #GtkWidget #GTypes between the represented
widget and its topmost container.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87886,7 +80782,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the number of elements in the path
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87894,13 +80789,11 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Returns an empty widget path.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> A newly created, empty, #GtkWidgetPath
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87908,8 +80801,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Prepends a widget type to the widget hierachy represented by @path.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87928,7 +80819,6 @@ Since: 3.0
<description>
Increments the reference count on @path.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87938,7 +80828,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> @path itself.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87951,7 +80840,6 @@ that cannot be represented in CSS).
The main use of this code is for debugging purposes, so that you can
g_print() the path or dump it in a gdb session.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -87961,7 +80849,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A new string describing @path.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -87970,8 +80857,6 @@ Since: 3.2
Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure
if the reference count reaches 0.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="path">
@@ -87997,7 +80882,6 @@ Widgets are however free to customize their picking algorithm.
This function is used on the toplevel to determine the widget below
the mouse cursor for purposes of hover hilighting and delivering events.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -88016,7 +80900,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameters>
<return> The widget descendant at the given
coordinate or %NULL if none.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -88031,8 +80914,6 @@ reposition its contents.
An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88122,8 +81003,6 @@ Normally you would only use this function in widget
implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
#GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88166,8 +81045,6 @@ GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.
This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
except that the widget is not invalidated.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88220,8 +81097,6 @@ this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window()
instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like
transparency might not work perfectly.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88272,8 +81147,6 @@ this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
must have previously been added to the list with
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88294,8 +81167,6 @@ Since: 2.4
Removes a tick callback previously registered with
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88317,8 +81188,6 @@ by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want
to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88355,7 +81224,6 @@ gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
g_object_unref (event);
]|
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -88370,7 +81238,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -88420,8 +81287,6 @@ Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
“default”.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88442,8 +81307,6 @@ Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
widget.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88524,8 +81387,6 @@ Sets the cursor to be shown when pointer devices point towards @widget.
If the @cursor is NULL, @widget will use the cursor inherited from the
parent widget.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88552,8 +81413,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_cursor(). See those 2 functions for details.
On top of that, this function allows @name to be %NULL, which will
do the same as calling gtk_widget_set_cursor() with a %NULL cursor.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88621,8 +81480,6 @@ Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where
you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the
application.
-Since: 3.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88642,8 +81499,6 @@ Since: 3.20
Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
will inherit the font map from its parent.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88664,8 +81519,6 @@ set font map
Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
When not set, the default font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
-Since: 3.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88705,8 +81558,6 @@ See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
#GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88734,8 +81585,6 @@ calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
This function should only be called by widget implementations,
and they should call it in their init() function.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88829,8 +81678,6 @@ for completeness and consistency.
Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88850,8 +81697,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Sets the end margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88871,8 +81716,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets the start margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
-Since: 3.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88892,8 +81735,6 @@ Since: 3.12
Sets the top margin of @widget.
See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -88950,8 +81791,6 @@ shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89023,8 +81862,6 @@ and registered.
This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
“realize” or “unrealize” implementation.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89048,8 +81885,6 @@ is the default.
See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
“default”.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89152,8 +81987,6 @@ down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89179,8 +82012,6 @@ Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
that if custom #GdkWindows are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89206,8 +82037,6 @@ and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89230,8 +82059,6 @@ handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89254,8 +82081,6 @@ hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
tooltip window will be used.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89341,8 +82166,6 @@ This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
some condition.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89371,8 +82194,6 @@ widget’s init() function.
Note that this function does not add any reference to @window.
-Since: 2.18
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89393,8 +82214,6 @@ Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
for more information.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89431,24 +82250,6 @@ toplevel container is realized and mapped.
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gtk_widget_show_now">
-<description>
-Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
-(i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
-loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
-because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
-this function.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="widget">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
<function name="gtk_widget_size_allocate">
<description>
This function is only used by #GtkWidget subclasses, to assign a size,
@@ -89458,8 +82259,6 @@ In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. The given
allocation will be forced to be bigger than the widget's minimum size,
as well as at least 0×0 in size.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89537,8 +82336,7 @@ emitted.
<description>
Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation to coordinates
relative to @dest_widget’s allocations. In order to perform this
-operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
-toplevel.
+operation, both widget must share a common toplevel.
</description>
@@ -89568,8 +82366,8 @@ toplevel.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
-was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
+<return> %FALSE if @src_widget and @dest_widget have no common
+ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
*@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
</return>
</function>
@@ -89580,8 +82378,6 @@ Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
information.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89645,8 +82441,6 @@ Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with
gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is
no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.
-Since: 3.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89667,8 +82461,6 @@ This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="widget">
@@ -89725,7 +82517,6 @@ called by the default ::key_press_event handler for toplevel windows,
however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when
overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -89739,7 +82530,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -89867,8 +82657,6 @@ when a window manager close button is clicked.
This function can be used with close buttons in custom
titlebars.
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -89911,8 +82699,6 @@ don’t write code that crashes if not.
You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -89948,7 +82734,6 @@ You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -89958,7 +82743,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if window should receive the input focus
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -89966,7 +82750,6 @@ Since: 2.4
<description>
Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any).
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -89976,7 +82759,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkApplication, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -89985,7 +82767,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Fetches the attach widget for this window. See
gtk_window_set_attached_to().
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -89996,7 +82777,6 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameters>
<return> the widget where the window
is attached, or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90040,13 +82820,11 @@ string is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. It
is only valid until the next call to
gtk_window_set_default_icon_name().
-Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
<return> the fallback icon name for windows
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90081,7 +82859,6 @@ used.
Returns the default widget for @window. See
gtk_window_set_default() for more details.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90092,7 +82869,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> the default widget, or %NULL
if there is none.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90101,7 +82877,6 @@ if there is none.
Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button
via gtk_window_set_deletable().
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90111,7 +82886,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90157,7 +82931,6 @@ or %NULL if there is none.
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_focus_on_map().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90168,7 +82941,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if window should receive the input focus when
mapped.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90176,7 +82948,6 @@ mapped.
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90187,7 +82958,6 @@ Since: 3.2
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible
in this window.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90213,7 +82983,6 @@ Returns the group for @window or the default group, if
@window is %NULL or if @window does not have an explicit
window group.
-Since: 2.10
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90223,7 +82992,6 @@ Since: 2.10
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the #GtkWindowGroup for a window or the default group
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90231,7 +82999,6 @@ Since: 2.10
<description>
Returns whether the window will be hidden when the close button is clicked.
-Since: 3.94
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90241,7 +83008,6 @@ Since: 3.94
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the window will be hidden
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90286,7 +83052,6 @@ member won’t be incremented.
Returns the name of the themed icon for the window,
see gtk_window_set_icon_name().
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90297,7 +83062,6 @@ Since: 2.6
</parameters>
<return> the icon name or %NULL if the window has
no themed icon
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90323,7 +83087,6 @@ mnemonics on this window.
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90334,7 +83097,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if mnemonics are supposed to be visible
in this window.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90550,7 +83312,6 @@ see: gtk_window_set_position().
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint().
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90560,7 +83321,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90568,7 +83328,6 @@ Since: 2.2
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint()
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90578,7 +83337,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90605,7 +83363,6 @@ and must not be modified or freed.
Returns the custom titlebar that has been set with
gtk_window_set_titlebar().
-Since: 3.16
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90615,7 +83372,6 @@ Since: 3.16
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the custom titlebar, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90657,7 +83413,6 @@ Gets the type hint for this window. See gtk_window_set_type_hint().
<description>
Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint()
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90667,7 +83422,6 @@ Since: 2.8
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if window is urgent
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90675,7 +83429,6 @@ Since: 2.8
<description>
Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90685,7 +83438,6 @@ Since: 2.20
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the type of the window
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90711,7 +83463,6 @@ Adds a window to a #GtkWindowGroup.
<description>
Returns the current grab widget for @device, or %NULL if none.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90725,7 +83476,6 @@ Since: 3.0
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> The grab widget, or %NULL
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90734,7 +83484,6 @@ Since: 3.0
Gets the current grab widget of the given group,
see gtk_grab_add().
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90744,7 +83493,6 @@ Since: 2.22
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> the current grab widget of the group
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90752,7 +83500,6 @@ Since: 2.22
<description>
Returns a list of the #GtkWindows that belong to @window_group.
-Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90763,7 +83510,6 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> A
newly-allocated list of windows inside the group.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90850,7 +83596,6 @@ The return value is %TRUE if the window is active toplevel itself.
You might use this function if you wanted to draw a widget
differently in an active window from a widget in an inactive window.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90860,7 +83605,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if the window part of the current active window.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -90874,7 +83618,6 @@ shouldn’t assume the return value of this function changing
immediately (or at all), as an effect of calling
gtk_window_maximize() or gtk_window_unmaximize().
-Since: 3.12
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90884,7 +83627,6 @@ Since: 3.12
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> whether the window has a maximized state.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -91081,8 +83823,6 @@ Presents a window to the user in response to a user interaction.
If you need to present a window without a timestamp, use
gtk_window_present(). See gtk_window_present() for details.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91107,7 +83847,6 @@ This is normally called by the default ::key_press_event and
however in some cases it may be useful to call this directly when
overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -91121,7 +83860,6 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -91220,8 +83958,6 @@ a larger window.
Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
the input focus. This function sets this hint.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91251,8 +83987,6 @@ the @application to %NULL.
This is equivalent to calling gtk_application_remove_window() and/or
gtk_application_add_window() on the old/new applications as relevant.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91284,8 +84018,6 @@ between two toplevels instead.
Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window.
-Since: 3.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91312,8 +84044,6 @@ In that example, you would disable startup notification
temporarily, show your splash screen, then re-enable it so that
showing the main window would automatically result in notification.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="setting">
@@ -91383,8 +84113,6 @@ to unset the default widget for the toplevel
Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a surface.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon">
@@ -91401,7 +84129,6 @@ Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a file
on disk. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -91415,7 +84142,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -91445,8 +84171,6 @@ Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a named
themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name().
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="name">
@@ -91518,8 +84242,6 @@ already visible, so you should call it before calling gtk_widget_show().
On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window manager
policy involved.
-Since: 2.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91561,8 +84283,6 @@ Sets the #GdkDisplay where the @window is displayed; if
the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and
then remapped on the new display.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91606,8 +84326,6 @@ Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this
hint.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91626,8 +84344,6 @@ Since: 2.6
<description>
Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.
-Since: 3.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91676,8 +84392,6 @@ bindings which may need to keep the window alive until their
wrapper object is garbage collected. There is no justification
for ever calling this function in an application.
-Since: 3.0
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91697,8 +84411,6 @@ Since: 3.0
If @setting is %TRUE, then clicking the close button on the window
will not destroy it, but only hide it.
-Since: 3.94
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91757,7 +84469,6 @@ Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.
This function is equivalent to calling gtk_window_set_icon()
with a surface created by loading the image from @filename.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -91775,7 +84486,6 @@ Since: 2.2
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.
-
</return>
</function>
@@ -91830,8 +84540,6 @@ On some platforms, the window icon is not used at all.
Note that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME
property which is mentioned in the ICCCM.
-Since: 2.6
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91852,8 +84560,6 @@ Opens or closes the [interactive debugger][interactive-debugging],
which offers access to the widget hierarchy of the application
and to useful debugging tools.
-Since: 3.14
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="enable">
@@ -91886,8 +84592,6 @@ the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not
be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their
dialogs.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91924,8 +84628,6 @@ the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not
be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their
dialogs.
-Since: 2.4
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -91963,8 +84665,6 @@ mnemonics on this window.
<description>
Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.
-Since: 2.20
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -92081,8 +84781,6 @@ the window in the pager. This function sets this hint.
switcher that displays a thumbnail representation of the windows
on the screen.)
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -92102,8 +84800,6 @@ Since: 2.2
Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint.
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -92131,8 +84827,6 @@ function generating a window map event.
This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.
-Since: 2.12
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -92186,8 +84880,6 @@ Depending on the system, this function may not work for a window
that is already visible, so you set the titlebar before calling
gtk_widget_show().
-Since: 3.10
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -92268,8 +84960,6 @@ will sometimes call gtk_window_set_type_hint() on your behalf.
Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw
the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.
-Since: 2.8
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
@@ -92320,8 +85010,6 @@ state. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property
-Since: 2.2
-
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
diff --git a/gtk/src/gtk_enums.defs b/gtk/src/gtk_enums.defs
index dcd3593..2fc413e 100644
--- a/gtk/src/gtk_enums.defs
+++ b/gtk/src/gtk_enums.defs
@@ -21,7 +21,8 @@
;; GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY,
;; GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY,
;;
-;; GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0
+;; GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0,
+;; GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY
;; } GtkLicense;
(define-enum-extended License
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@
'("lgpl-2-1-only" "GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY" "11")
'("lgpl-3-0-only" "GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY" "12")
'("agpl-3-0" "GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0" "13")
+ '("agpl-3-0-only" "GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY" "14")
)
)
@@ -2081,143 +2083,6 @@
)
)
-;; From gtkrbtree.h
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum
-;; {
-;; GTK_RBNODE_BLACK = 1 << 0,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_RED = 1 << 1,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_IS_PARENT = 1 << 2,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_IS_SELECTED = 1 << 3,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_IS_PRELIT = 1 << 4,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_INVALID = 1 << 7,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_COLUMN_INVALID = 1 << 8,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_DESCENDANTS_INVALID = 1 << 9,
-;; GTK_RBNODE_NON_COLORS = GTK_RBNODE_IS_PARENT |
-;; GTK_RBNODE_IS_SELECTED |
-;; GTK_RBNODE_IS_PRELIT |
-;; GTK_RBNODE_INVALID |
-;; GTK_RBNODE_COLUMN_INVALID |
-;; GTK_RBNODE_DESCENDANTS_INVALID
-;; } GtkRBNodeColor;
-
-(define-flags-extended RBNodeColor
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRBNodeColor")
- (values
- '("black" "GTK_RBNODE_BLACK" "1 << 0")
- '("red" "GTK_RBNODE_RED" "1 << 1")
- '("is-parent" "GTK_RBNODE_IS_PARENT" "1 << 2")
- '("is-selected" "GTK_RBNODE_IS_SELECTED" "1 << 3")
- '("is-prelit" "GTK_RBNODE_IS_PRELIT" "1 << 4")
- '("invalid" "GTK_RBNODE_INVALID" "1 << 7")
- '("column-invalid" "GTK_RBNODE_COLUMN_INVALID" "1 << 8")
- '("descendants-invalid" "GTK_RBNODE_DESCENDANTS_INVALID" "1 << 9")
- '("non-colors" "GTK_RBNODE_NON_COLORS" "0x39C")
- )
-)
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooser.h
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum
-;; {
-;; GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE = 0,
-;; GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU,
-;; GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU,
-;; GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM
-;; } GtkRecentSortType;
-
-(define-enum-extended RecentSortType
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentSortType")
- (values
- '("none" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE" "0")
- '("mru" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU" "1")
- '("lru" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU" "2")
- '("custom" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM" "3")
- )
-)
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum
-;; {
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI
-;; } GtkRecentChooserError;
-
-(define-enum-extended RecentChooserError
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserError")
- (values
- '("not-found" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND" "0")
- '("invalid-uri" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI" "1")
- )
-)
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooserutils.h
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum {
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_FIRST = 0x3000,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_RECENT_MANAGER,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_PRIVATE,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_NOT_FOUND,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_TIPS,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_ICONS,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SELECT_MULTIPLE,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LIMIT,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LOCAL_ONLY,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SORT_TYPE,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_FILTER,
-;; GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LAST
-;; } GtkRecentChooserProp;
-
-(define-enum-extended RecentChooserProp
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserProp")
- (values
- '("first" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_FIRST" "0x3000")
- '("recent-manager" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_RECENT_MANAGER" "12289")
- '("show-private" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_PRIVATE" "12290")
- '("show-not-found" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_NOT_FOUND" "12291")
- '("show-tips" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_TIPS" "12292")
- '("show-icons" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_ICONS" "12293")
- '("select-multiple" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SELECT_MULTIPLE" "12294")
- '("limit" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LIMIT" "12295")
- '("local-only" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LOCAL_ONLY" "12296")
- '("sort-type" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SORT_TYPE" "12297")
- '("filter" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_FILTER" "12298")
- '("last" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LAST" "12299")
- )
-)
-
-;; From gtkrecentfilter.h
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum {
-;; GTK_RECENT_FILTER_URI = 1 << 0,
-;; GTK_RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME = 1 << 1,
-;; GTK_RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE = 1 << 2,
-;; GTK_RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION = 1 << 3,
-;; GTK_RECENT_FILTER_GROUP = 1 << 4,
-;; GTK_RECENT_FILTER_AGE = 1 << 5
-;; } GtkRecentFilterFlags;
-
-(define-flags-extended RecentFilterFlags
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentFilterFlags")
- (values
- '("uri" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_URI" "1 << 0")
- '("display-name" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME" "1 << 1")
- '("mime-type" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE" "1 << 2")
- '("application" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION" "1 << 3")
- '("group" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_GROUP" "1 << 4")
- '("age" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_AGE" "1 << 5")
- )
-)
-
;; From gtkrecentmanager.h
;; Original typedef:
@@ -2562,25 +2427,6 @@
)
)
-;; From gtktoolpalette.h
-
-;; Original typedef:
-;; typedef enum /*< flags >*/
-;; {
-;; GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS = (1 << 0),
-;; GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS = (1 << 1)
-;; }
-;; GtkToolPaletteDragTargets;
-
-(define-flags-extended ToolPaletteDragTargets
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkToolPaletteDragTargets")
- (values
- '("items" "GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS" "(1 << 0)")
- '("groups" "GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS" "(1 << 1)")
- )
-)
-
;; From gtktreemodel.h
;; Original typedef:
diff --git a/gtk/src/gtk_methods.defs b/gtk/src/gtk_methods.defs
index e70ecc8..2e9cbf3 100644
--- a/gtk/src/gtk_methods.defs
+++ b/gtk/src/gtk_methods.defs
@@ -273,12 +273,6 @@
(gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_QUERY")
)
-(define-object RecentChooser
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooser")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER")
-)
-
(define-object RecentManager
(in-module "Gtk")
(parent "GObject")
@@ -470,13 +464,6 @@
(gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_SCROLLBAR")
)
-(define-object RecentChooserWidget
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (parent "GtkWidget")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserWidget")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_WIDGET")
-)
-
(define-object Range
(in-module "Gtk")
(parent "GtkWidget")
@@ -603,20 +590,6 @@
(gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_TOOLBAR")
)
-(define-object ToolPalette
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (parent "GtkContainer")
- (c-name "GtkToolPalette")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_TOOL_PALETTE")
-)
-
-(define-object ToolItemGroup
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (parent "GtkContainer")
- (c-name "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_TOOL_ITEM_GROUP")
-)
-
(define-object TextView
(in-module "Gtk")
(parent "GtkContainer")
@@ -673,13 +646,6 @@
(gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_TREE_MENU")
)
-(define-object RecentChooserMenu
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (parent "GtkMenu")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserMenu")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_MENU")
-)
-
(define-object MenuBar
(in-module "Gtk")
(parent "GtkMenuShell")
@@ -1086,13 +1052,6 @@
(gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_DIALOG")
)
-(define-object RecentChooserDialog
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (parent "GtkDialog")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserDialog")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_DIALOG")
-)
-
(define-object PrintUnixDialog
(in-module "Gtk")
(parent "GtkDialog")
@@ -1198,6 +1157,7 @@
'("lgpl-2-1-only" "GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY")
'("lgpl-3-0-only" "GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY")
'("agpl-3-0" "GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0")
+ '("agpl-3-0-only" "GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY")
)
)
@@ -2370,79 +2330,6 @@
)
)
-(define-flags RBNodeColor
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRBNodeColor")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RB_NODE_COLOR")
- (values
- '("black" "GTK_RBNODE_BLACK")
- '("red" "GTK_RBNODE_RED")
- '("is-parent" "GTK_RBNODE_IS_PARENT")
- '("is-selected" "GTK_RBNODE_IS_SELECTED")
- '("is-prelit" "GTK_RBNODE_IS_PRELIT")
- '("invalid" "GTK_RBNODE_INVALID")
- '("column-invalid" "GTK_RBNODE_COLUMN_INVALID")
- '("descendants-invalid" "GTK_RBNODE_DESCENDANTS_INVALID")
- '("non-colors" "GTK_RBNODE_NON_COLORS")
- )
-)
-
-(define-enum RecentSortType
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentSortType")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_SORT_TYPE")
- (values
- '("none" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE")
- '("mru" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU")
- '("lru" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU")
- '("custom" "GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM")
- )
-)
-
-(define-enum RecentChooserError
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserError")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR")
- (values
- '("not-found" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND")
- '("invalid-uri" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI")
- )
-)
-
-(define-enum RecentChooserProp
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentChooserProp")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP")
- (values
- '("first" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_FIRST")
- '("recent-manager" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_RECENT_MANAGER")
- '("show-private" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_PRIVATE")
- '("show-not-found" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_NOT_FOUND")
- '("show-tips" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_TIPS")
- '("show-icons" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SHOW_ICONS")
- '("select-multiple" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SELECT_MULTIPLE")
- '("limit" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LIMIT")
- '("local-only" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LOCAL_ONLY")
- '("sort-type" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_SORT_TYPE")
- '("filter" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_FILTER")
- '("last" "GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_PROP_LAST")
- )
-)
-
-(define-flags RecentFilterFlags
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkRecentFilterFlags")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_RECENT_FILTER_FLAGS")
- (values
- '("uri" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_URI")
- '("display-name" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME")
- '("mime-type" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE")
- '("application" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION")
- '("group" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_GROUP")
- '("age" "GTK_RECENT_FILTER_AGE")
- )
-)
-
(define-enum RecentManagerError
(in-module "Gtk")
(c-name "GtkRecentManagerError")
@@ -2635,16 +2522,6 @@
)
)
-(define-flags ToolPaletteDragTargets
- (in-module "Gtk")
- (c-name "GtkToolPaletteDragTargets")
- (gtype-id "GTK_TYPE_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_TARGETS")
- (values
- '("items" "GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS")
- '("groups" "GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS")
- )
-)
-
(define-flags TreeModelFlags
(in-module "Gtk")
(c-name "GtkTreeModelFlags")
@@ -3619,111 +3496,6 @@
-;; From gtkactionhelper.h
-
-
-
-;; From gtkactionmuxer.h
-
-(define-function gtk_action_muxer_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_action_muxer_new
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkActionMuxer")
- (return-type "GtkActionMuxer*")
-)
-
-(define-method insert
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_insert")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "prefix")
- '("GActionGroup*" "action_group")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method remove
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_remove")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "prefix")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method list_prefixes
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_list_prefixes")
- (return-type "const-gchar**")
-)
-
-(define-method lookup
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_lookup")
- (return-type "GActionGroup*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "prefix")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_parent
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_get_parent")
- (return-type "GtkActionMuxer*")
-)
-
-(define-method set_parent
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_set_parent")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkActionMuxer*" "parent")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_primary_accel
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_set_primary_accel")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "action_and_target")
- '("const-gchar*" "primary_accel")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_primary_accel
- (of-object "GtkActionMuxer")
- (c-name "gtk_action_muxer_get_primary_accel")
- (return-type "const-gchar*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "action_and_target")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_print_action_and_target
- (c-name "gtk_print_action_and_target")
- (return-type "gchar*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "action_namespace")
- '("const-gchar*" "action_name")
- '("GVariant*" "target")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_normalise_detailed_action_name
- (c-name "gtk_normalise_detailed_action_name")
- (return-type "gchar*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "detailed_action_name")
- )
-)
-
-
-
;; From gtkactionobservable.h
(define-function gtk_action_observable_get_type
@@ -12187,14 +11959,6 @@
-;; From gtkiconcache.h
-
-
-
-;; From gtkiconcachevalidator.h
-
-
-
;; From gtkicontheme.h
(define-function gtk_icon_theme_error_quark
@@ -20270,472 +20034,6 @@
-;; From gtkrbtree.h
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooserdefault.h
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooserdialog.h
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkRecentChooserDialog")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "title")
- '("GtkWindow*" "parent")
- '("const-gchar*" "first_button_text")
- )
- (varargs #t)
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new_for_manager
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_dialog_new_for_manager")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "title")
- '("GtkWindow*" "parent")
- '("GtkRecentManager*" "manager")
- '("const-gchar*" "first_button_text")
- )
- (varargs #t)
-)
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooser.h
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_error_quark
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_error_quark")
- (return-type "GQuark")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-method set_show_private
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_private")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "show_private")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_show_private
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_private")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_show_not_found
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_not_found")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "show_not_found")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_show_not_found
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_not_found")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_select_multiple
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_select_multiple")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "select_multiple")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_select_multiple
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_select_multiple")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_limit
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_limit")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "limit")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_limit
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_limit")
- (return-type "gint")
-)
-
-(define-method set_local_only
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_local_only")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "local_only")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_local_only
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_local_only")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_show_tips
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_tips")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "show_tips")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_show_tips
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_tips")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_show_icons
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_show_icons")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "show_icons")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_show_icons
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_show_icons")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_sort_type
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_type")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentSortType" "sort_type")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_sort_type
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_sort_type")
- (return-type "GtkRecentSortType")
-)
-
-(define-method set_sort_func
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentSortFunc" "sort_func")
- '("gpointer" "sort_data")
- '("GDestroyNotify" "data_destroy")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_current_uri
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_current_uri")
- (return-type "gboolean")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "uri")
- '("GError**" "error")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_current_uri
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_uri")
- (return-type "gchar*")
-)
-
-(define-method get_current_item
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_current_item")
- (return-type "GtkRecentInfo*")
-)
-
-(define-method select_uri
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_select_uri")
- (return-type "gboolean")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "uri")
- '("GError**" "error")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method unselect_uri
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_unselect_uri")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "uri")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method select_all
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_select_all")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-method unselect_all
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_unselect_all")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-method get_items
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_items")
- (return-type "GList*")
-)
-
-(define-method get_uris
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_uris")
- (return-type "gchar**")
- (parameters
- '("gsize*" "length")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_filter
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_add_filter")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentFilter*" "filter")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method remove_filter
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_remove_filter")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentFilter*" "filter")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method list_filters
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_list_filters")
- (return-type "GSList*")
-)
-
-(define-method set_filter
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_set_filter")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentFilter*" "filter")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_filter
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_get_filter")
- (return-type "GtkRecentFilter*")
-)
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentchoosermenu.h
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_menu_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_menu_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkRecentChooserMenu")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_menu_new_for_manager")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentManager*" "manager")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_show_numbers
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooserMenu")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_menu_get_show_numbers")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method set_show_numbers
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooserMenu")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_menu_set_show_numbers")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "show_numbers")
- )
-)
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooserutils.h
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentchooserwidget.h
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_widget_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_widget_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkRecentChooserWidget")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new_for_manager
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_widget_new_for_manager")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentManager*" "manager")
- )
-)
-
-
-
-;; From gtkrecentfilter.h
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_filter_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_filter_new
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkRecentFilter")
- (return-type "GtkRecentFilter*")
-)
-
-(define-method set_name
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_set_name")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "name")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_name
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_get_name")
- (return-type "const-gchar*")
-)
-
-(define-method add_mime_type
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_mime_type")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "mime_type")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_pattern
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "pattern")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_pixbuf_formats
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_pixbuf_formats")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-method add_application
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_application")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "application")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_group
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_group")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "group")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_age
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_age")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "days")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_custom
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_add_custom")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkRecentFilterFlags" "needed")
- '("GtkRecentFilterFunc" "func")
- '("gpointer" "data")
- '("GDestroyNotify" "data_destroy")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_needed
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_get_needed")
- (return-type "GtkRecentFilterFlags")
-)
-
-(define-method filter
- (of-object "GtkRecentFilter")
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_filter")
- (return-type "gboolean")
- (parameters
- '("const-GtkRecentFilterInfo*" "filter_info")
- )
-)
-
-
-
;; From gtkrecentmanager.h
(define-function gtk_recent_manager_error_quark
@@ -26237,153 +25535,6 @@
-;; From gtktoolitemgroup.h
-
-(define-function gtk_tool_item_group_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_tool_item_group_new
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "label")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_label
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_set_label")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("const-gchar*" "label")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_label_widget
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_set_label_widget")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkWidget*" "label_widget")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_collapsed
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_set_collapsed")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("gboolean" "collapsed")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_ellipsize
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_set_ellipsize")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("PangoEllipsizeMode" "ellipsize")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_header_relief
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_set_header_relief")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkReliefStyle" "style")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_label
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_label")
- (return-type "const-gchar*")
-)
-
-(define-method get_label_widget
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_label_widget")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
-)
-
-(define-method get_collapsed
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_collapsed")
- (return-type "gboolean")
-)
-
-(define-method get_ellipsize
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_ellipsize")
- (return-type "PangoEllipsizeMode")
-)
-
-(define-method get_header_relief
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_header_relief")
- (return-type "GtkReliefStyle")
-)
-
-(define-method insert
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_insert")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItem*" "item")
- '("gint" "position")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_item_position
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_set_item_position")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItem*" "item")
- '("gint" "position")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_item_position
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_item_position")
- (return-type "gint")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItem*" "item")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_n_items
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_n_items")
- (return-type "guint")
-)
-
-(define-method get_nth_item
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_nth_item")
- (return-type "GtkToolItem*")
- (parameters
- '("guint" "index")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_drop_item
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_item_group_get_drop_item")
- (return-type "GtkToolItem*")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "x")
- '("gint" "y")
- )
-)
-
-
-
;; From gtktoolitem.h
(define-function gtk_tool_item_get_type
@@ -26565,159 +25716,6 @@
-;; From gtktoolpalette.h
-
-(define-function gtk_tool_palette_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_tool_palette_new
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_new")
- (is-constructor-of "GtkToolPalette")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
-)
-
-(define-method set_group_position
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_set_group_position")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItemGroup*" "group")
- '("gint" "position")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_exclusive
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_set_exclusive")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItemGroup*" "group")
- '("gboolean" "exclusive")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_expand
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_set_expand")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItemGroup*" "group")
- '("gboolean" "expand")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_group_position
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_group_position")
- (return-type "gint")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItemGroup*" "group")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_exclusive
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_exclusive")
- (return-type "gboolean")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItemGroup*" "group")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_expand
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_expand")
- (return-type "gboolean")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolItemGroup*" "group")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_style
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_set_style")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolbarStyle" "style")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method unset_style
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_unset_style")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
-(define-method get_style
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_style")
- (return-type "GtkToolbarStyle")
-)
-
-(define-method get_drop_item
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_item")
- (return-type "GtkToolItem*")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "x")
- '("gint" "y")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_drop_group
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_drop_group")
- (return-type "GtkToolItemGroup*")
- (parameters
- '("gint" "x")
- '("gint" "y")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method get_drag_item
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_item")
- (return-type "GtkWidget*")
- (parameters
- '("const-GtkSelectionData*" "selection")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method set_drag_source
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_set_drag_source")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkToolPaletteDragTargets" "targets")
- )
-)
-
-(define-method add_drag_dest
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_add_drag_dest")
- (return-type "none")
- (parameters
- '("GtkWidget*" "widget")
- '("GtkDestDefaults" "flags")
- '("GtkToolPaletteDragTargets" "targets")
- '("GdkDragAction" "actions")
- )
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_target_item
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_target_item")
- (return-type "const-char*")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_target_group
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_get_drag_target_group")
- (return-type "const-char*")
-)
-
-
-
;; From gtktoolshell.h
(define-function gtk_tool_shell_get_type
@@ -29501,12 +28499,6 @@
(return-type "none")
)
-(define-method show_now
- (of-object "GtkWidget")
- (c-name "gtk_widget_show_now")
- (return-type "none")
-)
-
(define-method map
(of-object "GtkWidget")
(c-name "gtk_widget_map")
@@ -32566,21 +31558,6 @@
(return-type "GType")
)
-(define-function gtk_recent_sort_type_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_sort_type_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_chooser_error_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_chooser_error_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
-(define-function gtk_recent_filter_flags_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_recent_filter_flags_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
(define-function gtk_recent_manager_error_get_type
(c-name "gtk_recent_manager_error_get_type")
(return-type "GType")
@@ -32651,11 +31628,6 @@
(return-type "GType")
)
-(define-function gtk_tool_palette_drag_targets_get_type
- (c-name "gtk_tool_palette_drag_targets_get_type")
- (return-type "GType")
-)
-
(define-function gtk_tree_model_flags_get_type
(c-name "gtk_tree_model_flags_get_type")
(return-type "GType")
diff --git a/gtk/src/gtk_signals.defs b/gtk/src/gtk_signals.defs
index a36a765..569188f 100644
--- a/gtk/src/gtk_signals.defs
+++ b/gtk/src/gtk_signals.defs
@@ -7228,134 +7228,6 @@
(default-value "-1")
)
-;; From GtkRecentChooser
-
-(define-signal selection-changed
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (return-type "void")
- (flags "Run Last")
-)
-
-(define-signal item-activated
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (return-type "void")
- (flags "Run Last")
-)
-
-(define-property filter
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamObject")
- (docs "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
-)
-
-(define-property limit
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamInt")
- (docs "The maximum number of items to be displayed")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "50")
-)
-
-(define-property local-only
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "TRUE")
-)
-
-(define-property recent-manager
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamObject")
- (docs "The RecentManager object to use")
- (readable #f)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #t)
-)
-
-(define-property select-multiple
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-property show-icons
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether there should be an icon near the item")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "TRUE")
-)
-
-(define-property show-not-found
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "TRUE")
-)
-
-(define-property show-private
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the private items should be displayed")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-property show-tips
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-property sort-type
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooser")
- (prop-type "GParamEnum")
- (docs "The sorting order of the items displayed")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE")
-)
-
-;; From GtkRecentChooserMenu
-
-(define-property show-numbers
- (of-object "GtkRecentChooserMenu")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the items should be displayed with a number")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-;; From GtkRecentChooserWidget
-
-;; From GtkRecentFilter
-
;; From GtkRecentManager
(define-signal changed
@@ -9094,69 +8966,6 @@
(default-value "FALSE")
)
-;; From GtkToolItemGroup
-
-(define-property label
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamString")
- (docs "The human-readable title of this item group")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "")
-)
-
-(define-property label-widget
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamObject")
- (docs "A widget to display in place of the usual label")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
-)
-
-(define-property collapsed
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-property ellipsize
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamEnum")
- (docs "Ellipsize for item group headers")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE")
-)
-
-(define-property header-relief
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamEnum")
- (docs "Relief of the group header button")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL")
-)
-
-;; From GtkToolPalette
-
-(define-property toolbar-style
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (prop-type "GParamEnum")
- (docs "Style of items in the tool palette")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS")
-)
-
;; From GtkToolButton
(define-signal clicked
@@ -12579,73 +12388,3 @@
(default-value "FALSE")
)
-(define-child-property homogeneous
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "TRUE")
-)
-
-(define-child-property expand
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-child-property fill
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the item should fill the available space")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "TRUE")
-)
-
-(define-child-property new-row
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the item should start a new row")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-child-property position
- (of-object "GtkToolItemGroup")
- (prop-type "GParamInt")
- (docs "Position of the item within this group")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "0")
-)
-
-(define-child-property exclusive
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
-(define-child-property expand
- (of-object "GtkToolPalette")
- (prop-type "GParamBoolean")
- (docs "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows")
- (readable #t)
- (writable #t)
- (construct-only #f)
- (default-value "FALSE")
-)
-
diff --git a/tools/extra_defs_gen/generate_defs_gtk.cc b/tools/extra_defs_gen/generate_defs_gtk.cc
index 10c1db9..9412032 100644
--- a/tools/extra_defs_gen/generate_defs_gtk.cc
+++ b/tools/extra_defs_gen/generate_defs_gtk.cc
@@ -166,10 +166,6 @@ int main(int /* argc */, char** /* argv */)
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RADIO_TOOL_BUTTON )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RADIO_MENU_ITEM )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RANGE )
- << get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER )
- << get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_MENU )
- << get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RECENT_CHOOSER_WIDGET )
- << get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RECENT_FILTER )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_RECENT_MANAGER )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_REVEALER )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_SCALE )
@@ -200,8 +196,6 @@ int main(int /* argc */, char** /* argv */)
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TOGGLE_BUTTON )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TOOLBAR )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TOOL_ITEM )
- << get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TOOL_ITEM_GROUP )
- << get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TOOL_PALETTE )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TOOL_BUTTON )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TEXT_BUFFER )
<< get_defs( GTK_TYPE_TEXT_MARK )
@@ -246,8 +240,6 @@ int main(int /* argc */, char** /* argv */)
<< get_child_properties( GTK_TYPE_STACK )
<< get_child_properties( GTK_TYPE_TEXT_VIEW )
<< get_child_properties( GTK_TYPE_TOOLBAR )
- << get_child_properties( GTK_TYPE_TOOL_ITEM_GROUP )
- << get_child_properties( GTK_TYPE_TOOL_PALETTE )
<< get_child_properties( GTK_TYPE_TREE_VIEW )
;
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
